CBC W8iV6gTJOUGguhaDQPc_iA S-1/A as filed: Oct 31, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 31, 2025.

Registration No. 333-290831

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1
to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Central Bancompany, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Missouri

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

6022

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

43-0959114

(IRS Employer
Identification Number)

238 Madison Street
Jefferson City, MO 65101
(573) 634-1111

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Jeremy W. Colbert
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Central Bancompany, Inc.
238 Madison Street
Jefferson City, MO 65101
(573) 634-1111

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Catherine M. Clarkin
Jared M. Fishman
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Telephone: (212) 558-4000

Samir A. Gandhi
Robert A. Ryan
Sidley Austin LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 839-5300

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☒

Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

This registration statement shall hereafter become effective in accordance with the provisions of section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor does it seek an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated October 31, 2025

PROSPECTUS

17,778,000 Shares

[MISSING IMAGE: lg_centralbancompanynew-4c.jpg]

Central Bancompany, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Central Bancompany, Inc. We are offering shares of our Class A common stock. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be between $21.00 and $24.00 per share. Shares of our Class A common stock are currently quoted on the OTC Markets under the symbol “CBCY.” We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the “Nasdaq”) under the symbol “CBC.”

Approximately 71.09% of our currently outstanding Class A common stock is held in the Voting Trust (as defined herein) pursuant to which our Executive Chairman, S. Bryan Cook, and two of our directors, Robert M. Robuck and Robert R. Hermann, Jr., exercise voting control. Immediately following this offering, the Voting Trust is expected to hold 65.79% of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq. As a “controlled company,” we qualify for, and intend to rely on, the exemptions from certain corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemptions” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Shares of our Class A common stock are not saving accounts, deposits or other obligations of a bank and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves significant risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 36 of this prospectus for a discussion of certain risks you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission, the FDIC, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Per Share

Total

Initial public offering price

Underwriting discount and commissions

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, executive officers, certain employees and other designated persons. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 2,666,700 shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

We have registered an additional 4,088,940 shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued if the number of shares in this offering is increased, including a corresponding increase in the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment on or about , 2025.

Joint Lead Book-Running Managers

	MORGAN STANLEY			KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS
	A Stifel Company

Joint Bookrunners

BOFA SECURITIES

PIPER SANDLER

STEPHENS INC.

The date of this prospectus is , 2025.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Risk Factors		36
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		65
Use of Proceeds		67
Dividend Policy and Dividends		68
Capitalization		69
Dilution		71
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		73
Business		136
Supervision and Regulation		166
Management		176
Executive Compensation		184

	Page
Director Compensation		191
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management		192
Certain Relationships and Other Related Party Transactions		196
Description of Capital Stock		199
Shares Eligible for Future Sale		204
Material United States Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Class A Common Stock		207
Underwriting		211
Validity of Class A Common Stock		216
Experts		216
Where You Can Find More Information		217
Index to Financial Statements		F-1

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Any discrepancies included in this prospectus between totals and the sums of the percentages and dollar amounts presented are due to rounding.

Through and including , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Certain Defined Terms

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to:

•

“we,” “our,” “us,” “Central Bancompany,” “our Company” and “the Company” refer to Central Bancompany, Inc., a Missouri corporation, and its consolidated subsidiary The Central Trust Bank;

•

our “Articles” refers to our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation;

•

the “Bank” and “Central Trust Bank” refer to The Central Trust Bank, a Missouri-chartered trust company with banking powers and a state member bank of the Federal Reserve System;

•

“BHC Act” refers to the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended;

•

the “Board” and “our Board” refer to the board of directors of the Company;

•

our “Bylaws” refers to our Amended and Restated Bylaws;

•

our “Class A common stock” refers to our Class A voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share;

•

our “Class B common stock” refers to our Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.01 per share;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

our “common stock” refers, collectively, to our Class A common stock and Class B common stock;

•

“FDIC” refers to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

•

“Federal Reserve” refers to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

•

the “GBCL” refers to the General Business and Corporation Law of Missouri, as amended;

•

the “Reclassification” refers to the reclassification, effective as of April 28, 2025, of each outstanding share of our Class B common stock into one share of Class A common stock;

•

the “stock split” refers to the 50-for-1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend, whereby on October 24, 2025 each shareholder of record as of the October 20, 2025 record date received 49 shares of Class A common stock for each share owned as of the record date; and

•

the “Voting Trust Agreement” refers to the amended and restated voting trust agreement, dated March 5, 2025 (such voting trust, the “Voting Trust”), among the Company, the extended members of the Sam Baker Cook family, certain employees, the descendants of former employees and certain other shareholders parties thereto (collectively, the “Voting Trust Members”), and S. Bryan Cook, Robert M. Robuck, and Robert R. Hermann, Jr., as trustees (collectively, the “Trustees”).

Market and Industry Data

Within this prospectus, we reference certain industry and sector information and statistics for various purposes, including in reference to our market share. Set forth below is an explanation of certain terms used in this prospectus:

•

Peers or peer group refers to the 50 banks included in the KBW Nasdaq Regional Banking Index. U.S. regional banks and thrifts that are publicly traded in the U.S. are selected for inclusion in the index based on KBW’s published methodology.

•

Our consolidated weighted average deposit market share represents the weighted average value of our deposit market share across our Primary Markets and our Naples Market, as defined below in “Prospectus Summary—Our Business,” weighted by the volume of our deposits in those markets (as reported by S&P Global Market Intelligence). All market share data is sourced from S&P Global Market Intelligence as of June 30, 2025 (the most recent date for which deposit share data is available) and is estimated to give effect to completed transactions through September 23, 2025. Deposit market share figures for each of our Primary Markets that include multiple MSAs or counties represent blended figures for all Metropolitan or Micropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSAs”) or counties included in the definition of each such Primary Market. For our peers, consolidated weighted average deposit market share represents the weighted average deposit market share across all of the MSAs and non-MSA counties in which each bank operates, weighted by the volume of that bank’s deposits in those counties and MSAs.

•

Comparative peer data is sourced from S&P Global Market Intelligence and, except where otherwise noted, is presented as of June 30, 2025.

•

Weighted average projected population and income growth represents growth between 2025 and 2030 across all of the MSAs and non-MSA counties in which we or our peers (as applicable) operate, weighted by the volume of our or our peers’ (as applicable) deposits in those markets, per S&P Global Market Intelligence as of June 30, 2025, as estimated to give effect to completed transactions through September 23, 2025.

We have obtained this information and these statistics from various independent, third-party sources. Nothing in the data used or derived from third-party sources should be construed as advice. Some data and other information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys and independent sources. We believe that these external sources and estimates are reliable, but we have not independently verified them. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. Although we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the demographic, economic, employment, industry and trade association data presented herein, these estimates involve inherent risks and uncertainties and are based on assumptions that are subject to change.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trademarks, Service Marks and Copyrights

We own or have rights to certain trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus that are used in our business. This prospectus also contains additional trademarks, trade names and service marks belonging to Central Bancompany, Inc. or one of its affiliates or another third party. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. All trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making an investment decision. This prospectus involves forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Company Overview

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Jefferson City, Missouri. As of September 30, 2025, we had total balance sheet assets of $19.2 billion and wealth assets under advice of $15.4 billion. Through our full-service community banking subsidiary, The Central Trust Bank (the “Bank”), we provide a comprehensive suite of consumer, commercial and wealth management products and services to our communities, which are primarily located in Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma and Colorado. As of September 30, 2025, we operate 156 full-service branch locations. Our consolidated weighted average deposit market share is approximately 24%. Our ability to take market share and our successful acquisition strategy has caused our weighted average market share to increase steadily over time, including an increase of approximately 3.4 percentage points since 2010. Our business model is designed to serve the holistic financial services needs of businesses, individuals, agencies and community organizations within our footprint. Our goal is simple: to provide legendary service to our customers and to be an integral part in the success of our customers and the communities we serve. Our success is driven by our long-term commitment to the markets we serve and our culture of customer service excellence.

Our Company was founded in 1902 under the leadership of the great grandfather of our current Executive Chairman, S. Bryan Cook. Through successive generations of Cook family ownership, the Bank has thrived, and we have maintained consistent profitability despite the intervening 23 U.S. economic recessions.1 During the Great Depression, we made a loan to the State of Missouri to assist it with making payroll and paying other expenses. From 2008 to 2012, while in the depths of the Great Recession, we earned an annual return on average assets (“ROAA”) of at least 1.00%. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we were the 5th most profitable bank by ROAA relative to our peers.

Number of recessions per National Bureau of Economic Research. A recession is defined as a significant decline in economic activity that is spread across the economy and that lasts more than a few months.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart shows the compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of our net income each year since 1972 (the earliest year for which holding company financial statements are available):

Central Bancompany Net Income Over Time

($MM)

Note: Year-to-date 2025 net income is presented on an annualized basis as of September 30, 2025. CAGRs calculated through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 net income for the 2025 period.

We believe the continuity of our ownership over our 123-year history of operating has fostered an enduring culture that has consistently proven successful in the marketplace and will position us well for future growth. This culture has allowed us to attract and retain great talent. Our employees are experienced (average 8-year tenure as of September 30, 2025), engaged (81% completed our most recent survey) and committed (86% would recommend working at the bank and 88% would recommend our products, each based on our most recent survey). Combined with our investments in products, services and technologies, we believe our culture has appealed to our customers and enabled us to increase market share. The core tenets of our culture, which we seek to quantify and hold ourselves accountable to, require us to be:

•

Customer Centric: We focus on customer satisfaction and attracting and retaining customers for the long-term. Our latest Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) was 71, based on our most recent customer survey, which we believe is as much as two times the average for U.S. retail banks. We have been able to grow the number of households we serve by an average of 3% per year since 2016, and believe we have the ability to continue to do so at a greater rate than our peers. Additionally, our deposit customers had an average tenure of 13 years as of September 30, 2025, and we were named Newsweek’s Best Customer Service Bank in 2023 (the only year this ranking was published).

•

Community Aligned: We emphasize giving back to the communities we serve. We track our community services hours, which totaled over 20,000 in 2024, or approximately 7 hours per employee.

•

Committed to the Long Term: As we have grown, our capital ratios and balance sheet liquidity metrics have remained amongst the strongest of our peers’ as of September 30, 2025, as described below under “Our Competitive Strengths—Resilient Profitability.” We continuously reinvest in our business and are currently undertaking a banking core modernization project that is intended to provide us with real-time, API-based capabilities. As a testament to our success, we were ranked the #10 Best Bank by Forbes in 2025 and are one of only two banks to have been in the Top 50 in every year since Forbes began its rankings in 2009.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Collaborative to Succeed: We maintain a community banking model led by experienced leaders in each of our markets that are empowered to make local decisions, which requires accountability and collaboration with our senior leaders and business line managers. Our collaborative contract is embodied in the “Central Code,” which we renew periodically.

Notes:

(1)

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of June 30, 2025.

(2)

Net Promoter Score represents Central Bancompany’s 2024 figure based on our most recent customer survey for Consumer, Commercial and Wealth businesses weighted by number of responses.

Our Business

Our vision is to become the leading financial services provider in each community we serve. To accomplish this vision, we strive to offer service levels better than other community banks and products, services and technologies consistent with the largest banks in the industry. We capture this ambition in our slogan, “Strong Roots, Endless Possibilities,” and manage our Company around these dual objectives.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The “Strong Roots” portion of our slogan is representative of our 11 “Primary Markets” and the 79 communities that we serve, as well as the executives that lead them, many of whom are long term residents of the communities in which they are employed. The following table lists our “Primary Markets”:

Primary Market			Definition
Jefferson City			Jefferson City, MO MSA
Kansas City			Kansas City, MO-KS MSA; Lawrence, KS MSA
Columbia			Columbia, MO MSA; Mexico, MO MSA; Moberly, MO MSA
St. Louis			St. Louis, MO-IL MSA
Springfield			Springfield, MO MSA
Lake of the Ozarks			Camden County, MO; Miller County, MO; Morgan County MO
Branson			Branson, MO MSA; Stone County, MO
Sedalia			Sedalia, MO MSA
Warrensburg			Warrensburg, MO MSA
Oklahoma			Tulsa, OK MSA; Oklahoma City, OK MSA
Colorado			Denver-Aurora-Centennial, CO MSA; Colorado Springs, CO MSA; Durango, CO MSA

Note: MSAs as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Primary Markets do not include the Naples-Marco Island, FL MSA (our “Naples Market”), where the Company operates one full-service branch.

We are well recognized within our markets for our relationship-based banking model that provides for local, efficient decision-making. Our experienced leaders are fully responsible for providing “legendary” customer service, growing their markets and hiring the necessary talent to achieve those goals. These leaders are empowered to make key local decisions, driving changes they believe are necessary to ensure success in their communities in collaboration with our senior leaders, but in exchange they are held accountable for performance. We believe each of our designated markets is attractive and high performing from a financial and franchise perspective.

Dollars in millions	Total Deposits (as of 9/30/25)			Total Loans (as of 9/30/25)			YTD2025 ROAA (as of 9/30/25)((3)		2024 ROAA		Deposit Market Share		Deposit Market Share / Rank (Retail)(4)		NPS(5)		Employee Satisfaction(6)
Missouri Markets:
Jefferson City		$	3,175		$	1,459		2.22%		1.93%		54%	39% / 1			73		89%
Kansas City			3,063			2,088		2.09%		1.95%		3%	5% / 6			69		81%
Columbia			2,508			1,609		2.35%		2.08%		36%	26% / 1			72		86%
St. Louis			1,811			1,870	1.43 / 1.82%(7)			1.85%		2%	2% / 12			74		91%
Springfield			1,558			1,318		2.21%		2.06%		9%	10% / 1			67		87%
Lake of the Ozarks			971			596		2.36%		2.10%		24%	33% / 1			75		85%
Branson			415			303		2.31%		2.01%		19%	18% / 1			65		78%
Sedalia			403			259		2.31%		2.01%		39%	38% / 1			69		91%
Warrensburg			340			195		1.85%		1.96%		27%	27% / 2			65		94%
Other Primary Markets:
Oklahoma			360			843		1.73%		1.67%		0%	0% / 36			68		81%
Colorado			168			636		0.69%		0.45%		0%	0% / 49			79		90%
Consolidated(1)(2)		$	14,789		$	11,345		1.97%		1.63%		24%		18%		71		86%

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes:

(1)

Consolidated deposit market share represents the weighted average value of our deposit market share across each of our Primary Markets and our Naples Market, weighted by the volume of our deposits in those markets. All market share data is sourced from S&P Global Market Intelligence as of June 30, 2025 (most recent publicly available information) and is estimated to give effect to completed transactions through September 23, 2025. Deposit market share figures for each of our Primary Markets that include multiple MSAs or counties represent blended figures for all MSAs or counties included in the definition of each such Primary Market.

(2)

Discrepancies between consolidated deposits and loans and the sum of the 11 Primary Market areas due to deposits and loans in our non-Primary Markets.

(3)

ROAA for the first nine months of 2025 is presented on an annualized basis.

(4)

Represents estimated retail deposit market share based on an illustrative $250 million per branch deposit cap (excluding from the market any deposits at a single branch in excess of $250 million).

(5)

NPS figures are based on most recent annual customer survey and weighted by number of responses for Consumer, Commercial and Wealth lines of business (in the case of Commercial, figure is based on responses from customers who consider the Bank to be their primary financial services provider).

(6)

Employee satisfaction figures represent share of employees who would recommend working at the bank based on most recent annual employee survey.

(7)

Represents adjusted ROAA, reflecting an adjustment for net loss on the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio, the effects of which are concentrated in our St. Louis market. Adjusted ROAA is a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measures. See Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about the expected sale of our consumer lease portfolio.

To serve these communities well, we aim to deliver “Endless Possibilities,” including best-in-class products, services and technologies delivered through our consumer, commercial and wealth management business lines and supported by our technology division to drive customer satisfaction and focus on innovation. Our in-house technology division and innovation teams, together employing approximately 65 programmers and designers, support these business lines and their customer experience objectives. These collective investments have positioned us well, with an average mobile app rating of 4.9/5 on iOS with approximately 52,000 customer ratings (as of October 30, 2025), as a result of more than 300 mobile functionalities (similar to those offered by the largest banks in the U.S., including at least 98% of the features offered by large money center banks, according to FinTech Insights).

Our Markets

We are a super-community bank organized around our 11 Primary Markets, serving 79 communities. Our business is predominantly located in Missouri, a state known for its business-friendly environment, diversified and stable markets, favorable tax regime and convenient location in the central U.S., making it a hub for industries such as transportation, logistics and trade and the second most economically diverse state in the U.S., as measured by its Hachman Index of 97% according to a Kem C. Gardner Policy Institute at the University of Utah January 2025 analysis of 2023 U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis GDP data. The markets we operate in have a 5-year weighted average projected population growth of 2.8% versus the median of our peers of 1.9% according to S&P Global Market Intelligence. Similarly, for the same projected period, our markets are expected to have an 8.3% weighted average median household income growth versus 8.1% for our peers. In addition, we are growing our presence in banking markets located throughout the states of Kansas, Oklahoma, Colorado and Florida. As of September 30, 2025, we operate a network of 156 full-service branches across 17 MSAs.

Central Bank began its legacy in 1902 in Jefferson City, MO where we maintain a leading market share. Over our history, we believe our customer-centric approach and commitment to local leadership have bolstered our presence in legacy markets and allowed us to expand our reach into urban, suburban and midsized markets, enabling us to serve a diverse customer base. Our strategic expansion into higher-growth metropolitan areas, like Kansas City, St. Louis, Denver, Tulsa and Oklahoma City, provides access to a broad range of commercial, consumer and government banking opportunities, while enabling us to attract experienced bankers and deepen client relationships. We believe our operations in smaller, stable markets contribute a strong, loyal customer base that provides stable, low-cost deposits. We continue to nurture our long-standing relationships with individuals, businesses, agencies and community organizations in our footprint, which strengthens our ability to fund growth and deepen client engagement, while winning market share over time in both new and legacy markets. Since June 30, 2010, our consolidated weighted average deposit market share has increased by approximately 3.4 percentage points despite dislocations from the 2008 financial crisis and the COVID-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pandemic. Our consolidated weighted average deposit market share of approximately 24% as of June 30, 2025, which is more than twice the median of our peers at approximately 11% according to S&P Global Market Intelligence, has been a testament to our strong franchise and our reputation as a stable and dependable local partner.

The following chart shows the location of each of our 156 full-service branches:

Our Business Lines

Our business model is designed to serve the holistic financial services needs of businesses, individuals, agencies and community organizations within our footprint. Our goal is simple: to provide legendary service to our customers and to be an integral part in the success of our customers and the communities we serve. Our relationship management teams are organized in focused business lines: Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking and Wealth Management.

Consumer Banking

Consumer Banking serves approximately 258,000 households through our network of 156 full-service branches and approximately 1,000 full-time employees as of September 30, 2025. We provide a comprehensive suite of offerings, including a full set of deposit products, state-of-the-art digital banking solutions, a range of consumer lending solutions, including home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”), and a wholly owned credit card portfolio. Our leading mortgage operation offers both standard mortgages with in-house servicing available, typically sold to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) or private investors, and a range of sophisticated mortgage options, including bridge and portfolio lending, and multiple governmental programs.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Commercial Banking

Through our network of commercial bankers across our footprint, Commercial Banking provides full-service relationship banking solutions to approximately 70,000 small, middle-market and commercial business entities within our markets as of September 30, 2025. Our long-tenured commercial lending teams originate loans to finance a wide range of our customers’ needs, including commercial, small business and government segments, while striving to maintain conservative underwriting standards. Our deposit and cash management solutions feature a full suite of digital-first tools, treasury management services, and innovative payment and card solutions to complement our comprehensive deposit offerings.

Wealth Management

Our Wealth Management line of business comprises two platforms: Central Trust Company and Central Investment Advisors, run by a team of approximately 170 experienced and highly credentialed professionals, which includes several CFPs, CFTAs, J.D.s, CFAs and CPAs, as of September 30, 2025. Collectively, our Wealth Management businesses managed over $15.4 billion in assets under advice as of September 30, 2025, offering diverse services and delivering tailored investment solutions. Central Trust Company manages approximately $10.5 billion in assets under advice across a network of nine locations and provides comprehensive wealth management solutions, including: investment management, fiduciary services, retirement planning / employee benefits solutions, financial, estate and tax planning services. Central Investment Advisors, in partnership with LPL Financial, offers traditional brokerage and managed investment solutions, financial and retirement planning, wealth transfer, insurance planning and employee benefits solutions to individuals, families and businesses through a network of 104 locations. We expect that recent private banking hires and a planned private banking product expansion will further enhance our ability to deliver customized financial solutions, driving deeper product penetration for high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth clients. We have an estimated $40 billion incumbent opportunity, representing estimated total wealth assets of our existing customers with a banking relationship that they hold with other advisors, based on USA Data and the Company’s internal analysis as of December 31, 2024. Our Wealth Management business generates high net margins, providing stability and enhancing the resiliency of our franchise. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, Wealth Management had a pre-tax margin (defined as income before income taxes divided by total revenue) of 32%.

As illustrated in the table below, each of our business lines across Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking and Wealth Management provides strong and stable financial returns and contributes to our overall franchise strength. Our 23.4% fee income ratio and 26.4% adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) for 2024 outpaced our peer group’s medians of 19.1% and 19.2%, respectively.2 Our fee income ratio and adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) for the first six months of 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) were 22.1% and 24.1%, respectively, outpacing our peer group’s medians, which were 18.3% and 18.4%, respectively, and our fee income ratio and adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) for the first nine months of 2025 were 22.1% and 24.2%, respectively.

(As at and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025)	Consumer			Commercial			Wealth			Consolidated(1)
Total Revenue(2) ($000s)		$	312,586		$	355,869		$	56,248		$	749,126
Adjusted Total Revenue (Non-GAAP) ($000s)(5)		$	326,198								$	769,549
Fee Income Ratio(3)			25.2%			9.0%			100.0%			22.1%
Adjusted Fee Income Ratio (Non-GAAP)(5)			28.4%			—			—			24.2%
Total Loans ($Bn)		$	3.1		$	8.3			—		$	11.3
Total Deposits ($Bn)		$	7.8		$	7.2			—		$	14.8
Assets Under Advice ($Bn)			—			—		$	15.4		$	15.4
Cost of Deposits(4)			0.97%			1.40%			—			1.19%

The “fee income ratio” is defined as fee income divided by the sum of net interest income and total other income. The “adjusted fee income ratio” is a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measure.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(As at and for the year ended December 31, 2024)	Consumer			Commercial			Wealth			Consolidated(1)
Total Revenue(2) ($000s)		$	401,629		$	446,413		$	68,962		$	897,714
Adjusted Total Revenue (Non-GAAP) ($000s)(5)			—			—			—		$	934,375
Fee Income Ratio(3)			31.1%			9.7%			100.0%			23.4%
Adjusted Fee Income Ratio (Non-GAAP)(5)			—			—			—			26.4%
Net Promoter Score (NPS)(6)			71			65			88			71
Total Loans ($Bn)		$	3.3		$	8.4			—		$	11.7
Total Deposits ($Bn)		$	7.7		$	7.5			—		$	15.0
Assets Under Advice ($Bn)			—			—		$	13.5		$	13.5
Cost of Deposits(4)			0.99%			1.58%			—			1.30%

Notes:

(1)

Consolidated includes corporate and other metrics and eliminations.

(2)

Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.

(3)

Fee income ratio is defined as noninterest income divided by total revenue.

(4)

Cost of deposits is defined as deposit expense divided by average total deposits.

(5)

Adjusted total revenue and adjusted fee income ratio on a consolidated basis are non-GAAP financial measures; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measures.

(6)

Our Products and Services

As a relationship-focused bank, we combine a broad suite of financial products with advanced technology, delivering a banking experience that we believe rivals the largest institutions while maintaining the personal service of a super-community bank. Our highly rated mobile app is designed to provide seamless access for our customers to a broad array of financial services, including loans, deposit accounts, wealth management and treasury management solutions. Whether serving businesses, consumers or government organizations, our mission is to offer the tools and expertise to help clients manage their financial goals with ease.

Loans and Leases

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as of September 30, 2025. The following chart shows the growth in our loan and lease portfolio from December 31, 2014 to September 30, 2025:

Total Loans and Leases

(Unpaid Principal Balance, $Bn)

Note: Beginning in 2023, loans are classified as commercial loans or residential real estate loans based on their collateral. Prior to 2023, loans were classified based on their originating platform. As of December 31, 2023, December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2025, residential real estate loans included $787 million, $877 million and $925 million, respectively, unpaid principle balances of loans that would have been classified as commercial loans under the prior classification methodology.

Much of this growth was organic as a result of our strategic focus on local businesses in our core communities, supplemented by the acquisitions of Douglas County Bank, Liberty Bancorp, Platte Valley Bank and several smaller acquisitions. While growing our loan and lease portfolio, we have maintained a conservative approach to underwriting and stringent risk management standards designed to promote pristine asset quality.

The following chart illustrates the composition of our loans as of September 30, 2025:

Loan Composition

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deposits

We provide a full range of deposit products to individuals, businesses, governments and community organizations, serving as a primary funding source for the Bank. Our deposit composition is balanced between Consumer (53%) and Commercial (47%, including public funds) as of September 30, 2025. Our product offerings include checking, savings, money market accounts and certificates of deposit, all supported by convenient digital and payment solutions such as debit cards, direct deposit, person-to-person and ACH payments as well as extensive online and mobile banking capabilities. For commercial and government clients, we also offer treasury and cash management solutions to support their liquidity and operational needs.

As of September 30, 2025, we had total deposits of $14.8 billion, comprised of 36.0% noninterest-bearing accounts, 52.5% savings and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, and 11.5% time deposits. Our deposit base has increased at a CAGR of 7% over the past 10 years from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2024, representing approximately $7.6 billion of growth over that period, while total deposits at FDIC-insured commercial banks grew at a 5% CAGR over the same period, according to FDIC data. The following chart shows the growth in our deposits from December 31, 2014 to September 30, 2025:

Total Deposits

($Bn)

Despite this track record of strong growth, our deposit accounts remain lower cost and smaller, or more “granular,” compared to our peers’ deposit accounts. As of June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available), our average deposit account size was approximately $20,000, below the median of our peers of approximately $38,000. Additionally, our non-time deposits represented 88.5% of our total deposits, while our total deposit cost was 1.20%, significantly below the median of our peer group of 2.02%. As of September 30, 2025, our non-time deposits represented 88.5% of our total deposits, while our total deposit cost was 1.19%.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart illustrates the composition of our deposits as of September 30, 2025:

Deposit Composition

Wealth Management

Our wealth management offering provides relationship banking, investment and brokerage tools to individual and business clients. We provide investment management, fiduciary services, financial, estate and tax planning services, retirement planning, wealth transfer, insurance planning and employee benefits solutions. We use a fiduciary approach and process intended to help our clients meet and exceed their financial goals and wealth objectives. Collectively, our Wealth Management businesses managed $15.4 billion in assets under advice as of September 30, 2025.

Treasury Management

Our comprehensive treasury management solutions are designed to scale from the smallest business banking clients to our largest commercial and government clients. We offer a full suite of products and services assisting clients with their cash flow and liquidity management, payment and card, reconciliation and fraud management needs. Payable solutions include ACH, wire transfer, commercial cards, business cards, prepaid cards, payroll cards, bill pay, account reconciliation, integrated payables, check issuance and ePayroll. Our payables solutions give our business customers options on how to best deliver their payments depending on speed, choice and efficiency. Receivable solutions include merchant services, ACH, real time payments (“RTP”), wire transfers, remote deposit capture, automated invoicing, lockbox, integrated receivables, and coin and currency. These receivable tools help reduce days sales outstanding for our customers and allow for quicker receipt of payment. These solutions are paired with our Treasury Management platform that provides detailed information reporting, mobile capabilities, alerting, self-service and enterprise resource planning integrations to popular accounting systems allowing for simpler account reconciliation.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

through continued investment in emerging technologies, including enabling instant payments through RTP, further strengthening our robust capabilities. Additionally, we are differentiated from similarly sized banks by offering dedicated treasury management solutions tailored for governments, municipalities and associations, much of which we have built with our own technology. We have been consistently recognized as providing one of the best Health Savings Account (“HSA”) programs in the country and are the 18th largest HSA provider as of December 31, 2024 according to a report from Devenir published in April 2025.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths have consistently contributed to three key areas of our strategy and of our success: high, resilient and growing profitability. Our high profitability profile is supported by our strong market position and granular, low-cost deposit customer franchise, as well as our diversified revenue and fee income profile with an attractive wealth business. Our resiliency is driven by our strong balance sheet and our demonstrated risk management capabilities that provide flexibility to potentially leverage significant excess capital and liquidity. Our growth profile is attributable to our consistent ability to drive operating leverage through organic growth, acquisitions and thoughtful expense management.

High Profitability

Our profitability for the year ended December 31, 2024 was among the highest in our peer group based on various metrics, driven by our granular customer relationships, diversified business model and ongoing disciplined investments. The following table illustrates certain profitability metrics for the year ended December 31, 2024 and the six months ended June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) compared to the peer group median, as well as for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.

	YTD2025		1H2025		1H2025 Peer Median		2024Y		2024Y Peer Median
Cost of Funds(1)(2)		1.28%		1.29%		2.15%		1.39%		2.37%
Fee Income Ratio(1)		22.1%		22.1%		18.3%		23.4%		19.1%
Adjusted Fee Income Ratio (Non-GAAP)(3)		24.2%		24.1%		18.4%		26.4%		19.2%
Efficiency Ratio(1)		50.2%		50.5%		57.9%		54.5%		59.5%
Efficiency Ratio (FTE) (Non-GAAP)(3)		48.3%		48.5%		55.9%		51.7%		57.1%
ROAA(1)(2)		1.97%		1.95%		1.10%		1.63%		1.01%
Adjusted ROAA (Non-GAAP)(2)(3)		2.06%		2.02%		1.14%		1.78%		1.10%

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence

Notes:

(1)

For information on how cost of funds, fee income ratio, efficiency ratio and ROAA are calculated, refer to “—Selected Financial Data.”

(2)

Cost of funds, ROAA, and adjusted ROAA for YTD2025 and 1H2025 are presented on an annualized basis.

(3)

Adjusted fee income ratio, efficiency ratio on a fully tax-equivalent (“FTE”) basis and adjusted ROAA are non-GAAP financial measures; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measures.

Strong Market Position and Granular, Low-Cost Deposit Customer Franchise

TABLE OF CONTENTS

year ended December 31, 2024, and our annualized net interest margin of 4.23% was above the median of our peer group’s annualized net interest margin of 3.43% for the six months ended June 30, 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, our annualized net interest margin was 4.27%. Further, we believe our culture of accountability has led to balanced cost discipline, supported our growth and customer experience objectives over time and resulted in strong operating leverage, as evidenced by an efficiency ratio of 54.5% for the full year 2024 and 50.2% for the first nine months of 2025. Finally, we have delivered consistent returns over time, with an average return on average total assets of 1.42% and an average adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP) of 1.47% over the five years ended December 31, 2024.3 The following graph shows our cost of funds compared to our peers for 2019 through 2024, and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available).

Central Bancompany vs. Peer Median Cost of Funds and Cost of Deposits Over Time

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Financials per FR-Y-9C regulatory filing for peers.

Notes: Costs of funds beta is defined as the change in annual cost of funds over the period relative to the end-of-period change in the fed funds target rate. Cost of funds and cost of deposits as of 1H2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) are presented on an annualized basis.

Diversified Revenue Profile with Attractive Wealth Business

We have a diversified revenue mix with significant fee income contribution that is supported by an attractive wealth management business with $15.4 billion of assets under advice as of September 30, 2025. Our two wealth management platforms, Central Trust Company and Central Investment Advisors, operate in over 100 locations and employ approximately 170 advisors and professionals as of September 30, 2025, contributing fee income representing 7.7% of our total revenues for 2024 (and 7.5% for the first nine months of 2025) and growing at approximately 10% annually between 2019 and 2024. Our assets under advice to assets ratio of 75% is over twice the peer median of 28% as of June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available), and as of September 30, 2025, our assets under advice to assets ratio was 80%. Treasury management is another key component of our fee income profile and represented 19.7% of our total fee income in 2024 and 18.6% in the first nine months of 2025.

Adjusted return on average total assets is a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation section for additional detail to the comparable GAAP measures.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fee Income Revenue Breakdown and Net Interest Margin

($MM)

Note: YTD net interest margin through the first nine months of 2024 and 2025 is presented on an annualized basis.

Wealth Management Revenue Breakdown

($MM)

Treasury Management Revenue Breakdown

($MM)

[MISSING IMAGE: bc_treasuremanage-4c.jpg]

Resilient Profitability

Over the last 123 years of operation, we are proud to have held our position as a trusted institution among our communities and customers, bolstered by our strong balance sheet and prudent risk management.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Strong Balance Sheet with Flexibility to Potentially Leverage Significant Excess Capital and Liquidity

We have continued to maintain a top-decile common equity tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio compared to our peers and a liquid balance sheet. Our capital ratios have consistently been well above regulatory minimums with a CET1 ratio of 23.8% as of June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available), compared to a peer median of 12.2%. As of September 30, 2025, our CET1 ratio was 24.6% and the Bank had a CET1 ratio of 13.6%. This results in us holding $1.4 billion excess capital as a consolidated Company relative to the capital we held at the Bank level. Our balance sheet liquidity has also remained robust, with a 77% loan to deposit ratio as of September 30, 2025. We manage our exposure across products, and have manageable exposures to asset classes such as commercial real estate (“CRE”), where our CRE to total risk-based capital (“RBC”) ratio of 132% as of June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) was well below that of the peer median of 212%. As of September 30, 2025, CRE to RBC ratio was 130%. Our strong liquidity profile is demonstrated by the absence of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and brokered deposits, implying a 0% wholesale funding ratio (at both June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2025), relative to the peer median of 5.0% as of June 30, 2025. Additionally, our liquidity, measured by our cash and securities to total assets ratio of 36% as of June 30, 2025, exceeded the peer median of 22%. As of September 30, 2025, our cash and securities to total assets ratio was 37%. We maintain a strong focus on interest rate risk, as demonstrated by our consistent growth in net interest income (“NII”) through recent rate cycles. The strength of our balance sheet from both a capital and a liquidity perspective enables us to maintain operational and investment flexibility, including the ability to pursue organic and inorganic growth opportunities, or capital return alternatives.

	Central 3Q25		Central 2Q25		Peer Median 2Q25
CET1 Ratio %		24.6%		23.8%		12.2%
Total RBC Ratio %		25.9%		25.0%		14.7%
(FHLB Advances + Brokered Deposits) / Total Assets %		0.0%		0.0%		5.0%
Liquidity / Total Deposits %(1)		26%		24%		15%
Uninsured and Uncollateralized Deposits / Total Deposits %(2)		24%		23%		32%
CRE / RBC %		130%		132%		212%
NPAs / Assets %		0.30%		0.28%		0.47%

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, except where indicated.

Notes:

(1)

Liquidity defined as cash and balances due plus unencumbered securities. Unencumbered securities defined as total securities less pledged securities.

(2)

Uninsured and uncollateralized deposits reflect bank-level estimated uninsured deposits less bank-level preferred deposits. Figures in the “Central 2Q25” and “Peer Median 2Q25” columns are presented as of December 31, 2024 (the most recent date for which peer data is available for this metric).

Demonstrated Risk Management Capabilities

We have maintained consistent profitability over our 123-year history, including during the Great Depression. During the 2008 financial crisis, our annual ROAA did not go below 1.02%. During the liquidity crisis of 2023, we earned record profits. We believe our customers have sought the safety of our balance sheet amid periods of economic uncertainty. The trust our customers have placed in our Company, as demonstrated by our average deposit customer tenure of 13 years as of September 30, 2025, speaks to the resiliency of our business model and prudence of our risk management practices. The ongoing management of our credit, liquidity and interest rate risks over time has resulted in a long history of resilient profitability.

Our credit quality is robust, with a 0.28% nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to total assets ratio compared to the peer median of 0.47% as of June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available), and an average net charge-offs (“NCOs”) to average loans ratio of 0.09% that was 6 basis points below the median of our peer group over the five-year period ended December 31, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, our NPAs to total assets ratio was 0.30%. For the first nine months of 2025, our NCOs to average loans ratio (annualized) was 0.13%. Despite strong credit, as of June 30, 2025, we maintained a 1.32% reserves to loans ratio (compared to a 1.23% peer median), and as of September 30, 2025, we maintained a 1.32% reserves to loans ratio.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany vs. Peers
NPAs to Assets and Reserves to Loans as of June 30, 2025(1)

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence

(1)

The most recent date for which peer data is available.

Our strong risk management practices have helped us navigate multiple economic cycles while continuing to deliver best-in-class service to our customers. As shown below, we have demonstrated superior credit quality during the Great Recession with peak annual NCOs significantly below our peers. We continued to maintain no wholesale funding exposure through the liquidity events of 2023 and have continuously grown our NII throughout rate cycles.

Central Bancompany vs. Peer Median Historical NCOs to Average Loans

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Figures for 1H2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) are presented on an annualized basis.

Central Bancompany Wholesale Funding Reliance
(FHLB Advances + Brokered Deposits) to Total Assets vs. Peers

	2021		2022		2023		2024		2Q2025(1)		3Q2025
Central		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%
Peer Median		1.2%		5.8%		6.7%		5.2%		5.0%		—

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Peer data reflects FR Y-9C financials.

(1)

The most recent date for which peer data is available.

Despite changes in the broader interest rate environment, we have maintained consistent net interest income growth over the last five years. By comparison, only eight banks in our peer group of 50 banks have consistently grown net interest income in each year over the last 5 years through 2024.

The following chart shows our net interest income compared to average effective fed funds rate for each year between 2019 and 2024 and for the first nine months of 2024 and 2025:

Central Bancompany Net Interest Income vs. Average Effective Fed Funds Rate

Note: Average fed funds rate is the daily average effective federal funds rate over the course of each year.

The following chart shows the number of our peer banks that have had five or more years of consecutive years of net interest income growth through 2024:

Percentage Breakdown of Consecutive Years of Net Interest Income Growth

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of December 31, 2024

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Growing Profitability

Since our first acquisition in 1972, we have generally enjoyed consecutive increases in net income, and through the first nine months of 2025 we have grown net income at a 10% CAGR. We have achieved these impressive results by remaining committed to our proven community banking strategy and by realizing operating leverage as we work to continuously gain market share through customer and bank acquisitions.

We have been able to consistently grow the number of households we serve and believe we have the ability to continue to do so at a greater rate than our peers. We have complemented our organic growth with 47 acquisitions over the last 52 years.

Consistent Earnings Growth Resulting from Commitment to Operational Excellence

Our business has demonstrated consistent earnings growth through a strong return profile across economic cycles. This performance has delivered 8% net income CAGR over the last five completed years and 10% annual adjusted net income (non-GAAP) CAGR,4 driven by operating leverage arising through organic growth, acquisitions and prudent expense management. Furthermore, as of September 30, 2025 we believe that margin expansion from redeploying maturing fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate mortgages (estimated to be $2.0 billion and $1.6 billion maturing in 2026 and 2027, respectively, with roll off yield of 5.69% and 5.83%, respectively) and securities (estimated to be $0.8 billion and $1.1 billion maturing in 2026 and 2027, respectively, with roll off yield of 3.78% and 4.28%, respectively) will provide further earnings upside in the near term.

The following charts show the growth of our net income since 1972 (the earliest year for which holding company financial statements are available) and the growth of our earnings per share (“EPS”) for the past 30 years:

Central Bancompany Net Income Over Time

($MM)

Note: Year-to-date 2025 net income is presented on an annualized basis as of September 30, 2025. CAGRs calculated through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 net income for the 2025 period.

“Adjusted net income” is a non-GAAP financial measure; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measure.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany EPS Over Time

Note: Year-to-date 2025 EPS is presented on an annualized basis as of September 30, 2025. CAGRs calculated on a fully diluted basis through 2025, using 2025 EPS for the first half of 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) for the 2025 period. Our EPS for the first half of 2025 was $0.84 (unannualized), and our annualized EPS for the first half of 2025 was $1.67. 10 year EPS growth variance is a measure of the variability of annual year-over-year EPS growth through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 EPS for the 2025 period.

Experienced Acquirer That Is Well-Positioned for Future M&A Growth

The strength of our business is complemented by half a century of inorganic growth, resulting in 47 acquisitions over the last 52 years, representing 29% of total asset growth since 1972, as of September 30, 2025. We believe that the combination of this acquisition experience, our senior leadership expertise, our abundant capital and the compelling proposition we offer potential partners, position us well to continue and expand upon our historic acquisition successes. Within our existing footprint states of Missouri, Kansas and Oklahoma and our target growth markets of Colorado and Texas, there is a large opportunity set of potential acquisitions of more than 700 banks smaller than us by assets as of June 30, 2025, which hold approximately $580 billion of deposits. We also expect to consider attractive opportunities outside of our current target markets.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Assets Acquired Over Time—47 Banks Acquired Since 1972

($MM)

Our Strategic Growth Plans

We believe our competitive strengths supported by our strong culture and consistent strategic execution have driven the success of our franchise to date. Our superior profitability is supported by our strong market position, our granular and low-cost deposit customer base, our diversified revenue and fee income profile with an attractive wealth business, and our strong balance sheet and demonstrated risk management capabilities that provide flexibility to leverage significant excess capital and liquidity. We outpace our peers by a wide margin on many related metrics, as demonstrated by our top-quartile performance shown in the chart below.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Central data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and the six months ended June 30, 2025, and peer data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 (the most recent date for which peer data is available), in each case except where indicated.

Notes

(1)

ROAA, adjusted ROAA, net interest margin, cost of deposits and cost of funds are presented on an annualized basis.

(2)

Adjusted ROAA, efficiency ratio (FTE) and adjusted fee income ratio are non-GAAP financial measures; refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measures.

(3)

EPS growth (10-year CAGR) calculated through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 or 1H2025 EPS, as applicable, for the 2025 period.

(4)

Uninsured and uncollateralized deposits divided by total deposits in the columns labelled 1H2025 are presented as of December 31, 2024 (the most recent date for which peer data is available for this metric).

We are currently executing our latest strategic plan, which we call “The Road Ahead,” initiated in 2022. This plan aims to maintain our historic track record of profitable growth by focusing on our existing core competencies to drive customer growth, deepening our customer relationships and associated fee income, and deploying our capital into larger strategic acquisitions. We have made substantial progress against these goals and continue to invest in new capabilities across our business lines to ensure we remain on track.

•

Customer growth and operational efficiency: Over the past three years, we have built six new branches in our efforts to expand our footprint in Oklahoma, Colorado and Florida and grow our customer base. To maximize our operational efficiency, we closed three branches in well-served markets. Over the next few years, we intend to expand our coverage in attractive metro opportunities with eight new branches planned for Greater St. Louis, Kansas City Metro and Denver, CO. On August 14, 2025, we received approval from the Federal Reserve to open a new branch in the Denver, CO MSA.

•

TABLE OF CONTENTS

analysis as of December 31, 2024, and our primary markets show significant opportunity for increased treasury management activities. We intend to continue to capitalize on opportunities to capture more business from existing customers throughout our banking network.

•

Acquisitions: Over the last few years, we have developed relationships with a wide array of potential partners and have passed on several opportunities that did not meet our deal parameters. We believe we are well positioned to move quickly when suitable opportunities arise. Our balance sheet position with excess capital and liquidity provides us with flexibility when considering potential acquisition opportunities.

This offering is intended to facilitate our acquisition efforts. As we have grown larger, so have our target acquisitions and our potential partners’ preference for stock consideration. Our private company status has slowed our desired acquisition pace. We believe the combination of a liquid public stock and our significant efforts over the last several years to cultivate relationships with high-quality potential partners will position us to substantially accelerate our deployment of capital. For example, as described above, as of September 30, 2025, our CET1 capital was $1.4 billion higher (or $1.7 billion higher on as adjusted basis after giving effect to our receipt of the expected net proceeds of this offering) than it would have been if we maintained a CET1 capital ratio equal to the Bank’s CET1 capital ratio of 13.6%. If we fully deployed this $1.4 billion of excess capital on cash bank acquisitions, we estimate it could add approximately $90 to $170 million in incremental net earnings per year (or $110 to $220 million on as adjusted basis after giving effect to our receipt of the expected net proceeds of this offering) assuming a 10% to 16% after-tax return on invested capital (“ROIC”) and foregoing 4.4% pre-tax interest on cash balances based on the average of the Federal Reserve’s interest rate on reserve balances during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, or 3.3% on an after-tax basis based on a 23.84% effective marginal tax rate. Consistent with these assumptions, we believe the deployment of our excess capital will create meaningful additional shareholder value.

Our targeted potential acquisition partners are generally banks with more than $2 billion in assets, demonstrated track records of operational and financial performance, and strong management teams and cultures, and are generally located in faster-growing states, including Texas, Colorado and Oklahoma, or areas where we would have established teams and have the opportunity to increase our market share, including Missouri and Kansas. We focus on banks that we believe have a higher quality deposit base and history of strong credit quality. For example, as of the date of this prospectus, we generally consider potential acquisition targets with a cost of total deposits in the most recent quarter of approximately 2% or less and, in our target growth markets of Texas, Colorado and Oklahoma, banks that experienced a charge-off rate of approximately 1% or less during 2009. Our key M&A financial parameters include EPS-accretive transactions with a ROIC that exceeds 10%, with historic transactions and recent offerings coming in the middle of our 10% to 16% ROIC range.

Our Ownership

Extended members of the Cook family, certain employees, the descendants of former employees and certain other shareholders (collectively, the “Voting Trust Members”) have entered into a voting trust agreement (the “Voting Trust”) with respect to their Class A common stock. The trustees of the Voting Trust (the “Trustees”), S. Bryan Cook, Robert M. Robuck and Robert R. Hermann, Jr., acting by a simple majority exercise sole voting discretion over shares of Class A common stock owned by the Voting Trust. The Voting Trust was established in 1989 by shareholders seeking to secure the continuity and stability of policy, management and operations of the Company. The Voting Trust will terminate on December 31, 2035, which date may be extended for one or more additional ten-year terms with the approval of the Trustees, the Company and Voting Trust Members representing at least 60% of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the Voting Trust. For more information about the Voting Trust, see “Certain Relationships and Other Related Party Transactions—Voting Trust Agreement.”

Currently, 71.09% of our Class A common stock is held in the Voting Trust. The majority of these shares are beneficially owned by members of the extended Cook family. After giving effect to this offering, approximately 65.79% of our Class A common stock will be held in the Voting Trust (or 65.06 % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full). See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Leadership Team

Our company was founded by Sam Baker Cook, the great grandfather of our current Executive Chairman, S. Bryan Cook. Over the last 123 years, the Cook family has maintained an active role in the stewardship of the Company, ensuring its continuity through various economic cycles. Our executive management team consists of professionals with extensive industry experience, with an average tenure of over 25 years and strong ties to our communities. We believe we have cultivated excellence through our culture and have been able to attract and maintain strong talent at all levels of the firm.

S. Bryan Cook has served as the Executive Chairman of the Company and the Bank since 2024. He is the great grandson of the founder of the Company. He previously served as our Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer for 16 years and has been on our Board since 1986. Prior to that, he served as Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. Mr. Cook received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Washington & Lee University. He also received his Masters of Arts in Economics, Masters of Business Administration and Ph.D. in Economics from the University of Missouri.

John “JR” Ross has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank since April 2024 and as a director of the Company since 2021. Mr. Ross previously served as the Chief Operating Officer since joining the Company in March 2020. Prior to these roles, Mr. Ross spent nearly 20 years at J.P. Morgan Chase, most recently serving as the Co-Head of Depository Coverage in the Financial Institutions Group. He attended the University of Oklahoma, obtaining a Bachelor of Arts, and received a Masters of Public Administration from the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University.

James K. Ciroli has served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank since June 2025. Most recently, Mr. Ciroli served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. from 2014 to December 2022. From 2009 to 2014, Mr. Ciroli was the Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer of First Niagara Financial Group, Inc, and from 2002 to 2009, Mr. Ciroli was the Senior Vice President and Assistant Controller of Huntington Bancshares Incorporated. Prior to Huntington, Mr. Ciroli held various positions of increasing responsibility at KeyCorp and Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Ciroli holds both a Bachelor of Science in Management Science and a Masters in Accounting from Case Western Reserve University.

Daniel H. Westhues, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Customer Officer since February 2025, joined the Company in 1993, where he has held various roles managing retail sales and operations, marketing, product development and customer facing technology, including most recently Chief Retail and Marketing Officer from 2014 to February 2025. Mr. Westhues graduated with a Bachelor of Arts from Westminster College and obtained his Master of Business Administration from William Woods University.

Eric Hallgren is the Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for the Company and the Bank, having joined the Company in July 2024. Prior to his role at the Company and the Bank, Mr. Hallgren most recently acted as the Chief Credit Officer for First Banks, Inc. from August 2020 to June 2024, where he previously served as Director of Credit Underwriting. Mr. Hallgren holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from Saint Louis University and received his Master of Business Administration from Washington University in St. Louis—Olin Business School.

Jeremy W. Colbert has served as the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Company and the Bank since September 2023. Most recently, he served as Senior Vice President and Legal Counsel at Enterprise Bank & Trust from 2017 to 2023. Prior to that, he acted as the General Counsel for St. Louis Bank from 2010 to 2017. He previously held roles in private practice and has spent the last fifteen years serving community banks, both public and private, with varying levels of responsibility. Mr. Colbert holds a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Accountancy from the University of Missouri—Columbia and received his Juris Doctorate from Saint Louis University.

Russell “Russ” L. Goldammer has served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer for the Company and as the Chief Technology Officer of the Bank since October 2021, having previously served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Central Technology Services, a division of the Company providing technological support for the Company, the Bank and the Bank’s customers, since June 2009. Prior to joining the Company in 2009, Mr. Goldammer served as the Chief Information Officer at First Banks, Inc. Mr. Goldammer obtained his Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering from the Missouri University of Science and Technology.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Scott M. Kellett has served as the Executive Vice President of Wealth Management of the Company since December 2015 and previously served as Senior Vice President of Trust and Asset Management at the Company and the Bank. Mr. Kellett began his career as a Trust Administrative Officer at Boone County National Bank (an affiliate of the Company) in 1995. He obtained a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from the University of Missouri—Columbia and a Juris Doctor from the University of Missouri—Columbia Law School.

Carey D. Schoeneberg has served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company and the Bank since January 2021 and previously served as Vice President, Asset Liability Management of the Company and the Bank from April 2014 to December 2020. She joined the Company in 2008 and has held various risk management roles including enterprise risk management, loan review, asset liability management, and oversight of capital stress testing. Ms. Schoeneberg holds a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Accountancy from the University of Missouri—Columbia.

Tristan A. Thompson is the Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Banking Services and Payments Officer of the Company and the Bank. Prior to joining the Company in January 2025, he spent the previous 15 years in banking and financial services driving payments innovation, financial services transformation, and growth across business lines. Most recently, he acted as Payments Strategy Director for Arvest Bank from 2021 to 2025. Prior to that, he acted as Senior Vice President and Payments Group Manager for UMB Bank from 2017 to 2021. His background spans roles at regional and community banks as well as in management consulting. Mr. Thompson holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and Finance from the University of Florida.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.235 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

•

presentation of only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus;

•

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

•

no non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements;

•

exemption from any requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis); and

•

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. We will cease to qualify as an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements and the presentation of certain historical financial information in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. If we do, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. Accordingly, this election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. When a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, unless early adoption is permitted by the standard. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

In addition, for so long as we continue to qualify as a non-accelerated filer, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Summary Risk Factors

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our Company include, among other things, the following:

•

Our business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions generally, and in Missouri and our other Primary Markets in particular.

•

Our business is significantly dependent on conditions in the real estate market, as a significant percentage of our loan and lease portfolio is secured by real estate, especially commercial real estate.

•

Our business is subject to risk arising from our lending to small and mid-sized businesses.

•

Our wealth management and trust business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions generally.

•

Changes in interest rates and monetary policy may adversely affect our results of operations.

•

We could recognize losses on investment securities held in our investment portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.

•

We may not be able to measure and manage our credit risk adequately, which could adversely affect our profitability.

•

Our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan and lease portfolio.

•

The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property, other real estate owned (“OREO”) and repossessed personal property may not accurately describe the net value of the asset.

•

We engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral and own the underlying real estate, subjecting us to the costs and potential risks associated with the ownership of real property, or consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law may substantially raise the cost of foreclosure or prevent us from foreclosing at all.

•

We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct.

•

Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•

Loss of deposits could increase our funding costs.

•

Our liquidity is dependent on dividends from The Central Trust Bank.

•

We may be adversely affected by changes in the actual or perceived soundness or condition of other financial institutions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

•

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•

Employee misconduct or mistakes could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

•

Our operations could be interrupted if certain external vendors and third-party partners on which we rely experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking laws and regulations, and our use of these vendors and third-party partners is subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.

•

If our techniques for managing risks are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

•

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

•

Our financial and accounting estimates and risk management framework rely on analytical forecasting and models.

•

Accounting rules require us to make subjective determinations and use estimates, which may vary from actual results and materially impact our financial condition and results of operations.

•

We are subject to risk arising from failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures.

•

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.

•

Geographic concentration in our existing markets may unfavorably impact our long-term growth.

•

New lines of business, products or services may subject us to additional risks.

•

We may not be able to successfully execute our strategic plan.

•

Future acquisitions and expansion activities may not be successful or may disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

•

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in a highly competitive industry and market areas.

•

We continually encounter technological changes and the failure to understand and adapt to these changes could hurt our business.

•

We are dependent on our management team and key employees.

•

We are exposed to reputational risk, which could negatively impact investor and customer confidence.

•

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.

•

We are subject to capital adequacy standards and, if we fail to meet these standards, we will be subject to restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions and other restrictions.

•

We are required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for our bank in times of stress.

•

Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

•

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”) and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

•

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums and assessments may adversely affect our results of operations.

•

Litigation and regulatory actions, including possible enforcement actions, could subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments or other requirements resulting in increased expenses or restrictions on our business activities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

We face a risk of non-compliance and enforcement actions with the federal Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (the “BSA”) and other anti-money laundering and counter terrorist financing statutes and regulations.

•

Adverse developments in U.S. tax laws could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our effective tax rate could also change materially as a result of various evolving factors, including changes in income tax law or changes in the scope of our operations.

•

We are subject to government regulation and oversight relating to data and privacy protection.

•

We may be subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.

•

The Voting Trust will continue to have significant control over us following the completion of this offering, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

•

Upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and, as a result, will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, and our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

•

An investment in our Class A common stock is not an insured deposit.

•

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, including any sales by members of the Voting Trust, could lower our stock price, and any increase in shares issued as part of our equity-based compensation plans or for other purposes may dilute your ownership in us.

In addition, an investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves certain risks related to our Class A common stock, including related to the lack of a prior public market, the market price, dilution, our transition to, and ability to fulfill the obligations of, a public company, our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ability to issue preferred stock, our dividend policy, our status as an “emerging growth company,” analyst research and recommendations, factors that may discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us, and our reliance on Section 8(a) of the Securities Act to cause the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part to become effective automatically. Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in shares of our Class A common stock.

Recent Developments

Stock Split

On October 9, 2025, the Board approved a 50-for-1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend (the “stock split”), whereby each shareholder of record as of the October 20, 2025 record date received 49 shares of Class A common stock for each share owned as of the record date. The shares were distributed to record holders on October 24, 2025.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 238 Madison Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101. Our telephone number is (573) 634-1111, and our website address is https://www.centralbank.net/. The information contained on our website is not a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

Class A common stock outstanding before this
offering

220,664,900 shares of Class A common stock (including 605,650 shares of restricted stock awards and excluding treasury stock).

Class A common stock offered by us

17,778,000 shares of Class A common stock5

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 2,666,700 shares of our Class A common stock within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately following the offering

238,442,900 shares of our Class A common stock (or 241,109,600 shares if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us) (in each case including 605,650 shares of restricted stock awards and excluding treasury stock).

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately following the offering

None.

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $374.1 million (or approximately $430.8 million if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to support our growth strategy. Although we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions, as a part of our growth strategy we may use a portion of the net proceeds to finance potential future acquisition opportunities that we believe may be complementary to our business and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Voting rights

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share.

Each share of our Class B common stock does not entitle its holder to any voting rights, except as otherwise required by law.

See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

Dividend policy

On October 10, 2025, we announced a quarterly cash dividend on our Class A common stock of $0.155 per share payable on December 1, 2025 to all holders of record as October 20, 2025. Subject to applicable regulatory requirements, the sole discretion of our Board and the considerations discussed under “Dividend Policy and Dividends,” we expect to declare the next quarterly cash dividend on

Does not include up to use an additional 4,088,940 shares of our Class A common stock that have been registered with the SEC and may be issued if the number of shares in this offering is increased, including a corresponding increase in the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our Class A common stock in the first quarter of 2026. See “Dividend Policy and Dividends.”

Preemptive rights

Purchasers of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will not have any preemptive rights.

Controlled Company

Approximately 71.09% of our outstanding Class A common stock is currently held in the Voting Trust. Upon the completion of this offering, the Voting Trust will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power for the election of our Board, and we will be a “controlled company” under Nasdaq rules. As a controlled company, we qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq. See “Management—Controlled Company Exemptions.”

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq, under the symbol “CBC.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, executive officers, certain employees and other designated persons. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement we will enter into with the underwriters, the sales will be made by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC through a directed share program. The number of shares of our Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares of our Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves significant risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 36 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus:

•

gives retroactive effect to the Reclassification for all periods presented;

•

gives retroactive effect to the stock split for all periods presented;

•

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 2,666,700 shares of Class A common stock from us;

•

does not include up to an additional 4,088,940 shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued if the number of shares in this offering is increased, including a corresponding increase in the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and

•

assumes that the Class A common stock to be sold in this offering is sold at an initial public offering price of $22.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Selected Financial Data

The tables below summarize Central Bancompany, Inc.’s financial information for the periods indicated. The selected historical balance sheet data as of September 30, 2025 and 2024 and the selected historical income statement data for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and the selected historical income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Capitalization” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Share and per share data in the table below give retroactive effect to the stock split.

	At and for the Nine Months Ended September 30,						At and for the Years Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			2024			2023
Income Statement Data:
Interest income		$	734,663		$	672,281		$	904,977		$	800,652
Interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)(1)			739,223			676,772			910,838			805,374
Interest expense			151,462			167,368			217,653			167,473
Provision for credit losses			6,295			11,968			14,587			16,252
Noninterest income			165,925			186,345			210,390			206,880
Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP)(1)			186,348			183,749			247,051			225,774
Total revenue(2)			749,126			691,258			897,714			840,059
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)(1)			769,549			688,662			934,375			858,953
Noninterest expense			375,977			364,534			489,407			469,070
Net income			283,261			243,925			305,810			273,693
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)(1)		$	295,011		$	241,948		$	333,731		$	288,082
Performance Ratios:
Net interest margin(3)(4)			4.27%			3.77%			3.84%			3.54%
Net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP)(1)(4)			4.31%			3.81%			3.88%			3.57%
Return on average total assets(4)(5)			1.97%			1.73%			1.63%			1.45%
Adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP)(1)(4)			2.06%			1.72%			1.78%			1.53%
Return on average common equity(4)			11.8%			11.3%			10.4%			10.6%
Adjusted return on average common equity (non-GAAP)(1)(4)			12.3%			11.2%			11.4%			11.2%
Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(1)(4)			13.4%			13.0%			11.9%			12.5%
Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(1)(4)			13.9%			12.9%			13.0%			13.2%
Fee income ratio(6)			22.1%			27.0%			23.4%			24.6%
Adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP)(1)			24.2%			26.7%			26.4%			26.3%
Efficiency ratio(7)			50.2%			52.7%			54.5%			55.8%
Efficiency ratio (FTE) (non-GAAP)(1)			48.3%			52.2%			51.7%			53.9%
Cost of deposits(4)(8)			1.19%			1.33%			1.30%			0.87%
Cost of funds(4)(9)			1.28%			1.42%			1.39%			1.04%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	At and for the Nine Months Ended September 30,						At and for the Years Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			2024			2023
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets		$	19,183,605		$	18,611,659		$	19,242,543		$	19,020,505
Loans(10)			11,323,318			11,596,979			11,624,091			11,485,288
Total liabilities			15,899,191			15,528,282			16,131,882			16,276,707
Total deposits			14,789,227			14,443,085			14,985,848			14,869,510
Total customer funds(11)			15,747,993			15,354,061			15,993,143			16,095,677
Stockholder’s equity			3,284,414			3,083,377			3,110,661			2,743,798
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(1)			2,931,944			2,727,671			2,755,771			2,385,519
Book value per share			14.88			13.95			14.11			12.42
Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(1)		$	13.29		$	12.34		$	12.50		$	10.80
Asset Quality Ratios:
Nonperforming loans / total loans			0.45%			0.30%			0.34%			0.18%
Net charge-offs / average total loans(4)			0.13%			0.14%			0.13%			0.12%
Allowance for credit losses / total loans			1.32%			1.33%			1.32%			1.34%
Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 capital ratio			24.6%			23.4%			23.6%			21.5%
Total risk-based capital ratio			25.8%			24.6%			24.9%			22.8%
Tier 1 leverage ratio			15.9%			15.7%			15.7%			14.4%
Common equity tier 1 ratio			24.6%			23.4%			23.6%			21.5%
Total stockholders’ equity to total assets			17.1%			16.6%			16.2%			14.4%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)(1)			15.6%			14.9%			14.6%			12.8%

(1)

These are non-GAAP financial measures we believe are helpful in interpreting our financial results. For more information on non-GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations,” and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

(2)

Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.

(3)

Net interest margin is defined as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

(4)

Ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

(5)

Return on average total assets is defined as net income divided by average total assets.

(6)

Fee income ratio is defined as noninterest income divided by total revenue.

(7)

Efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue.

(8)

Cost of deposits is defined as deposit expense divided by average total deposits.

(9)

Cost of funds is defined as total interest expense divided by average total customer funds.

(10)

Loans include unpaid principal balance net of unamortized discount on acquired loans, unearned deferred fees and costs, and net loans in process and excludes loans held for sale of $21.8 million, $33.5 million, $34.3 million and $35.4 million at September 30, 2025, September 30, 2024, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

(11)

Total customer funds includes total deposits, federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations

To supplement our consolidated financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, we use certain non-GAAP financial measures, as described below, to facilitate analysis of our financial and business trends and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We are presenting these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe, when taken collectively, they may be helpful to investors because they provide consistency and comparability with past financial performance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations, or outlook.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

However, non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in their usefulness to investors because they have no standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are not prepared under any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. As a result, our non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents the reconciliation of interest income (FTE), net interest income (FTE), and net interest margin (FTE).

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Interest income		$	734,663		$	672,281		$	904,977		$	800,652
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment(1)			4,560			4,491			5,861			4,722
Interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)			739,223			676,772			910,838			805,374
Net interest income			583,201			504,913			687,324			633,179
Add: Tax-equivalent adjustment(1)			4,560			4,491			5,861			4,722
Net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)			587,761			509,404			693,185			637,901
Average interest-earning assets		$	18,248,275		$	17,879,121		$	17,885,506		$	17,880,255
Net interest margin(2)			4.27%			3.77%			3.84%			3.54%
Net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP)(2)			4.31%			3.81%			3.88%			3.57%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

(2)

Ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

The following table presents the reconciliation of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted total revenue, and adjusted fee income ratio.

	For the Three Months Ended September 30,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Noninterest income		$	57,070		$	50,486		$	165,925		$	186,345		$	210,390		$	206,880
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio(1)			—			—			(13,612)			—			—			—
Less: Investment securities gains (losses)			(6,920)			(12,064)			(6,811)			2,596			(36,661)			(18,894)
Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP)			63,990			62,550			186,348			183,749			247,051			225,774
Net interest income			198,872			174,671			583,201			504,913			687,324			633,179
Noninterest income			57,070			50,486			165,925			186,345			210,390			206,880
Total revenue			255,942			225,157			749,126			691,258			897,714			840,059
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio			—			—			(13,612)			—			—			—
Less: Investment securities gains (losses)			(6,920)			(12,064)			(6,811)			2,596			(36,661)			(18,894)
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)		$	262,862		$	237,221		$	769,549		$	688,662		$	934,375		$	858,953
Fee income ratio			22.3%			22.4%			22.1%			27.0%			23.4%			24.6%
Adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP)			24.3%			26.4%			24.2%			26.7%			26.4%			26.3%

(1)

See Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about the expected sale of our consumer lease portfolio.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the reconciliation of tangible noninterest expense, adjusted total revenue (FTE), and efficiency ratio (FTE).

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net interest income		$	583,201		$	504,913		$	687,324		$	633,179
Noninterest income			165,925			186,345			210,390			206,880
Total revenue			749,126			691,258			897,714			840,059
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio(1)			(13,612)			—			—			—
Less: Investment securities gains (losses)			(6,811)			2,596			(36,661)			(18,894)
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment(2)			4,560			4,491			5,861			4,722
Adjusted total revenue (FTE) (non-GAAP)			774,109			693,153			940,236			863,675
Noninterest expense			375,977			364,534			489,407			469,070
Less: Amortization of intangible assets			2,420			2,573			3,388			3,520
Tangible noninterest expense (non-GAAP)		$	373,557		$	361,961		$	486,019		$	465,550
Efficiency ratio			50.2%			52.7%			54.5%			55.8%
Efficiency ratio (FTE) (non-GAAP)			48.3%			52.2%			51.7%			53.9%

(1)

(2)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

The following table presents the reconciliation of adjusted net income and adjusted return on average total assets, for the Company as a whole and for our St. Louis market.

	Consolidated																		St. Louis
	For the Three Months Ended September 30,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
	2025			2024			2025			2024			2024			2023			For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net income		$	97,098		$	72,620		$	283,261		$	243,925		$	305,810		$	273,693		$	24,197
Add: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio, net of provision and taxes(1)(2)			—			—			6,563			—			—			—			6,563
Add: available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities losses, net of taxes(1)			5,270			9,146			5,270			9,146			39,031			15,204			—(4)
Add: Equity securities losses (gains), net of taxes(1)			—			42			(83)			(11,123)			(11,110)			(815)			—(4)
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)			102,368			81,808			295,011			241,948			333,731			288,082			30,760
Average total assets		$	19,084,437		$	18,639,395		$	19,176,658		$	18,781,177		$	18,781,218		$	18,838,841		$	2,256,733
Return on average total assets(3)			2.02%			1.55%			1.97%			1.73%			1.63%			1.45%			1.43%
Adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP)(3)			2.13%			1.75%			2.06%			1.72%			1.78%			1.53%			1.82%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)

The second quarter includes a $13.6 million loss on the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio recognized in other noninterest income and a $5.0 million release of provision, which resulted in a net pre-tax loss of $8.6 million. Net of taxes, at a tax rate of 23.84%, the total impact to net income was $6.6 million. See Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus for more information about the expected sale of our consumer lease portfolio.

(3)

Ratios for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

(4)

No adjustment has been made for losses on AFS and equity securities for the St. Louis market because these losses are reported at the consolidated level and are not allocated to a particular market.

The following table presents the reconciliation of adjusted net income.

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Year Ended December 31,(1)
	2025			2024			2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			2019
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net income		$	283,261		$	243,925		$	305,810		$	273,693		$	258,220		$	246,830		$	240,776		$	209,643
Add: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio, net of provision and taxes(2)(3)			6,563			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Add: AFS securities losses, net of taxes(2)			5,270			9,146			39,031			15,204			(63)			(702)			420			(25)
Add: Equity securities losses (gains), net of taxes(2)			(83)			(11,123)			(11,110)			(815)			466			(405)			138			(5,972)
Add: held-to-maturity (“HTM”) securities losses (gains), net of taxes(2)			—			—			—			—			(32)			—			—			—
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)		$	295,011		$	241,948		$	333,731		$	288,082		$	258,591		$	245,723		$	241,334		$	203,646

(1)

The income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

(2)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

(3)

The following table presents the reconciliation of tangible common equity, tangible book value per share and tangible common equity to tangible assets.

	As of September 30,						As of December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Total stockholders’ equity		$	3,284,414		$	3,083,377		$	3,110,661		$	2,743,798
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets			352,470			355,706			354,890			358,279
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)		$	2,931,944		$	2,727,671		$	2,755,771		$	2,385,519
Total shares of Class A common stock outstanding			220,665			221,052			220,385			220,956
Book value per share		$	14.88		$	13.95		$	14.11		$	12.42
Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)			13.29			12.34			12.50			10.80
Total assets			19,183,605			18,611,659			19,242,543			19,020,505
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets			352,470			355,706			354,890			358,279
Tangible assets (non-GAAP)		$	18,831,135		$	18,255,953		$	18,887,653		$	18,662,226
Total stockholders’ equity to total assets			17.1%			16.6%			16.2%			14.4%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)			15.6%			14.9%			14.6%			12.8%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the reconciliation of tangible net income, adjusted tangible net income, average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average common equity, return on average tangible common equity, and adjusted return on average tangible common equity.

	For the three Months Ended September 30,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net income		$	97,098		$	72,620		$	283,261		$	243,925		$	305,810		$	273,693
Add: Amortization of intangible assets, net of taxes(1)			615			623			1,843			1,960			2,580			2,681
Tangible net income (non-GAAP)			97,713			73,243			285,104			245,885			308,390			276,374
Add: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio, net of provision and taxes(1)(2)			—			—			6,563			—			—			—
Add: AFS securities losses, net of taxes(1)			5,270			9,146			5,270			9,146			39,031			15,204
Add: Equity securities losses (gains), net of taxes(1)			—			42			(83)			(11,123)			(11,110)			(815)
Adjusted tangible net income (non-GAAP)			102,983			82,431			296,854			243,908			336,311			290,763
Average common equity			3,238,538			3,022,149			3,204,914			2,887,349			2,937,975			2,570,645
Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets			352,996			356,242			353,798			357,099			356,677			360,164
Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)		$	2,885,542		$	2,665,907		$	2,851,116		$	2,530,250		$	2,581,298		$	2,210,481
Return on average common equity(3)			11.9%			9.6%			11.8%			11.3%			10.4%			10.6%
Adjusted return on average common equity (non-GAAP)(3)			12.5%			10.8%			12.3%			11.2%			11.4%			11.2%
Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(3)			13.4%			10.9%			13.4%			13.0%			11.9%			12.5%
Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(3)			14.2%			12.3%			13.9%			12.9%			13.0%			13.2%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

(2)

(3)

Ratios for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a significant degree of risk. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus. Any of the following risks, as well as risks that we do not know or that we currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment. Further, to the extent that any of the information in this prospectus constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors below are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Market Risks

Our business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions generally, and in Missouri and our other Primary Markets in particular.

Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of our borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets in which we operate and in the United States as a whole. Unlike some larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, our business is predominantly located in Missouri (and neighboring communities in other states), as well as in certain metropolitan areas in Oklahoma and Colorado. The economic conditions in these Primary Markets have in the past been, and may in the future be, different from, or worse than, the economic conditions in the United States as a whole. For example, U.S. real GDP increased by 2.8% in 2024, declined at an annual rate of 0.6% in the first quarter of 2025 and increased at an annual rate of 3.8% in the second quarter of 2025, according to the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis (“BEA”). By comparison, Missouri’s real GDP increased by 2.3% in 2024, declined at an annual rate of 2.2% in the first quarter of 2025 and increased at an annual rate of 3.1% in the second quarter of 2025, according to the BEA.

Additionally, as of September 30, 2025, 85.5% of our loans were to borrowers resident or organized in Missouri and our other Primary Markets and 85.5% of our loans secured by real estate are secured by commercial and residential properties located in Missouri and our other Primary Markets. Accordingly, the ability of borrowers to repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing such loans, may be significantly affected by economic conditions in this region or by changes in the local real estate markets. See “—Our business is significantly dependent on conditions in the real estate market, as a significant percentage of our loan and lease portfolio is secured by real estate, especially commercial real estate.”

Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by, among other factors, declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability of, or increases in the cost of, credit and capital; changes in inflation or interest rates; changes in U.S. international trade and investment policies, including new or increased tariffs; increases in real estate and other state and local taxes; high unemployment; natural disasters; public health crises; or a combination of these or other factors. For example, in April 2025, the U.S. presidential administration announced broad tariffs on imports, which may adversely affect economic and market conditions in the United States, including in our Primary Markets.

Disruption or deterioration in economic conditions in the United States generally, or in our Primary Markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including as a result of an increase in loan and lease delinquencies, an increase in problem assets and foreclosures, a decrease in the demand for our products and services, or a decrease in the value of collateral for loans and leases, especially real estate, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, the value of assets associated with problem loans and collateral coverage.

As of September 30, 2025, our real estate loans represented approximately $8.9 billion, or 78.8% of our total loan and lease portfolio. Real estate lending is generally considered to be collateral-based lending with loan

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amounts based on predetermined loan-to-collateral values. As such, declines in real estate valuations and liquidity, including as a result of declines in office occupancy, in the local markets in which we operate would lower the value of the collateral securing these loans. Real property values and liquidity in our markets, including Missouri, where a significant portion of the collateral underlying our real estate loans is located, may be different from, and in some cases worse than, real property values in other markets or in the United States as a whole, and may be affected by a variety of factors outside of our control and the control of our borrowers, including national and local economic conditions generally. Declines in real property values and liquidity in Missouri and our other markets, including prices for homes and commercial properties, could result in a deterioration of the credit quality of our borrowers, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, and an increase in problem assets, foreclosures, defaults and charge-offs. Additionally, such declines in real property values and liquidity could reduce the value of any collateral we realize following a default on these loans and could adversely affect our ability to continue to grow our loan and lease portfolio consistent with our underwriting standards. Our failure to mitigate these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of September 30, 2025, our commercial real estate and construction and development loans were $5.6 billion, representing the largest segment of our total loan and lease portfolio, at approximately 49.3% of our total loan and lease portfolio. Commercial real estate loans may have a greater risk of loss than residential real estate loans, in part because these loans are generally larger or more complex to underwrite and are characterized by having a limited supply of real estate at commercially attractive locations, long delivery time frames for development and high interest rate sensitivity.

Commercial real estate loans are typically secured by the assets of the business and, upon default, any collateral repossessed may not be sufficient to repay the outstanding loan balance. Commercial real estate properties tend to be unique and are more difficult to value than residential real estate properties. This exposes us to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be liquidated as easily as residential real estate. If we foreclose on these loans, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for a residential real estate property because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. In addition, a large portion of our commercial real estate loans have variable rates, so if interest rates rise, the borrower’s debt service requirement may increase, negatively impacting the borrower’s ability to service their debt.

Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions may impair a borrower’s business operations and typically slow the execution of new leases. Such economic conditions may also lead to existing lease turnover. Commercial real estate loans generally are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. The unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may require us to increase our provision for loan and lease losses, which would reduce our profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In recent years, commercial real estate has been under pressure from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and its aftermath, including work-from-home arrangements that have continued after the pandemic.

The source of repayment of commercial and other business loans is typically the cash flows of the borrowers’ businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. The properties securing commercial real estate loans are typically not fully leased at the origination of the loan. The borrower’s ability to repay the loan is instead dependent upon additional leasing through the life of the loan or the borrower’s successful operation of a business. Accordingly, repayment of such loans may be affected by factors outside the borrower’s control, such as adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy, changes in government regulation and rising interest rates. Federal banking regulatory agencies have expressed concerns about weaknesses in the current commercial real estate market. Banking regulators closely supervise banks’ commercial real estate lending activities and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate exposure or growth to implement heightened underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as higher levels of allowances for loan and lease losses and capital levels. Our failure to adequately implement risk management policies, procedures and controls could adversely affect our ability to increase this portfolio going forward and could result in an increased rate of delinquencies in, and increased losses from, this portfolio.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business is subject to risk arising from our lending to small and mid-sized businesses.

As of September 30, 2025, commercial non-real estate loans represented approximately 15.3% of our total loan and lease portfolio. We generally make such commercial loans to small and mid-sized businesses whose success often depends on the regional economy. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities, frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which may impair their ability as a borrower to repay a loan. In addition, the success of small and mid-sized businesses often depends on the management skills, talents and efforts of one or two people or a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have an adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay its loan. If general economic conditions negatively impact the markets in which we operate or any of our borrowers otherwise are affected by adverse business developments, such as new or increased tariffs, our small and mid-sized borrowers may be disproportionately affected and their ability to repay outstanding loans may be negatively affected, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our wealth management and trust business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions generally.

Our wealth management and trust business may be negatively impacted by general economic and market conditions because the performance of such businesses is directly affected by conditions in the financial and securities markets. The financial markets and businesses operating in the securities industry are highly volatile (meaning that performance results can vary greatly within short periods of time) and are directly affected by, among other factors, domestic and foreign economic conditions and general trends in business and finance, all of which are beyond our control. Declines in the financial markets or a lack of sustained growth may adversely affect the market value of the assets that we manage.

For example, unfavorable market conditions can:

•

reduce new investments by advisors’ new and existing clients in financial products;

•

reduce trading activity, thereby affecting our revenues from service charges and commissions and brokerage services; and

•

reduce the value of assets under advice and/or motivate customers to withdraw funds from their accounts, thereby reducing assets under advice and associated fee revenues.

Because our management contracts generally provide for fees based on the value of assets under advice, fluctuations in the underlying asset value may have an adverse effect on management fees and thus our financial condition and results of operations. Other more specific trends may also affect our financial condition and results of operations, including, for example, changes in the mix of products preferred by investors may result in increases or decreases in our fee revenue associated with such products depending on whether investors gravitate towards or away from such products. The timing of such trends, if any, and their potential impact on our financial condition and results of operations are beyond our control. In addition, because certain of our expenses are fixed, our ability to reduce them in response to market factors over short periods of time is limited, which could negatively impact our profitability.

As a relationship-driven business, our wealth management and trust business is especially dependent on our experienced employees. Industry-wide, financial advisors and wealth management professionals are an aging demographic, with a substantial portion approaching retirement. This trend may pose succession-planning challenges and necessitate significant investment in recruiting, training, and developing our next generation of advisors, requiring substantial time commitments and financial resources. See “—Strategic Risks—We are dependent on our management team and key employees.”

Because we invest in a wide variety of assets on behalf of our trust and wealth management customers, we are exposed to market and economic risks across the country, including in markets beyond our Primary Markets. In addition, certain of our expenses are fixed, and our ability to reduce them in response to market factors over short periods of time is limited, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in interest rates and monetary policy may adversely affect our results of operations.

As a result of the high percentage of our assets and liabilities that are in the form of interest-bearing or interest-related instruments, changes in interest rates, including in the shape of the yield curve or in spreads between different market interest rates, as well as changes linked to inflation, can have a material effect on our business and profitability and the value of our assets and liabilities. For example, changes in interest rates or interest rate spreads may:

•

affect the difference between the interest that we earn on assets and the interest that we pay on liabilities, which impacts our overall net interest income and profitability;

•

adversely affect the ability of borrowers to meet obligations under variable or adjustable-rate loans and other debt instruments (including due to an inability to refinance loans), which, in turn, affects our loss rates on those assets;

•

decrease the demand for interest rate-based products and services, including loans and deposits;

•

affect our ability to hedge various forms of market and interest rate risk and may decrease the profitability or protection or increase the risk or cost associated with such hedges;

•

increase the unrealized losses on our available-for-sale investment portfolio; and

•

affect mortgage prepayment speeds and result in the impairment of capitalized mortgage servicing assets, reduce the value of loans held for sale and increase the volatility of mortgage banking revenues, potentially adversely affecting our results of operations.

Interest rates and the yield curve are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve which, through the Federal Open Market Committee (the “FOMC”), may raise or lower interest rates in response to economic conditions. The FOMC increased the federal funds target range to 5.25% to 5.50% through several hikes during 2022 and 2023 and held that interest rate at the elevated level until it decreased the federal funds target interest range to 4.25% to 4.50% between September 2024 and December 2024. The federal funds target range remained steady until September 2025, when the FOMC decreased the federal funds target range to 4.00% to 4.25%. In October 2025, the FOMC further decreased the federal funds target range to 3.75% to 4.00%. The timing, pace and direction of additional interest rate changes remains uncertain, and will largely depend on trends in inflation, employment and other macroeconomic factors that are outside of our control.

Any of the foregoing effects from interest rate changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations. For example, following the FOMC’s rate hikes during 2022 and 2023, the resulting increases in long-term interest rates led to increases in unrealized losses in our available-for-sale debt securities portfolio. If we were required at any time to liquidate a substantial portion of our debt securities portfolio, we could be forced to sell securities at a loss.

In addition, as of September 30, 2025, we estimate that an immediate parallel decrease in the yield curve would cause our net interest income to decline over time as the interest income we would earn would decrease by more than the interest expense we would pay, assuming no growth or changes in the composition of our balance sheet and not considering any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Further, in an environment of rising interest rates, net interest income might decrease if deposits and other short-term liabilities reprice more quickly than anticipated, or if our assets reprice at a slower rate. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Governance and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Interest Rate Risk.”

We could recognize losses on investment securities held in our investment portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.

As of September 30, 2025, we held approximately $6.0 billion in investment securities, representing approximately 31.4% of our total assets, which primarily consisted of U.S. government and U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the book value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the book value of these securities. These factors

TABLE OF CONTENTS

include, but are not limited to, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities and changes in market interest rates and instability in the capital markets.

Additionally, as of September 30, 2025, approximately $6.0 billion, or 99.2% of our investment securities, are classified as available-for-sale securities and reported at fair value. We have in the past experienced and may in the future experience significant unrealized losses on our available-for-sale securities portfolio as a result of, among other factors, increases in market interest rates. Unrealized losses related to available-for-sale securities are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income balance sheets and reduce the level of our book and tangible common equity, and we would recognize an unrealized loss upon the sale of the security. If we continue to maintain a significant portfolio of available-for-sale securities, our reported equity will report greater volatility, and if we were required to sell available-for-sale securities, we may recognize losses.

Credit Risks

We may not be able to measure and manage our credit risk adequately, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Our business depends on our ability to successfully measure and manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that the principal of, or interest on, a loan will not be paid timely or at all or that the value of any collateral supporting a loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. In addition, we are exposed to risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual loans and borrowers. The creditworthiness of a borrower is affected by many factors, including local market conditions and general economic conditions. Additional factors related to the credit quality of residential real estate loans, construction and land real estate loans and commercial real estate loans include the quality of management of the business and tenant vacancy rates.

Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific markets and our credit approval, review and administrative practices, may not adequately manage credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and procedures may not adequately adapt to changes in economic or any other conditions affecting customers and the quality of the loan and lease portfolio. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan and lease portfolio may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs, and may necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, each of which could adversely affect our net income. As a result, our inability to successfully manage credit risk could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan and lease portfolio.

Because the credit quality of our loan and lease portfolio can have a significant impact on our net income, the operation of our business requires us to manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms, and that the collateral securing repayment of the loans we extend, if any, may not be sufficient to ensure repayment. In addition, there are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, including the risk that a borrower may not provide information to us about its business in a timely manner and/or may present inaccurate or incomplete information to us, and risks relating to the value of collateral.

We maintain an allowance for credit losses based on management’s current estimate of expected losses on loans, leases and other financial assets. We employ an average historical loss model which incorporates relevant information about past events, including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecast such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions. We perform an internal loan review and grade loans on an ongoing basis, and the objective of our loan review and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

grading procedures is to identify existing or emerging credit quality problems so that appropriate steps can be initiated to avoid or minimize future losses. This process, which is critical to our financial results and condition, requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments of loan collectability. As is the case with any such assessments, there is always the chance that we will fail to identify the proper factors or that we will fail to accurately estimate the impacts of factors that we identify.

Although our management has established an allowance for loan and lease losses it believes is adequate, we could sustain loan and lease losses that are significantly higher than the amount of our allowance for loan and lease losses. Higher loan and lease losses could arise for a variety of reasons, such as growth in our loan and lease portfolio, changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding our loans and leases and other factors within and outside our control. If real estate values were to decline or if economic conditions in our markets were to deteriorate unexpectedly, additional loan and lease losses not incorporated in the existing allowance for loan and lease losses might occur. Losses in excess of the existing allowance for loan and lease losses will reduce our net income and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A severe downturn in the economy generally, in our markets specifically or affecting the business and assets of individual customers would generate increased charge-offs and a need for higher reserves. While we believe that our allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate as of September 30, 2025, there can be no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover all incurred loan and lease losses. In the event of significant deterioration in economic conditions, we may be required to increase reserves in future periods, which would reduce our net income.

Bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans and leases or to real estate we acquire through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our determination of the value for these items, increase our allowance for loan and lease losses or reduce the carrying value of owned real estate, reducing our net income. Further, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses, we may need additional adjustments to increase the allowance for loan and lease losses. These adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property, and in determining the value of real estate collateral, we rely on external appraisals and assessment of property values by our internal staff. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in value in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. In the case of non-real estate collateral, we rely on a variety of sources, including external estimates of value and judgments based on the experience and expertise of our internal staff. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property.

In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques, such as third-party price opinions or internally developed pricing models, to establish the value of our OREO and personal property that we acquire through foreclosure proceedings and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our consolidated financial statements may not accurately reflect the value of assets we acquire through foreclosure, and our allowance for loan and lease losses may not accurately reflect loan impairments. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we would be exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate, including environmental liabilities. We may be liable for

TABLE OF CONTENTS

remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage, civil fines and criminal penalties regardless of when the hazardous conditions or toxic substances first affected the property. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses to address unknown liabilities and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability, and we may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a foreclosure depends on factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to, general or local economic conditions, environmental cleanup liabilities, assessments, interest rates, real estate tax rates, operating expenses of the mortgaged properties, our ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties, zoning laws, governmental and regulatory rules and natural disasters. Our inability to manage the amount of costs or size of the risks associated with the ownership of real estate, or write-downs in the value of real estate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, consumer protection initiatives or changes in state or federal law may substantially increase the time and expenses associated with the foreclosure process or prevent us from foreclosing at all. A number of states in recent years have either considered or adopted foreclosure reform laws that make it substantially more difficult and expensive for lenders to foreclose on properties in default. Additionally, federal and state regulators have prosecuted or pursued enforcement action against a number of mortgage servicing companies for alleged consumer law violations. If new federal or state laws or regulations are ultimately enacted that significantly raise the cost of foreclosure or raise outright barriers to foreclosure, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct.

When we sell residential real estate loans, we are required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the residential real estate loans and the manner in which they were originated and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we may be required to repurchase or provide substitute residential real estate loans for part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If the level of repurchase and indemnity activity becomes material, it could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we rely on Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other purchasers to purchase residential real estate loans in order to reduce our credit risk and provide funding for additional loans we desire to originate. We cannot provide assurance that these purchasers will not materially limit their purchases from us due to capital constraints or other factors, including, with respect to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, a change in the criteria for conforming loans. Mortgage lending is highly regulated, and our inability to comply with all federal and state regulations and investor guidelines regarding the origination, underwriting documentation and servicing of residential real estate loans may impact our ability to sell mortgage loans in the future.

Various proposals have been made in recent years to reform the U.S. residential mortgage finance market, including the role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, such as proposals to privatize Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. We cannot predict the future prospects of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including the timing of any recapitalization or release from their current federal conservatorship. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac take a reduced role in the marketplace, that could increase our cost of funds related to the origination of new mortgage loans, increase credit risk or impact our capacity to originate new mortgage loans, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we must report as held for sale any loans which we have undertaken to sell, whether or not a purchase agreement for the loans has been executed. We may therefore be unable to ultimately complete a sale for part or all of the loans we classify as held for sale. We must exercise our judgment in determining when loans must be reclassified from held for investment status to held for sale status under applicable accounting guidelines. Any failure to accurately report loans as held for sale could result in regulatory investigations and monetary penalties. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our policy is to carry loans held for sale at fair value. As a result, prior to

TABLE OF CONTENTS

being sold, any loans classified as held for sale may be adversely affected by market conditions, including changes in interest rates, and by changes in the borrower’s creditworthiness, and the value associated with these loans, including any loans originated for sale in the secondary market, may decline prior to being sold. We may be required to reduce the value of any loans we mark held for sale as a result, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity Risks

Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our obligations, including financial commitments, as they come due and is inherent in our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and/or investment securities and from other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds consists of our customers’ deposits. Other sources of liquidity include the principal and interest payments we receive on loans and investment securities, customer repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased from correspondent banks, unencumbered investment securities that may be borrowed against or sold, and wholesale funding sources such as FHLB borrowings, dealer repurchase agreements, and wholesale/brokered deposits.

Customer deposit balances can decrease for a variety of reasons, including when customers perceive alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. Our deposits are primarily in transaction accounts, money market demand accounts and savings accounts, which are payable on demand or upon several days’ notice, while by comparison, a substantial portion of our assets are loans, which cannot be called or sold in the same time frame. Online and mobile banking have made it easier for customers to withdraw their deposits or transfer funds to other accounts with short notice.

Additionally, negative news about us or the banking industry in general could negatively impact market and/or customer perceptions of our company, which could lead to a loss of depositor confidence and an increase in deposit withdrawals, particularly among those with uninsured deposits. Furthermore, as we and other regional banking organizations experienced in 2023, the failure of other financial institutions may cause deposit outflows as customers spread deposits among several different banks so as to maximize their amount of FDIC insurance, move deposits to banks deemed “too big to fail” or remove deposits from the banking system entirely. A failure to maintain adequate liquidity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If customers move money out of deposits and into other investments, we could lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, and we may not be able to replace maturing deposits and advances as necessary in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors sought to withdraw their accounts, regardless of the reason. This loss would require us to seek other funding alternatives, including wholesale funding, in order to continue to grow, thereby increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to continue to implement our business plan, including originating loans, investing in securities, meeting our expenses or fulfilling obligations such as repaying our borrowings and meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Loss of deposits could increase our funding costs.

Like many banking companies, we rely on customer deposits to meet a considerable portion of our funding, and we continue to seek customer deposits to maintain this funding base. We accept deposits directly from consumer and commercial clients and, as of September 30, 2025, we had $14.8 billion in total deposits. If we are unable to sufficiently maintain or grow our deposits to meet liquidity objectives, we may be subject to paying higher funding costs or unable to satisfy our funding needs.

As described above, these deposits are subject to potentially dramatic fluctuations in availability or price due to certain factors outside our control, such as a loss of confidence by customers in us or the banking sector generally, customer perceptions of our financial health and general reputation, increasing competitive pressures from other financial services firms for consumer or commercial customer deposits, changes in interest rates and returns on other investment classes, which could result in significant outflows of deposits within

TABLE OF CONTENTS

short periods of time or significant changes in pricing necessary to maintain current customer deposits or attract additional deposits. These concerns may be exacerbated by negative media attention and the rapid spread of rumors and information, whether or not accurate or true, including on social media, that could cause panic among investors, depositors, customers and the general public. For example, the rapid dissemination of negative information through social media, is believed to have led, in part, to deposit outflows at, and the collapse of, Silicon Valley Bank in March 2023.

In addition, if our competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits, our funding costs may increase, either because we raise our rates to avoid losing deposits or because we lose deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Also, customers typically move money from bank deposits to alternative investments during rising interest rate environments. Checking and savings account balances and other forms of customer deposits may decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return trade-off. Our customers could take their money out of the Bank and put it in alternative investments, causing us to lose a lower-cost source of funding. Customers may also move noninterest-bearing deposits to interest-bearing accounts, increasing the cost of those deposits. Higher funding costs could reduce our net interest margin and net interest income and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our liquidity is dependent on dividends from The Central Trust Bank.

We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our bank subsidiary, The Central Trust Bank. Dividends from the Bank provide virtually all of our cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and principal and interest on any debt we may incur. Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to us. For example, under applicable regulations, the Bank may not, without prior regulatory approval, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s net profits plus the retained net profits from the prior two years or in excess of the sum of the Bank’s retained earnings and current period net income. See “—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks—We may not pay dividends on our Class A common stock, and our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.” Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including in the case of the Bank, its depositors and the FDIC).

In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service any debt we may incur, pay obligations or pay dividends on our Class A common stock. The inability to receive dividends from the Bank could affect our liquidity and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by changes in the actual or perceived soundness or condition of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions may be interconnected as a result of trading, investment, liquidity management, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. Within the financial services industry, loss of public confidence, including through default by any one institution, could lead to liquidity challenges or to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems and losses or defaults by other institutions, as the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions is closely related as a result of these credit, trading, clearing and other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a counterparty may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by various institutions. This systemic risk may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, banks and exchanges with which we interact on a daily basis or key funding providers such as the FHLB, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our access to liquidity or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital, in the form of additional debt or equity, in the future to have sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and fund our business needs and future growth,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

particularly if the quality of our assets or earnings were to deteriorate significantly. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and our financial condition. Economic conditions and a loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit access to certain customary sources of capital, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve System.

We may not be able to obtain capital on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors of the Bank or counterparties participating in the capital markets or other disruption in capital markets, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise additional capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operational Risks

As a financial institution, we are susceptible to fraudulent activity, information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents that may be committed against us, our service providers or our customers, which may result in financial losses or increased costs to us or our customers, disclosure or misuse of our information or our customer information, misappropriation of assets, litigation or damage to our reputation. Such fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, phishing, social engineering and other dishonest acts. Information security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents may include fraudulent or unauthorized access to systems used by us, our service providers or our customers, denial or degradation of service attacks, ransomware, malware or other cyberattacks or human error. In recent periods, several large corporations, including financial institutions and retail companies, have suffered major data breaches, in some cases exposing not only confidential and proprietary corporate information, but also sensitive financial and other personal information of their customers and employees and potentially subjecting them to fraudulent activity. Our customers are subject to risks related to identity theft, credit card fraud and other fraudulent activity that could involve their accounts with us. We are the target of attempted electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cybersecurity-related attacks. Consistent with industry trends, we may face an increasing number of attempted cyberattacks as we expand our mobile and other internet-based products and services, and we provide more of these services to a greater number of individual customers. The increased use of mobile and cloud technologies, as well as artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies and quantum computing, can heighten these and other operational risks, including risks arising from the use of AI technologies by bad actors to commit fraud and misappropriate funds and to facilitate cyberattacks.

We also face specific risks related to cyberattacks and other security breaches in connection with debit card and credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks and our processors. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyberattacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyberattacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for material breaches or attacks relating to them.

Information pertaining to us and our customers is maintained, and transactions are executed, on networks and systems maintained by us, our customers and certain of our third-party partners, such as our online banking or reporting systems. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our customers’ confidence. We may not be able to ensure that our third-party partners have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information they

TABLE OF CONTENTS

receive from us. Breaches of information security also may occur, and in infrequent cases, have occurred through intentional or unintentional acts by those having access to our systems, those of our third-party partners, or our customers’ or counterparties’ confidential information, including our and our third-party partners’ employees. Our regulators are also commonly in possession of confidential information regarding our business, and therefore the secure maintenance by and transmission of our confidential information by those regulators is also essential to protect us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our customers’ confidence. Regulators face many of the same risks that we and our third-party partners face in the area of cybersecurity and information security. However, in the case of regulators, we do not have contractual protections, audit rights and other rights that we would seek to require of a third party provider. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, cyberattacks by state actors, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we and our third-party partners use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to protect data about us, our customers and underlying transactions. Our inability to anticipate, or failure to timely discover and adequately mitigate, breaches of security could result in: losses to us or our customers; our loss of business and/or customers; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses; disruption to our business; our inability to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability. All of this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Employee misconduct or mistakes could expose us to significant legal liability and reputational harm.

We operate in an industry in which integrity and the confidence of our customers are of critical importance. Our employees could engage in, or our former employees could have engaged in, misconduct that adversely affects our business. For example, if an employee were to engage in fraudulent, illegal or suspicious activities, we could be subject to litigation or regulatory sanctions, and suffer serious harm to our reputation (as a consequence of the negative perception resulting from such activities), financial position, customer relationships and ability to attract new customers. Our business often requires that we deal with confidential information. If our employees were to improperly use or disclose this information, even if inadvertently, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial position, and current and future business relationships. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not always be effective. Misconduct by our employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations of misconduct, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, employee errors, such as inadvertent use or disclosure of confidential information, calculation errors, mistakes in addressing communications or data inputs, errors in developing, implementing or applying information technology systems or simple errors in judgment, could also have similar adverse effects.

We depend, to a significant extent, on relationships with third-party partners and service providers that provide services that are critical to our operations. In addition, we utilize external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations, including core banking services such as mortgage servicing, internet banking services and debit card services and other key components of our business infrastructure including data processing and storage, internet connection and network access and various information technology services and services complementary to our banking products. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to the risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements or under service level agreements.

If any of our third-party service providers experience difficulties in providing services or terminate their services and we are unable to replace our service providers with other service providers, our operations could be interrupted. It may be difficult for us to replace some of our third-party vendors, particularly vendors providing our core banking, mortgage servicing and debit card services and information services, in a timely manner if they are unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future for any reason. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our

TABLE OF CONTENTS

business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we are able to replace them, it may be at higher cost to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if a third-party provider fails to provide the services we require, fails to meet contractual requirements, such as compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or suffers a cyberattack or other security breach, our business could suffer economic and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In June 2023, the U.S. federal banking agencies issued interagency guidance that requires banks, such as us, to analyze the risk associated with each third-party relationship and to calibrate its risk management processes. If our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over our third-party vendors or other ongoing third-party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines, as well as requirements for customer remediation. Any future changes in requirements or standards applicable to our third-party relationships could negatively affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and increase our costs. All of this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our techniques for managing risks are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

In order to manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and control our exposure to material risks, such as credit, operational, legal and reputational risks. Our risk management methods may prove to be ineffective due to their design, their implementation or the degree to which we adhere to them, or as a result of the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information, changes in methods pursued by external bad actors or otherwise.

If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our customers, and sanctions or fines from regulators. Our techniques for managing the risks we face may not fully mitigate the risk exposure in all economic or market environments, including exposure to risks that we might fail to identify or anticipate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, and in evaluating and monitoring our loan and lease portfolio on an ongoing basis, we typically rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers or counterparties, or of other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate, incomplete, fraudulent or misleading financial statements, credit reports or other financial or business information, or the failure to receive such information on a timely basis, could result in loan and lease losses, reputational damage or other effects that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial and accounting estimates and risk management framework rely on analytical forecasting and models.

The processes we use to estimate our financial condition and results of operations, including loan losses and the fair value of financial instruments, are reliant upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. Some of our tools and metrics for managing risk are based on observed historical market behavior, and we rely on quantitative models to measure risks and to estimate certain financial values. Models may be used in processes such as determining the pricing of various products, grading loans and extending credit, measuring interest rate and other market risks, predicting losses, assessing capital adequacy and calculating regulatory capital levels, as well as estimating the value of financial instruments and balance sheet items, including goodwill.

Poorly designed or implemented models could adversely affect our business decisions if the information is inadequate. In addition, our models may fail to predict future risk exposures if the information used is inaccurate, obsolete or not sufficiently comparable to actual events as they occur. We seek to incorporate

TABLE OF CONTENTS

appropriate historical data in our models, but the range of market values and behaviors reflected in any period of historical data is not always predictive of future developments in any particular period and the period of data we incorporate into our models may turn out to be inappropriate for the future period being modeled. In these instances, our ability to manage risk would be limited and our risk exposure and losses could be significantly greater than our models indicated, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenues and profits. Finally, information provided to our regulators based on poorly designed or implemented models could be inaccurate or insufficient, which could adversely affect some of the decisions that our regulators make, including those related to capital distributions to our shareholders, and subject us to supervisory criticism and costs relating to remediation.

Accounting rules require us to make subjective determinations and use estimates, which may vary from actual results and materially impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations and, at times, require management to exercise judgment in their application so as to report our financial condition and results of operations in the most appropriate manner. Certain accounting policies, such as the allowance for credit losses on loans, are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and the likelihood that materially different estimates would result under different conditions or through the utilization of different assumptions. If our estimates are inaccurate or need to be adjusted periodically, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially impacted. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.”

We are subject to risk arising from failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures.

Our internal controls, including fraud detection and controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance procedures are based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the controls and procedures are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures; failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures; or failure to comply with our corporate governance procedures could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations, including subjecting us to litigation, regulatory fines, penalties or other sanctions. Furthermore, notwithstanding the proliferation of technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people as our greatest resource, and we are subject to the risk that they make mistakes or engage in violations of applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures that in the past have not, and in the future may not always be prevented by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. Human errors, malfeasance and other misconduct, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in reputational damage or legal risk and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. As a result of changes to financial accounting or reporting standards, whether required by the FASB or other regulators, we could be required to change certain of the assumptions or estimates we have previously used in preparing our financial statements, which could negatively impact how we record and report our results of operations and financial condition generally. In some instances, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements. These changes could adversely affect our capital, regulatory capital ratios, ability to make larger loans, earnings and performance metrics. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Strategic Risks

Geographic concentration in our existing markets may unfavorably impact our long-term growth.

Our geographic concentration in Missouri and other Primary Markets makes our business highly susceptible to local economic conditions and renders us less able to diversify credit risk among multiple markets, which

TABLE OF CONTENTS

could result in an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses, thus reducing our net income. See “— Market Risks—Our business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions generally, and in Missouri and our other Primary Markets in particular.” In addition, given the concentration of our operations and customer base in our Primary Markets, continued, long-term organic growth in our Primary Markets may be unsustainable. Although we have expanded into other markets and expect to continue to do so, there can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our growth successfully or to continue to expand into new markets, whether organically or through acquisition. Our inability to manage our growth successfully or to continue to expand into new markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

New lines of business, products or services may subject us to additional risks.

From time to time, we implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. For instance, we recently launched a new money management tool that includes AI-enabled cash flow forecasting. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services we invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service.

Furthermore, any new line of business, new product or service and/or new technology could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business, new products or services and/or new technologies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to successfully execute our strategic plan.

Our strategic plan aims to maintain our historic track record of profitable growth, which involves three principal elements: focusing on our existing core competencies to drive customer growth, deepening our customer relationships and associated fee income, and deploying our excess capital into strategic acquisitions. In addition, we are currently undertaking a bank core modernization project intended to improve our technology infrastructure.

These strategic efforts require us to manage several different strategic elements simultaneously, and our ability to execute the strategic plan depends on a variety of factors. These factors may include but are not limited to:

•

our ability to expand our branch network coverage while maximizing operational efficiency;

•

our ability to realize cross-selling opportunities, including the approximately $40 billion of high-net-worth customer wealth assets of our existing customers with a banking relationship that they hold with other advisors (based on USA Data and the Company's internal analysis as of December 31, 2024);

•

our ability to identify and execute on suitable strategic acquisition opportunities; and

•

general economic conditions and competition, which are beyond our control.

There can be no assurances that we can successfully execute our strategic plan or any of its components, or that our strategic plan will be successful in supporting our growth or achieving the efficiencies that we anticipate.

Future acquisitions and expansion activities may not be successful or may disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

We have previously supplemented our organic growth with strategic acquisitions. From time to time, we explore and evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities as part of our ongoing business practices, and we may pursue mergers and acquisitions in the future. If we do seek acquisitions in the future, we expect that other banking and financial companies, many of which have significantly greater or more liquid resources, will compete with us to acquire financial services businesses. This competition could increase prices for

TABLE OF CONTENTS

potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. In addition, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the necessary regulatory approvals, we will not be able to consummate an acquisition that we may believe is in our best interests. Additionally, regulatory approvals could contain conditions that reduce the anticipated benefits of a contemplated transaction. Any acquisition could be dilutive to our earnings and shareholder’s equity per share of our Class A common stock.

To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth or that these acquisitions will be successful. Acquiring other banks, banking centers or businesses, as well as other geographic and product expansion activities, involves various risks, including: risks of unknown or contingent liabilities; unanticipated costs and delays; risks that acquired new businesses will not perform consistent with our growth and profitability expectations; risks of entering new markets or product areas where we have limited experience; risks that growth will strain our infrastructure, staff, internal controls and management, which may require additional personnel, time and expenditures; exposure to potential asset quality issues with acquired institutions; difficulties, expenses and delays in integrating the operations and personnel of acquired institutions or business generation teams; potential disruptions to our business; possible loss of key employees and customers of acquired institutions; potential short-term decreases in profitability; and diversion of our management’s time and attention from our existing operations and business. If we fail to successfully evaluate and execute mergers, acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks, it could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, although we have completed numerous acquisitions in the past, we have not completed an acquisition since 2019. In addition, most of our historic acquisitions have involved banks with under $1 billion in assets. As we look to pursue larger acquisitions, the risks highlighted above will be heightened.

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in a highly competitive industry and market areas.

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources than us. Such competitors primarily include national, regional, and community banks within the various markets where we operate. Recent regulation has reduced the regulatory burden of large bank holding companies, and raised the asset thresholds at which more onerous requirements apply, which could cause certain large bank holding companies with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets, which were previously subject to more stringent enhanced prudential standards, to become more competitive or to pursue expansion more aggressively. Additional deregulatory efforts from the current presidential administration could further reduce the burdens on larger banks, making them more competitive or freeing up additional capital.

We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, asset management firms, investment firms and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation.

Also, technology and other changes have lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. In particular, the activity of financial technology companies (“fintechs”), including those that focus on banking services and wealth management, has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. Some fintechs are not subject to the same regulation as we are, which may allow them to be more competitive. Fintechs have offered and may continue to offer bank or bank-like products and a number of such organizations have applied for bank or industrial loan charters while others have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offer deposit products to their customers. Increased competition from fintechs and the growth of digital banking may also lead to pricing pressures as competitors offer more low-fee and no-fee products.

Additionally, consumers can maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. In addition, the emergence, adoption and evolution of new technologies that do not require intermediation, including distributed ledgers such as digital assets and blockchains, as well as advances in robotic process automation, could significantly affect the competition for

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial services. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. Further, many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures than us. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

Furthermore, we operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of continued industry consolidation. This consolidation may produce larger, better capitalized and more geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wider array of financial products and services at more competitive prices. For example, certain financial institutions within the markets in which we operate have recently completed mergers or acquisitions. These transactions may allow those financial institutions to benefit from cost savings and shared resources.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things: (i) the ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets; (ii) the ability to expand within our marketplace and with our market position; (iii) the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands; (iv) the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors; (v) customer satisfaction with our level of service; and (vi) industry and general economic trends. Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We continually encounter technological changes and the failure to understand and adapt to these changes could hurt our business.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new, technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. For instance, we are in the process of modernizing our core technology infrastructure. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do.

We may not be able to effectively implement new, technology-driven products and services, implement them as quickly as our competitors do or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, the implementation of technological changes, such as AI technologies, and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws or may otherwise result in an increase, potentially a material increase, in our expenses. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and failure to avoid interruptions, errors and delays could cause us to lose customers or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect that new technologies and business processes applicable to the financial services industry will continue to emerge, and these new technologies and business processes may be better than those we currently use. As these technologies improve in the future, we may be required to make significant capital expenditures in order to remain competitive, which may increase our overall expenses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. And because the pace of technological change is high and our industry is intensely competitive, we may not be able to sustain our investment in new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete or as better ones become available. A failure to maintain current technology and business processes could cause disruptions in our operations or cause our products and services to be less competitive, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are dependent on our management team and key employees.

Our success depends, in large part, on the retention of our management team and key employees. Our management team and other key employees, including those who conduct our loan and lease originations and other business development activities, have significant industry experience. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our management team or other key employees. The loss of any of our management team or our key employees could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. In addition, any inability to effectively transition the roles of our management team or our key employees or attract permanent successors for such roles could adversely impact our business.

Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain key employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. Because the market for qualified individuals is highly competitive, we may not be able to attract and retain qualified individuals. Our ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain key employees may be negatively affected by government policies, such as immigration policies and limits on incentive compensation. Failure to attract and retain a qualified management team and qualified key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to reputational risk, which could negatively impact investor and customer confidence.

A negative public opinion of us and our business, whether or not accurate or true, can result from any number of activities, including our lending practices, corporate governance and regulatory compliance, acquisitions, and actions by community organizations in response to these activities. Significant harm to our reputation could also arise as a result of regulatory or governmental actions, litigation, employee misconduct or the activities of customers, developments and the actions of other participants in the financial services industry, including failures of other financial institutions, or activities of our contractual counterparties, such as service providers and vendors. A service disruption of our technology platforms, or to those of our service providers or vendors, or an impact to our branches could have a negative impact on a customer’s access to banking services and harm our reputation with customers. In particular, a cybersecurity event impacting our or our customer’s data could have a negative impact on our reputation and customer confidence in us and our cybersecurity. Damage to our reputation could also adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital and access to the capital markets.

Moreover, there has been an increased focus by investors and other stakeholders on topics related to corporate policies and approaches regarding diversity, equity and inclusion matters and environmental, social and governance matters. Due to divergent stakeholder views on these matters, we are at increased risk that any action, or lack thereof, by us concerning these matters will be perceived negatively by at least some stakeholders, which could adversely affect our reputation.

Additionally, the increased use of social media platforms facilitates the rapid dissemination of information or misinformation, which magnifies the potential harm to our reputation.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks

We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.

We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, which vests a significant amount of discretion in the various regulatory authorities. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations and supervisory guidance affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices and dividend policy, the fees we can charge for certain products or transactions, and our growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or supervisory guidance or expectations, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance, have and could continue to affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes have subjected us to, and could continue to subject us to, additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, limit our ability to return capital to shareholders or conduct certain activities, or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Recent political developments, including the new presidential administration in the United States, have added additional uncertainty with respect to new laws or regulations or changes in the interpretations or enforcement of existing laws or regulations.

Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in enforcement and other legal actions by federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, enforcement actions or sanctions by regulatory agencies, significant fines and civil money penalties and/or reputational damage. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing and have pursued aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures. Directives issued to enforce such actions may be confidential and thus, in some instances, we are not permitted to publicly disclose these actions. Litigation challenging actions or regulations by federal or state authorities could, depending on the outcome, significantly affect the regulatory and supervisory framework affecting our operations. For example, there is litigation pending to challenge the Federal Reserve’s regulation on permissible interchange fees on the ground that the regulation allows higher interchange fees than permitted by statute, which, if successful, could significantly and adversely affect the fees banks can receive or charge on debit card transactions. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we face significant regulatory scrutiny, in the course of routine examinations and otherwise, and new regulations in response to negative developments in the banking industry, which may increase our cost of doing business and reduce our profitability. Among other things, there may be increased focus by both regulators and investors on deposit composition, the level of uninsured deposits, brokered deposits, unrealized losses in securities portfolios, liquidity, commercial real estate loan composition and concentrations, and capital as well as general oversight and control of the foregoing. We could face increased scrutiny or be viewed as higher risk by regulators and/or the investor community, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

We are subject to capital adequacy standards and, if we fail to meet these standards, we will be subject to restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions and other restrictions.

We and the Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve. From time to time, the Federal Reserve changes these capital adequacy standards. In particular, the capital requirements applicable to us under the Basel III Capital Rules (as defined below) became fully effective on January 1, 2019. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, we are required to maintain a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%, a total capital ratio of 8%, and a leverage ratio of 4%. In addition, we must maintain an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of total risk weighted assets.

Banking institutions that fail to meet the effective minimum ratios including the capital conservation buffer will be subject to constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation. The severity of the constraints depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (that is, the greater of (i) net income for the preceding four quarters, net of distributions and associated tax effects not reflected in net income and (ii) the average net income over the preceding four quarters).

The application of more stringent capital requirements for us could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the raising of additional capital and result in additional regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends.

We are required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for our bank in times of stress.

Federal law requires that a bank holding company, such as us, act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank, such as the Bank, and, under appropriate conditions, to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a

TABLE OF CONTENTS

bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank, and may consider any failure by the bank holding company to commit resources to a subsidiary bank when required to constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.

A capital injection may be required at times when we may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Providing such support is more likely during times of financial stress for us and the Bank, which may make any capital we are required to raise to provide such support more expensive than it might otherwise be. Any loan by a holding company to its subsidiary bank is subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its debt obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by us to make a required capital injection could be more difficult and expensive and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

The Federal Reserve (with respect to us and the Bank), the Missouri Division of Finance (with respect to the Bank) and other applicable federal and state bank regulatory agencies periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place the Bank into receivership or conservatorship. In some instances, we may not be permitted to publicly disclose these actions. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose non-discriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies, including the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A challenge to an institution’s compliance with fair and responsible banking laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private litigation, including through class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We service some of our own loans, and loan servicing is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities as well as to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on those activities. The volume of new or modified laws and regulations has increased in recent years and, in addition, some individual municipalities have begun to enact laws that restrict loan servicing activities including delaying or temporarily preventing foreclosures or forcing the modification of certain mortgages. If regulators impose new or more restrictive requirements, we may incur additional significant costs to comply with such requirements which may adversely affect us. In addition, were we to be

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subject to regulatory investigation or regulatory action regarding our loan modification and foreclosure practices, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The CFPB is authorized to make rules identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. The CFPB also has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, such as the Bank, their service providers and certain non-depository entities such as debt collectors and consumer reporting agencies. Since many new banking rules are issued with limited interpretive guidance, there are challenges in sufficiently complying with or anticipating the full impact of such new rules, which may be interpreted in changing or inconsistent ways over time.

In addition, the current U.S. presidential administration and Congress are expected to significantly change the priorities, scope, practices and/or staffing levels of various regulatory agencies, including the CFPB. As a result, state attorneys general and other state regulators may increase their enforcement activities to fill any actual or perceived “regulatory gap” at the federal level and seek to obtain remedies such as regulatory sanctions, customer recission rights and civil money penalties. Such uncertainties may make it more difficult for us to comply with consumer protection laws, which may result in increased compliance costs and potential non-compliance and associated regulatory actions. Any regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums and assessments may adversely affect our results of operations.

The Bank is a member of the FDIC and the deposits of each of its depositors are insured to the maximum amount provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, subject to the Bank’s payment of deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC. The FDIC calculates assessment rates applicable to the Bank based on a variety of factors, including capital adequacy, asset quality, management practices, earnings performance, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk. Any deterioration of these factors could result in an increase in the Bank’s FDIC assessment rate. In addition, to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) following the financial crisis, the FDIC increased deposit insurance assessment rates generally and, in response to bank failures in 2023, charged special assessments applicable to certain FDIC-insured financial institutions, including us.

Further increases in assessment rates or special assessments may occur in the future, especially if there are significant additional financial institution failures. Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the normal course of business, from time to time, we and our subsidiaries have in the past been, and may in the future be, named as a defendant in various legal actions, arising in connection with our current and/or prior business activities. Legal actions could include claims for substantial compensatory or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. Further, in the future our regulators may impose consent orders, civil money penalties, matters requiring attention or similar types of supervisory criticism. We may also, from time to time, be the subject of subpoenas, requests for information, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our current and/or prior business activities. Any such legal or regulatory actions may subject us to substantial compensatory or punitive damages, significant fines, penalties, obligations to change our business practices or other requirements resulting in increased expenses, diminished income and damage to our reputation. Our involvement in any such matters, whether tangential or otherwise and even if the matters are ultimately determined in our favor, could also cause significant harm to our reputation and divert management attention from the operation of our business. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by government agencies may result in litigation, investigations or proceedings as other litigants and government agencies begin independent reviews of the same activities. As a

TABLE OF CONTENTS

result, the outcome of legal and regulatory actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The BSA, USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”), Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”) and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among others, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering compliance program and to file reports such as suspicious activity reports and currency transaction reports. Our products and services are subject to an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements to help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activities. We are required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. If we violate these laws and regulations, or our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we could face severe consequences, including sanctions, fines, regulatory actions and reputational consequences. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

In recent years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, these policies and procedures may not be effective in preventing violations of these laws and regulations. Moreover, our efforts to comply with such laws and regulations could result in increased costs related to our regulatory oversight, as we may be required to add additional compliance personnel or incur other significant compliance-related expenses. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to income taxation at the U.S. federal level and by certain states and municipalities because of the scope of our operations. In determining our tax liability for these jurisdictions, we must monitor changes to the applicable tax laws and related regulations. While our existing operations have been implemented in a manner we believe is in compliance with current prevailing laws, one or more U.S. taxing authorities could seek to impose incremental, retroactive or new taxes on us. In addition, jurisdictions in which we operate are actively considering significant changes to current tax law. Any adverse developments in tax laws or regulations, including legislative changes, judicial holdings or administrative interpretations, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Finally, changes in the scope of our operations, including expansion to new geographies, could increase the amount of taxes to which we are subject, and could increase our effective tax rate, which could similarly adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to government regulation and oversight relating to data and privacy protection.

Our business requires the collection and retention of large volumes of customer data, including personally identifiable information in various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third parties with whom we contract to provide data services. We also maintain important internal company data such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information relating to our operations. The integrity and protection of that customer and company data is important to us. Our collection of such customer and company data is subject to extensive regulation and oversight.

We are subject to laws and regulations relating to the privacy of the information of our customers, employees and others, and any failure to comply with these laws and regulations could expose us to liability and/or reputational damage. As new privacy-related laws and regulations are implemented, the time and resources

TABLE OF CONTENTS

needed for us to comply with such laws and regulations, as well as our potential liability for non-compliance and reporting obligations in the case of data breaches, may significantly increase.

We may be subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.

Some of the services we provide, such as trust and investment services, require us to act in a fiduciary capacity or similar role for our customers and others. From time to time, third parties may make claims and take legal action against us pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. If these claims and legal actions are not resolved in a manner favorable to us, we may be exposed to significant financial liability or our reputation could be damaged. Either of these results may adversely impact demand for our products and services or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

The Voting Trust will continue to have significant control over us following the completion of this offering, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, the Voting Trust will beneficially own approximately 65.79% of our Class A common stock (or 65.06% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full). As a result, the Voting Trust will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of shareholders and, through our Board, the ability to control decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. Matters over which the Voting Trust will, directly or indirectly, exercise control following this offering include:

•

the election of directors to our Board and the appointment and removal of our officers;

•

mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our shareholders receiving a premium price for their shares;

•

other material acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets;

•

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities;

•

repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and

•

the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans.

Going forward, the Voting Trust’s degree of control will depend on, among other things, its level of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock. Even when the Voting Trust ceases to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as the Voting Trust continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, it will still be able to significantly influence or effectively control the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval through their voting power.

Accordingly, for such period of time, the Voting Trust will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, for so long as the Voting Trust continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Voting Trust will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our Company or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our Company and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

After the completion of this offering, the Voting Trust will beneficially own approximately 65.79% of the combined voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors (or 65.06% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us is exercised in full). As a result,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. For example, controlled companies:

•

are not required to have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under Nasdaq rules;

•

are not required to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

•

are not required to have director nominations be made, or recommended to the full board of directors, by its independent directors or by a nominations committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

We intend to rely on the exemptions from the requirement that each of our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. In addition, as long as we remain a “controlled company,” we may elect in the future to take advantage of any or all of the other available exemptions. As a result of any such election, our Board may not have a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq.

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be maintained.

Before this offering, our common stock was quoted, on a limited basis, on the OTC Markets, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of our Class A common stock at an attractive price or at all. The most recent reported sale price of shares of our Class A common stock on the OTC Markets on October 30, 2025 was $21.00 per share. Although our shares are quoted on the OTC Markets, because trading on the OTC Markets has been infrequent and limited in volume, the prices at which such transactions occurred may not have necessarily reflected the price that would have been paid for our Class A common stock in a more liquid market. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations among us and the underwriters and will not be based on the prices reported on the OTC Markets. See “Underwriting—Pricing of the Offering.” This price may not be indicative of the price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your Class A common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering—or at all. Although we intend to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq, there can be no assurances that our Class A common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq or, if it is listed on the Nasdaq, that it will continue to be listed on the Nasdaq. In addition, members of the Voting Trust holding 71.09% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock have agreed, and our executive officers and directors (holding 1,603,350 shares of our Class A common stock outside of the Voting Trust) will agree, not to offer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain limited exceptions, for the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, limiting the number of our shares available to be traded in the public market.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume on our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above your purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Stock markets and the price of shares of our Class A common stock may experience extreme price and volume fluctuations. Some, but certainly not all, of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock, or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock, include:

•

general market conditions;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;

•

variations in our quarterly operating results or failure to meet the market’s earnings expectations;

•

publication of research reports about us or the financial services industry in general;

•

the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock after this offering;

•

additions to or departures of our key personnel;

•

adverse market reactions to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future;

•

actions by our shareholders;

•

the expiration of contractual lock-up agreements;

•

the operating and securities price performance of companies that investors consider to be comparable to us;

•

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations affecting our business; and

•

actual or potential litigation and governmental investigations.

In addition, if the market for stocks in our industry, or the stock market in general, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial conditions or results of operations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $8.63 per share.

Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) of Class A common stock for accounting purposes. After giving effect to the sale of 17,778,000 shares of Class A common stock that we are offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares), the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the use of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” our net tangible book value (non-GAAP) at September 30, 2025 would have been $3,306.1 million, or $13.87 per share. This represents an immediate decrease in the as adjusted net tangible book value (non-GAAP) of $0.58 per share to our existing owners and immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering of $8.63 per share. See “Dilution.”

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and our use of these proceeds may not yield a favorable return on your investment.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to support our growth strategy. We have not specifically allocated the amount of net proceeds to us that will be used for such purposes and our management will have broad discretion over how these proceeds are used and could spend these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree. In addition, we may not use the net proceeds to us from this offering effectively or in a manner that increases our market value or enhances our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the net proceeds to us, and we cannot predict how long it will take to deploy these proceeds. Investing the net proceeds to us in securities until we can deploy these proceeds will provide lower yields than we generally earn on loans, which may have a material adverse effect on our profitability. Although we may, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that we believe provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, we do not have any immediate plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any acquisitions, nor are we engaged in negotiations with any potential acquisition targets.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock and depress the price of our Class A common stock.

Our Articles authorize us to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board has the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Class A common stock at a premium over the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

We may not pay dividends on our Class A common stock, and our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.

On October 10, 2025, we announced a quarterly cash dividend on our Class A common stock of $0.155 per share payable on December 1, 2025 to all holders of record as October 20, 2025, and, subject to applicable regulatory requirements, and subject to the sole discretion of our Board, we expect to declare the next quarterly cash dividend on our Class A common stock in the first quarter of 2026. However, although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may elect not to pay dividends, and holders of our Class A common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends as our Board, in its sole discretion, may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Any decision to declare and pay dividends will be dependent on a variety of factors, including our financial condition, earnings, legal requirements, our general liquidity needs, and other factors that our Board deems relevant. As a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends to our shareholders is subject to certain banking laws, regulations, and policies, including minimum capital requirements and, as a Missouri corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under Missouri law. In addition, we are a separate legal entity, and, accordingly, our ability to pay dividends depends primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to make distributions or pay dividends to us is subject to its earnings, financial condition, and liquidity needs, as well as federal and state laws, regulations, and policies applicable to it, which limit the amount the Bank can pay as dividends or other capital distributions to us. Finally, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, or our Bank’s ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us, may be limited by contractual restrictions, such as covenants in any financing arrangements we or the Bank may enter into in the future.

It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on Class A common stock only out of earnings, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs, asset quality and financial condition, and that bank holding companies should inform and consult with the Federal Reserve in advance of declaring and paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid.

An investment in our Class A common stock is not an insured deposit.

An investment in our Class A common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our Class A common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described herein, and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of Class A common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our Class A common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced public company reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Although we are still evaluating our options under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting obligations that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” and thus the level of information we provide may be different from that of other public companies. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, some investors may find our securities less attractive, which could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and the price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. Accordingly, this election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. When a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard, unless early adoption is permitted by the standard and we elect to adopt the standard early. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We could remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act. We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements and the presentation of certain historical financial information in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. If we do, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different from what you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock. In addition, for so long as we continue to qualify as a non-accelerated filer, we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We cannot predict if investors will find our securities less attractive due to our reliance on these exemptions. If investors were to find our securities less attractive as a result of our election, we may have difficulty raising capital in this offering and future offerings and the market price of our securities may be more volatile.

Fulfilling our public company financial reporting and other regulatory obligations and transitioning to a public company will be expensive and time consuming and may strain our resources.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to implement specific corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as the rules of the Nasdaq. The Exchange Act will require us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Compliance with these requirements will place additional demands on our legal, accounting, finance, operations and investor relations staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems, and will increase our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense as we expect to hire additional legal, accounting, tax, finance and investor relations staff. As a public company we may need to enhance our investor relations and corporate communications functions and attract additional qualified board members. These additional efforts may strain our resources and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We expect to incur additional incremental ongoing and one-time expenses in connection with our transition to a public company. The actual amount of the incremental expenses we will incur may be higher, perhaps significantly, from our current estimates for a number of reasons, including, among others, additional costs we may incur that we have not currently anticipated.

In accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management will be required to conduct an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and include a report on these internal controls in the annual reports we will file with the SEC on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until we are no longer an emerging growth company and no longer a non-accelerated filer. When required, this process will require significant documentation of policies, procedures and systems, review of that documentation by our accounting staff and our outside independent registered public accounting firm and testing of our internal control over financial reporting by our accounting staff and our outside

TABLE OF CONTENTS

independent registered public accounting firm. This process will involve considerable time and attention, may strain our internal resources and will increase our operating costs. We may experience higher than anticipated operating expenses and outside auditor fees during the implementation of these changes and thereafter. If our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, in each case as contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as of any balance sheet date reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, control deficiencies, including material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, may have been identified.

If we are unable to meet the demands that will be placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the time frames required by law or stock exchange regulations. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, when and as applicable, could also potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. If material weaknesses or other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, or suspension or delisting of our Class A common stock from the Nasdaq and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even if we are able to report our financial statements accurately and in a timely manner, any failure in our efforts to implement the improvements or disclosure of material weaknesses in our future filings with the SEC could cause our reputation to be harmed and our stock price to decline significantly.

The sale of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of 238,442,900 outstanding shares of Class A common stock (or 241,109,600 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). All of the 17,778,000 shares (or 20,444,700 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased or held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” The remaining shares outstanding will be restricted securities as defined under Rule 144 subject to certain restrictions on resale.

We have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain exceptions, for the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, without the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters. Our executive officers and directors will enter into similar lock-up agreements with the underwriters and members of the Voting Trust have agreed, through agreements set forth in the Voting Trust Agreement, to a similar lock-up agreement, in each case as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.” Of the 220,664,900 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding prior to the completion of this offering, 158,476,536 shares will be subject to such lock-up agreements. However, the remaining 62,188,364 shares will not be subject to the contractual 180-day lock up period described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.” Further, the underwriters may, at any time, release us, members of the Voting Trust or

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any of our executive officers or directors from this lock-up agreement and allow us to sell shares of our Class A common stock within this 180-day period.

Further, upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, all of such shares will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 or registration under the Securities Act and, in the case of shares deposited in the Voting Trust, terms and conditions of the Voting Trust. Members of the Voting Trust may be considered affiliates after this offering based on its expected beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock. Subject to the expiration or waiver of the 180-day lock-up period, the Voting Trust will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register shares of Class A common stock held by certain eligible members of the Voting Trust under the Securities Act. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of Class A common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of Class A common stock could drop significantly. We are unable to predict whether or not members of the Voting Trust will seek to sell to sell their shares, and we have no control over the timing and manner in which members of the Voting Trust may do so.

Further, from time to time, we explore and evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities as part of our ongoing business practices, and we may pursue mergers and acquisitions in the future. See “Strategic Risks—Future acquisitions and expansion activities may not be successful or may disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our operating results.” If we issue shares of our Class A common stock as consideration for any acquisition, it would dilute the ownership of existing holders of our Class A common stock, and could result in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

We also intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 to register shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to the equity incentive plans that we intend to adopt in connection with this offering. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover shares of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances or sales of our Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances or sales of shares of our Class A common stock may have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price may decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline and our Class A common stock to be less liquid.

Certain federal banking laws, Missouri laws and provisions of our organizational documents may discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Provisions of state and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company or depository institution, individually or as part of a group acting in concert, including shares of our Class A common stock following completion of this offering, generally creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the bank holding company or depository institution, and therefore requires prior approval of a federal banking agency, under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, (the “Change in Bank Control Act”). Also, a

TABLE OF CONTENTS

bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, including the Bank, under the BHC Act.

Missouri law also generally prohibits any bank holding company from acquiring ownership or control of any depository financial institution that has Missouri deposits, such as the Bank, if the qualifying deposits in Missouri controlled by such bank holding company after the acquisition would exceed 13% of such Missouri deposits in total.

In addition, our Articles and Bylaws contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Among other things, these provisions include:

•

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority shareholders to elect director candidates;

•

a classified Board with three-year staggered terms, which can delay the ability of shareholders to change the membership of a majority of our Board;

•

a requirement that a special meeting of shareholders may be called only by the Chairman of our Board, our President, a majority of our Board or holders of at least 85% of all outstanding shares entitled to vote;

•

authorization to issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock, the terms of which series may be established and the shares of which may be issued without shareholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of our Class A common stock; and

•

advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings.

In addition, Missouri law generally requires business combination transactions be approved by an affirmative vote of holders of at least two thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, which could not be lowered by our organizational documents. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our organizational documents and under the applicable federal or Missouri laws could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our shareholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

As a result of the shutdown of the federal government, we have determined to rely on Section 8(a) of the Securities Act to cause the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part to become effective automatically. Our reliance on Section 8(a) could result in a number of adverse consequences, including the potential for a need for us to file a post-effective amendment and distribute an updated prospectus to investors, or a stop order issued preventing use of the registration statement, and a corresponding substantial stock price decline, litigation, reputational harm or other negative results.

The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is expected to become automatically effective by operation of Section 8(a) of the Securities Act on the 20th calendar day after the most recent amendment of the registration statement filed with the SEC, in lieu of the SEC declaring the registration statement effective following the completion of its review. Although our reliance on Section 8(a) does not relieve us and other parties from the responsibility for the adequacy and accuracy of the disclosure set forth in the registration statement and for ensuring that the registration statement complies with applicable requirements, use of Section 8(a) poses a risk that, after the date of this prospectus, we may be required to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement and distribute an updated prospectus to investors, or otherwise abandon this offering, if changes to the information in this prospectus are required, or if a stop order under Section 8(d) of the Securities Act prevents continued use of the registration statement. These or similar events could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline substantially, result in securities class action or other litigation, and subject us to significant monetary damages, reputational harm and other negative results.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology and expressions. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our business plans and investments strategies, expectations with respect to investments in employees, branches and technologies, as well as net income growth; our profitability; the economic and interest rate environment; and our expenses are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

Our ability to predict results or the actual effects of future plans, strategies or events is inherently uncertain, factors which could cause actual results or conditions to differ materially from those reflected in forward-looking statements include:

•

general competitive, economic, political and market conditions and fluctuations, in the United States generally or in Missouri and our Primary Markets in particular, including commercial real estate market conditions;

•

the magnitude, duration, and severity of the risks of uncertainties, geopolitical instability, including wars and terrorist attacks, tariffs and other restrictions on trade and investment, pandemics, man-made and natural disasters and disruptions or instability in the financial system, including as a result of the failure of a financial institution or other participants in it, or other global disruptions that may occur;

•

unforeseen credit quality problems or changing economic conditions that could result in charge-offs greater than we have anticipated in our allowance for credit losses or changes in the value of our investments;

•

deterioration in the financial condition of our borrowers resulting in significant increases in our loan and lease losses and provisions for those losses and other related adverse impacts to our results of operations and financial condition;

•

fair value estimates of certain of our assets and liabilities, which could change in value significantly from period to period;

•

competitive pressures in the financial services industry in general or in our Primary Markets;

•

change in consumer demand for financial services, including demand for our loan products and deposit flows and demand for our trust and wealth management services and products;

•

inaccurate information or assumptions in the models we use to manage our balance sheet;

•

unanticipated changes in monetary policies of the Federal Reserve or significant adjustments in the pace of, or market expectations for, future interest rate changes;

•

our ability to raise liquidity, funding, and capital on acceptable terms as and when needed;

•

our ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain key management and employees or the loss of key management and employees;

•

disruptions in our business operations due to unforeseen risks or uncertainties;

•

adverse effects on our information technology systems resulting from failures, human error or cyberattack, including the potential impact of disruptions or security breaches at our third-party service providers;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

greater-than-anticipated costs to support the growth of our business, including investments in new lines of business, products and services, or technology, process improvements or other infrastructure enhancements, or greater-than-anticipated compliance or regulatory costs and burdens;

•

our ability to implement our growth strategy, including via acquisitions and the impact of possible future acquisitions, if any, including the costs and burdens of integration efforts;

•

the ability of the Company to receive dividends from the Bank;

•

legislative or regulatory changes, particularly potential changes in regulation, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal bank regulatory agencies in regard to financial services companies or the products and services offered by financial services companies;

•

changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines applicable to us;

•

the impact of a possible change in the federal or state income tax rates on our deferred tax assets and provision for income tax expense;

•

the one-time and incremental costs of becoming, and incremental costs of operating as, a public company;

•

our ability to meet our obligations as a public company, including our obligations under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley;

•

our eligibility to qualify as a “controlled company” under Nasdaq rules and our intent to utilize certain exemptions from the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq; and

•

the effect of the combined voting power of the shares of our Class A common stock held in the Voting Trust.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Past performance is not a guarantee of future results or returns and no representation or warranty is made regarding future performance.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $374.1 million (or approximately $430.8 million if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share would increase (decrease) the amount of net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $16.8 million (or approximately $19.3 million if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us), assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including to support our growth strategy. Although we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions, as a part of our growth strategy we may use a portion of the net proceeds to finance potential future acquisition opportunities that we believe may be complementary to our business and provide attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering, and the precise amounts and timing of our use of the net proceeds of this offering will depend upon market conditions, as well as other factors. Until we deploy the proceeds of this offering for the uses described above, we expect to hold such proceeds in short-term investments.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY AND DIVIDENDS

Dividend Policy

On October 10, 2025, we announced a quarterly cash dividend on our Class A common stock of $0.155 per share payable on December 1, 2025 to all holders of record as October 20, 2025. Although after the offering we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may elect not to pay dividends. Subject to applicable regulatory requirements, and subject to the sole discretion of our Board, we expect to declare the next quarterly cash dividend on our Class A common stock in the first quarter of 2026.

Any determination relating to our dividend policy will be made by our Board and will depend on a number of factors, including: (i) our historic and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, (ii) our capital levels and needs, (iii) tax considerations, (iv) any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may consider, (v) statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, (vi) the terms of any credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements that restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, (vii) general economic conditions and (viii) other factors deemed relevant by our Board. We are not obligated to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and are subject to restrictions on paying dividends on our Class A common stock.

As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is subject to limitations under various federal and state laws, regulations and policies, including minimum capital and other requirements. Further, we are a separate legal entity from our subsidiaries and do not have significant operations of our own. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends depends primarily upon the receipt of dividends or other capital distributions from the Bank and the Bank is also subject to certain restrictions under federal and state banking laws, regulations and policies that may limit its ability to pay dividends to us, which may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends to holders of our Class A common stock. See “Supervision and Regulation—Dividends” for a more detailed discussion of these bank regulatory limitations.

As a Missouri corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the GBCL, which generally permits a corporation to pay dividends on its common stock unless the net assets of the corporation are less than its stated capital or when the payment of dividends would reduce the net assets of the corporation below its stated capital. In addition, financing arrangements that we may enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to pay dividends.

Historical Dividends

On May 5, 2025, we paid a one-time dividend of $0.80 per share of our common stock totaling $176.6 million. Prior to this offering, we declared and paid cash dividends to our shareholders on a quarterly basis. During the first nine months of 2025, we declared dividends to stockholders totaling $212.9 million, of which $212.3 million was paid during the period and $0.6 million was declared on shares of restricted stock and will be paid upon vesting of such shares. We declared and paid to our shareholders $57.4 million and $51.9 million in cash dividends during fiscal years 2024 and 2023, respectively, and the amounts of dividends declared on shares of restricted stock but not yet paid were immaterial.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization and capital ratios on a consolidated basis as of September 30, 2025:

•

on an actual basis giving retroactive effect to the Reclassification and the stock split; and

•

on an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale by us of shares of Class A common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us) at an initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $16.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $21.3 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization will increase by approximately $56.7 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses as described under “Use of Proceeds” above.

You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled “Prospectus Summary—Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Dollars in thousands	Actual			As Adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents		$	1,028,980		$	1,405,560
Stockholders’ Equity:(1)
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted			—			—
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 297,802,850 shares issued and outstanding, actual; $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 315,580,850 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (in each case, including 77,137,950 shares of treasury stock)			2,978			3,156
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted			—			—
Treasury stock, at cost, 77,137,950 shares of Class A common stock, actual and as adjusted			(99,158)			(99,158)
Capital Surplus			15,562			389,491
Retained earnings			3,404,016			3,404,016
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(38,984)			(38,984)
Total stockholders’ equity			3,284,414			3,658,521
Total capitalization		$	3,284,414		$	3,658,521
Capital Ratios:
Tier 1 capital ratio			24.6%			27.7%
Total risk-based capital ratio			25.8%			28.9%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in thousands	Actual		As Adjusted
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio		24.6%		27.7%
Tier 1 leverage ratio		15.9%		17.6%
Tangible common equity to tangible total assets ratio(2)		15.6%		17.2%

(1)

On April 28, 2025, our Articles became effective, pursuant to which we (i) increased the number of authorized shares of our capital stock to 600,000,000, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 50,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, (ii) decreased the par value of each class of our capital stock to $0.01 per share and (iii) automatically converted each share of Class B common stock then outstanding (excluding treasury stock) into one share of Class A common stock. The Company has adjusted all share and pre-share data in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented to reflect the Reclassification as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. See “Capital Structure and Share Reclassification,” Note 22 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 15 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

The ratio of tangible common equity to tangible total assets is a non-GAAP financial measure we believe is helpful in interpreting our financial results. For more information on non-GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis on Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value (non-GAAP) per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

Our net tangible book value (non-GAAP) as of September 30, 2025 was $2.9 billion, or $13.29 per share. Net tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) represents the amount of our total tangible assets (non-GAAP) less our total liabilities divided by the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025.

After giving effect to the sale by us of 17,778,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares) at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value (non-GAAP) as of September 30, 2025 would have been $3,306.1 million, or $13.87 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (non-GAAP) of $0.58 per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value (non-GAAP) of $8.63 per share to new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates the calculation of the amount of dilution per share that a purchaser of our Class A common stock in this offering will incur given the assumptions above:

Initial public offering price per share	$	22.50
Net book value per share at September 30, 2025		14.88
Net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2025		13.29
Increase in net book value per share attributable to new investors		0.46
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors		0.58
As adjusted net book value per share upon the completion of the offering		15.34
As adjusted net tangible book value per share upon the completion of the offering		13.87
Dilution in net book value per share to new investors from the offering		7.16
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors from the offering	$	8.63

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) after this offering by $0.07 per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $0.93 per share (non-GAAP), in each case assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value (non-GAAP) by approximately $0.03 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.03 per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) after this offering would be $13.95 per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) to investors in this offering would be $8.55 per share.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2025, on an as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing shareholders, and (ii) to be paid by new investors acquiring our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

	Shares Purchased Number		Percent		Total Consideration (Dollars in thousands)			Percent		Average Price Per Share
Existing shareholders		220,664,900		93%		$	18,539		4%		$	0.08
New investors in this offering		17,778,000		7%		$	400,005		96%		$	22.50
Total		238,442,900		100%		$	418,544		100%		$	1.76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections.

Overview

We have a highly diversified loan and lease portfolio that has demonstrated steady growth through multiple economic cycles. Our loan and lease portfolio totaled $11.3 billion as of September 30, 2025. In addition, we provide a full range of deposit products to individuals, businesses, governments and community organizations, serving as a primary funding source for the Bank. As of September 30, 2025, we had total deposits of $14.8 billion, comprised of 36.0% noninterest-bearing accounts, 52.5% savings and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, and 11.5% time deposits.

We operate our business through two operating segments: Community Banking and Wealth Management. Community Banking is designed to serve the holistic financial needs of individuals, businesses, agencies and community organizations within our footprint through a comprehensive suite of offerings, including deposit products and consumer and commercial lending solutions. Community Banking accounted for $692.9 million and $640.7 million, or 93% of our total revenue, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $828.8 million and $780.1 million, or 92% and 93% of our total revenue, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Wealth Management provides a full range of “fee-only” wealth management solutions, including investment management, fiduciary services, financial, estate, and tax planning services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Wealth Management accounted for $56.2 million and $50.6 million, or 8% and 7% of our total revenue, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $69.0 million and $59.9 million, or 8% and 7% of our total revenues, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Recent Developments

Reclassification

On April 28, 2025, our Articles became effective, pursuant to which we (i) increased the number of authorized shares of our capital stock to 600,000,000, consisting of 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 50,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, (ii) decreased the par value of each class of our capital stock to $0.01 per share and (iii) automatically reclassified and converted each share of Class B common stock then outstanding (excluding treasury stock) into one share of Class A common stock. The effect of the Reclassification on outstanding shares and per share figures has been retroactively applied to all periods presented in this prospectus. See “Capital Structure and Share Reclassification,” Note 22 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 15 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Special Dividend

On May 5, 2025, we paid a one-time dividend of $0.80 per share of our common stock totaling $176.6 million.

Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Financial Conditions

Our business and results of operations have in the past been and may in the future be impacted by a variety of factors, including (but not limited to) the following:

Economic Conditions

Our business and financial performance is broadly impacted by current and anticipated economic conditions at the national level and more directly impacted by these conditions within the regional and local markets we serve, including our Primary Markets in particular. For example, declining local economic prospects can reduce borrowers’ willingness to take out new loans or our expectations of their ability to repay existing loans, while declining national conditions can limit the markets for our commercial borrowers’ products. Declining economic conditions can also reduce the value of the assets under advice of our wealth management business and/or motivate customers to withdraw funds from their accounts. Further, declining consumer and business confidence may decrease demand for loans to fund consumption and investments and for our wealth management services and products. The primary economic factors we see as most relevant to our business are economic growth, the labor market, inflation, and interest rates.

The U.S. economy continued to expand at an above average rate throughout 2024. The BEA reported 2024 real GDP growth of 2.8% on a year over year basis, as of the third estimate. This followed a similarly above trend 2.9% rate in 2023. Comparatively, Missouri’s economy expanded at an inflation adjusted rate of 2.3% in 2024, following a 2.6% rate in 2023. More recently, U.S. real GDP declined at an annual rate of 0.6% in the first quarter, and increased at an annual rate of 3.8% in the second quarter according to the BEA third estimate. By comparison, Missouri’s real GDP declined at an annual rate of 2.2% in the first quarter and increased at an annual rate of 3.1% in the second quarter, according to the BEA.

The labor market proved resilient over the course of 2024. There was a modest increase in the seasonally adjusted national unemployment rate, rising from 3.8% at the end of 2023 to 4.1% at the end of 2024, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”). Regionally, Missouri’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate rose from 3.3% in December 2023 to 3.7% in December 2024. In August 2025, the unemployment rate at the national level was 4.3%, while in Missouri the preliminary unemployment rate was 4.1%, in each case on a seasonally adjusted basis. According to the BLS, our Primary Markets had non-seasonally adjusted preliminary unemployment rates in August 2025 of 4.1%, 3.7%, 4.3%, 4.5%, and 4.2%, in Columbia, Jefferson City, Kansas City, St. Louis, and Springfield metropolitan areas, respectively.

Inflation, as measured by the core personal consumption expenditure index (“PCE”), fell below 3% in early 2024, declining from multi-decade highs reached in 2022. The pace of the decline in the inflation rate slowed over the course of 2024. As of August 2025, core PCE growth was 2.9% compared to the same month one year prior, according to the BEA.

There is a considerable amount of uncertainty surrounding economic growth, labor market conditions and inflation, among other economic factors relevant to our business, amidst evolving trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs, fiscal policy, and monetary policy. We continue to monitor these risks and seek to mitigate their impact. See “Risk Factors—Market Risks—Our business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions generally, and in Missouri and our other Primary Markets in particular” and “Risk Factors—Market Risks—Our wealth management and trust business may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and market conditions generally.”

Interest Rates

Net interest income is our primary source of revenue, representing the difference between the interest we earn on interest-bearing assets such as loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. The amount of net interest income we earn is mainly determined by the average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the spread between the yield on those assets and the cost of those liabilities. These factors are influenced by the pricing and

TABLE OF CONTENTS

composition of both interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates can fluctuate significantly and are affected by numerous factors beyond our control, including overall economic conditions, the actions of various governmental and regulatory bodies, and specifically, the monetary policy set by the FOMC.

The expense related to our deposits and borrowings is primarily influenced by short-term interest rates, which are largely driven by the policies of the FOMC. However, the income generated by our loans and investment securities is influenced by both short-term and long-term interest rates, which tend to be more heavily influenced by market dynamics in addition to the FOMC. Therefore, our net interest income is impacted by changes in these rates as well as the speed with which these changes occur.

In 2023, the FOMC raised the overnight rate to 5.50%. They held the Fed Funds rate at that level for almost 14 months. As inflation moderated, the FOMC was able to reduce the overnight rate by 100 basis points on a cumulative basis through the latter half of 2024. The FOMC kept the overnight rate at this level through the second quarter of 2025, and in September 2025 reduced the overnight rate by 25 basis points. In October 2025, the FOMC further reduced the overnight rate by another 25 basis points. While higher overnight rates increased the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, costs stabilized and began to decline with the overnight rate in the second half of the year. All the while yields on our interest-earning assets continued to climb, increasing our net interest margin to 4.27% as of September 30, 2025.

Asset Quality

Asset quality reflects the existing and potential credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, and we seek to maintain prudent lending practices and actively manage nonperforming assets to reduce our risk for loss. Our asset quality remained strong during 2024 and the first nine months of 2025, with continued low levels of nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans outstanding, net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding, and allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding. Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans outstanding were 0.45% and 0.30% as of September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding (on an annualized basis) were 0.13% and 0.14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding was 1.32% and 1.33% as of September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans outstanding were 0.34% and 0.18% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding were 0.13% and 0.12% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding was 1.32% and 1.34% as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Regulatory Environment

We operate in a highly regulated environment and nearly all of our operations are subject to extensive supervision and regulation. See “Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks—We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.” As a result, we have incurred, and expect to incur in the future, significant costs associated with supervision and regulation that have affected, and may in the future affect, our results of operations. In addition, bank regulatory agencies have authority to impose restrictions, limit activities or take other actions that could impact our business and results of operations. We cannot accurately predict the nature, timing or extent of any effect regulatory policies may have on our future results of operations, and recent political developments, including the new presidential administration in the U.S., have added additional uncertainty with respect to new laws or regulations or changes in the interpretations or enforcement of existing laws or regulations.

Operational Efficiency

Our profitability is supported by our operational efficiency, and we believe that our focus on operational efficiency is critical to our profitability and future growth. In addition, we are continuing our strategic initiative to modernize our core technology infrastructure, which is designed to further improve our operational efficiency. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, our efficiency ratio was 50.2% and 52.7%, respectively, and our efficiency ratio (FTE) (non-GAAP) was 48.3% and 52.2%, respectively.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, our efficiency ratio was 54.5% and 55.8%, respectively, and our efficiency ratio (FTE) (non-GAAP) was 51.7% and 53.9%, respectively. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional one-time and recurring expenses to support our operations as a standalone public company, including expenses related to compliance with applicable legal and financial reporting standards and expansion of our investor relations and corporate communications functions. These expenses will adversely affect our efficiency ratio.

Primary Factors Used to Evaluate Our Results of Operation and Financial Conditions

As a banking institution, we manage and evaluate various aspects of both our results of operations and our financial condition. We evaluate the levels and trends of the line items included in our balance sheet and statement of operations, as well as various financial ratios that are commonly used in our industry. We analyze these ratios and financial trends against our own historical performance, our budgeted performance and the financial condition and performance of comparable banking institutions in our region and nationally.

The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our statement of operations include net interest income, provision for credit losses, noninterest income, noninterest expense and net income. The primary line items we use in our key performance metrics to manage and evaluate our balance sheet data include loans and leases, modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, allowance for credit losses, investment securities, customer deposits, liquidity and capital.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Net interest income is our primary source of income and is the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. It is impacted by the level of interest rates (pricing) and the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities that fund those assets.

The net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and stockholders’ equity, also support interest-earning assets.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses is an expense charged to earnings necessary to maintain an allowance for credit losses that reflects management’s estimate of expected credit losses in the loan portfolio and within the Company’s unfunded lending commitments.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income comprises fees and commissions that are received from the products and services we provide to our customers across various business lines. This includes service charges and commissions, payment services revenue, brokerage services, fees for fiduciary revenues and mortgage banking revenues.

Noninterest Expense

Our noninterest expense consists primarily of salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy and equipment expenses, bankcard processing, rewards and related costs, and legal and professional fees. Smaller components of this amount are computer software and maintenance, marketing and business development, and FDIC and bank exam fees.

Loan and Lease Portfolio

Our loan and lease portfolio includes all loans and leases we hold for investment, carried at the outstanding principal balance of the loans, net of any deferred origination fees and related costs. Interest on loans is

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accrued and credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding, using primarily a simple interest calculation. Loan and commitment fees, net of associated costs, are deferred and amortized over the life of the loans, shown as an adjustment to interest income.

Loans are analyzed for risk rating updates as part of our annual credit review process, and our market lending personal and credit committees perform regular monitoring on our loan portfolio. Larger loans and loans rated as involving higher risks may be subject to more frequent review and monitoring processes.

Modifications for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

When borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty, we may agree to modify the contractual terms of a loan to a borrower to assist the borrower in repaying the principal and interest owed to the Company. The modification of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty is generally in the form of term extensions, repayment plans, payment deferrals, forbearance agreements, interest rate reductions, forgiveness of interest and/or fees, or any combination thereof.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit loss is an estimate that is subject to uncertainty due to the various assumptions and judgments used in the estimation process. Actual losses may vary from these estimates. The allowance is evaluated on a quarterly basis by management. For further analysis, please see Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” to both our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements. Changes to the allowance for credit losses are made by charges to the provision for credit losses. Loans deemed to be uncollectable are charged-off against the allowance for credit losses. Recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited to the allowance for credit losses.

Investment Securities

We maintain a securities portfolio to enhance profitability, manage interest rate risk, provide liquidity, and comply with regulatory requirements. Securities are classified as trading, held to maturity, or available for sale. We invest primarily in high-quality, liquid securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises. Available-for-sale securities, which may be sold prior to maturity, are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses, net of deferred taxes, are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

Our Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) has been authorized by our Board to oversee our investment portfolio to ensure that our activities comply with our investment policy, which specifies overall objectives, acceptable investment types, duration and concentration limits, reporting and documentation requirements, among other items.

We evaluate our investment securities portfolio in response to established asset/liability management objectives, changing market conditions that could affect profitability, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to change the level of funds we deploy into investment securities and change the composition of our investment securities portfolio.

Customer Deposits

Our deposit types include savings and interest and noninterest-bearing demand deposits and time deposits.

Liquidity

The objective of our liquidity management strategy is to ensure the availability of cash sufficient to fund our operations and meet our present and future financial obligations at a reasonable cost. We monitor, evaluate

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and manage our liquidity utilizing relevant metrics, including readily available liquidity relative to uninsured/uncollateralized deposits, our ability to meet short-term obligations in times of financial stress, wholesale funding availability and utilization, funding concentrations, and loan and deposit trends.

Capital

Our capital management strategy is designed to ensure that we have sufficient capital to support balance sheet growth while also maintaining sufficient reserves to absorb unexpected losses or write-downs that are risks inherent to the business of banking. We comply with specific capital guidelines under the capital adequacy rules and the prompt corrective action framework, which involve quantitative measures based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting rules. Additionally, regulators assess the Bank’s capital levels and classifications based on qualitative factors such as risk weightings, the components of capital, and other items.

Financial Performance Highlights

The nine months ended September 30, 2025 reflects growth in cash, investments, total assets, deposits and income from the prior nine months ended September 30, 2024. The nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, reflects growth in investments and income and a reduction in cash, loans, total assets and deposits. The year ended December 31, 2024 reflects growth in loans, assets, deposits and income from the year ended December 31, 2023. Significant highlights include:

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected financials from our income statement and the performance ratios discussed below.

	At and for the Nine Months Ended September 30,						At and for the Years Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			2024			2023
Income Statement Data:
Interest income		$	734,663		$	672,281		$	904,977		$	800,652
Adjusted Interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)(1)			739,223			676,772			910,838			805,374
Interest expense			151,462			167,368			217,653			167,473
Provision for credit losses			6,295			11,968			14,587			16,252
Noninterest income			165,925			186,345			210,390			206,880
Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP)(1)			186,348			183,749			247,051			225,774
Noninterest expense			375,977			364,534			489,407			469,070
Income tax expense			83,593			70,831			87,910			81,044
Net income			283,261			243,925			305,810			273,693
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)(1)		$	295,011		$	241,948		$	333,731		$	288,082
Performance Ratios:
Net interest margin(2)			4.27%			3.77%			3.84%			3.54%
Net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP)(1)(2)			4.31%			3.81%			3.88%			3.57%
Return on average total assets(2)			1.97%			1.73%			1.63%			1.45%
Adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP)(1)(2)			2.06%			1.72%			1.78%			1.53%
Return on average common equity(2)			11.8%			11.3%			10.4%			10.6%
Adjusted return on average common equity (non-GAAP)(1)(2)			12.3%			11.2%			11.4%			11.2%

(1)

These are non-GAAP financial measures we believe are helpful in interpreting our financial results. For more information on non-GAAP measures and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, see “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

(2)

Ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025:

•

Net interest income totaled $583.2 million, an increase of $78.3 million, or 15.5%, compared to $504.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. On an FTE basis, net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) totaled $587.8 million, an increase of $78.4 million, or 15.4%, compared to $509.4 million for the first nine months of 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in interest income on securities and loans, along with reduced interest expense on deposits, partially offset by reduced interest income on cash. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

The provision for credit losses was $6.3 million, a decrease of $5.7 million, or 47.4%, compared to $12.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a $5.0 million release of provision related to the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio, along with a decline in loan balances in the current year compared to loan growth in the prior year.

•

Noninterest income totaled $165.9 million, a decrease of $20.4 million, or 11.0%, compared to $186.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) was $186.3 million, an increase of $2.6 million, or 1.4%, compared to $183.7 million for the first nine months of 2024. The decrease was primarily due to investment securities gains of $2.6 million in the prior year compared to $6.8 million in losses and the expected loss on the consumer lease portfolio of $13.6 million in the current year. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Noninterest expenses were $376.0 million, an increase of $11.5 million, or 3.1%, compared to $364.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel costs and other expenses which include residual losses on the consumer leased car portfolio, partially offset by lower bankcard processing, rewards and related costs and lower legal and professional fees.

•

Income tax expense was $83.6 million, an increase of $12.8 million, or 18.0%, compared to $70.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax net income.

•

Net income totaled $283.3 million, an increase of $39.4 million, or 16.1%, compared to $243.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) totaled $295.0 million, an increase of $53.1 million, or 21.9%, compared to $241.9 million for the first nine months of 2024. The increase was primarily driven by the 8.4% increase in total revenue, or $57.9 million, partially offset by a 3.1% increase in expenses. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Net interest margin was 4.27%, an increase of 50 basis points compared to 3.77% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP) was 4.31%, an increase of 50 basis points compared to 3.81% for the first nine months of 2024. The increase was primarily due to the continued result of improved yields on assets, along with reduced deposit costs. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Return on average total assets was 1.97%, compared to 1.73% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP) was 2.06%, compared to 1.72% for the first nine months of 2024. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Return on average common equity was 11.8%, compared to 11.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) was 12.3%, compared to 11.2% for the first nine months of 2024. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

For the year ended December 31, 2024:

•

Net interest income totaled $687.3 million, an increase of $54.1 million, or 8.6%, compared to $633.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. On an FTE basis, net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) totaled $693.2 million, an increase of $55.3 million, or 8.7%, compared to $637.9 million in 2023. The increase was primarily due to increased interest income as a result of improved yields on assets, along with changes in the asset mix, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $50.2 million, or 30%, compared to 2023, including as a result of increases in deposit costs. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

The provision for credit losses was $14.6 million, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 10.2%, compared to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of

TABLE OF CONTENTS

total loans declined to 1.32% from 1.34% as of December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily due to improvements in current economic factors and reduced charge-offs.

•

Noninterest income totaled $210.4 million, an increase of $3.5 million, or 1.7%, compared to $206.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) was $247.1 million, an increase of $21.3 million, or 9.4%, compared to $225.8 million in 2023. The increase was mainly driven by overdraft fees and activity charges, increased assets under advice and higher secondary margins on loan sales. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Noninterest expense was $489.4 million, an increase of $20.3 million, or 4.3%, compared to $469.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Higher personnel expenses and legal and professional fees, driven by increased staffing and expenses related to the initial phase of the conversion of our core banking platform, were partially offset by a decrease in bankcard processing, rewards and related costs.

•

Income tax expense was $87.9 million, an increase of $6.9 million, or 8.5%, compared to $81.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The effective tax rate was 22.3% for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 22.9% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily driven by an increase in federal and state tax credits, net of tax credit partnership amortization, in 2024.

•

Net income totaled $305.8 million, an increase of $32.1 million, or 11.7%, compared to $273.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) totaled $333.7 million, an increase of $45.6 million, or 15.8%, compared to $288.0 million in 2023. The increase primarily came from an increase in net interest income driven by the rising rate environment in 2023, along with an increase in adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP), partially offset by increased expenses related to investing in upgrading technology and greater staffing needs. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Net interest margin was 3.84%, an increase of 30 basis points compared to 3.54% for the year ended December 31, 2023. Net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP) was 3.88%, an increase of 31 basis points compared to 3.57% in 2023. This increase was the result of improved yields on assets, along with changes in the asset mix, and was partially offset by increases in deposit costs. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Return on average total assets was 1.63%, compared to 1.45% for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP) was 1.78%, compared to 1.53% in 2023. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

•

Return on average common equity was 10.4%, compared to 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 2023. Adjusted return on average common equity (non-GAAP) was 11.4% in 2024, compared to 11.2% in 2023. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial Condition

The following table presents selected financials from our balance sheet and the asset quality and capital ratios discussed below.

	At and for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025			At and for the Years Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	At and for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025			2024			2023
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets		$	19,183,605		$	19,242,543		$	19,020,505
Total loans and leases			11,345,148			11,658,355			11,520,730
Total investment securities			6,017,738			5,603,723			5,029,305
Total liabilities			15,899,191			16,131,882			16,276,707
Total deposits			14,789,227			14,985,848			14,869,510
Stockholders’ equity			3,284,414			3,110,661			2,743,798
Asset Quality Ratios:
Nonperforming loans / total loans			0.45%			0.34%			0.18%
Allowance for loan losses / total loans			1.32%			1.32%			1.34%
Loan modifications / total loans			0.36%			0.38%			0.34%
Capital Ratios:
Total risk-based capital / risk-weighted assets			25.8%			24.9%			22.8%
Tier 1 capital / risk-weighted assets			24.6%			23.6%			21.5%
CET1 capital / risk-weighted assets			24.6%			23.6%			21.5%
Tier 1 capital / average assets			15.9%			15.7%			14.4%

As of September 30, 2025:

•

Total assets decreased by $58.9 million, or 0.3% from December 31, 2024.

•

Total loans and leases as of September 30, 2025 totaled $11.3 billion, a decrease of $313.2 million, or 2.7%, compared to $11.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to $144 million reduction related to the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio, along with reductions in construction and development, commercial non-real estate, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate, consumer and loans held for sale, partially offset by net growth in all other real estate loans.

•

Investment securities grew $361.4 million, an increase of 6.4% from December 31, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, approximately 98.7% of our investment portfolio consisted of securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises and available-for-sale securities represented 99.2% of our total portfolio.

•

Total deposits decreased by $196.6 million, a decrease of 1.3% from December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in savings and interest-bearing demand deposits, partially offset by some growth in noninterest-bearing demand deposits while time deposits were flat.

•

Total stockholders equity grew by $173.8 million, an increase of 5.6% from December 31, 2024.

As of December 31, 2024:

•

Total assets grew by $222.0 million, an increase of 1.2% from December 31, 2023.

•

Total loans and leases as of December 31, 2024 totaled $11.7 billion, an increase of $137.6 million, or 1.2%, compared to $11.5 billion as of December 31, 2023. This modest growth was mainly driven by growth in residential and commercial real estate, while construction and development and consumer loans were down from the prior fiscal year.

•

Investment securities grew by $573 million, an increase of 11.3% from December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, approximately 98% of our investment portfolio consisted of securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises and available-for-sale securities represented 99.1% of our total portfolio.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Total deposits grew by $116.3 million, an increase of 0.8% from December 31, 2023. Savings and interest-bearing and time deposits increased $100 million, or 1.3%, and $149 million, or 9.6%, respectively, which was partially offset by a $133 million, or 2.5% decline in noninterest-bearing deposits.

•

Total stockholders equity grew by $366.9 million, an increase of 13.4% from December 31, 2023.

Asset Quality. Nonperforming loans represented 0.45%, 0.34% and 0.18% of total loans as of September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, which was well below the allowance for credit losses of 1.32%, 1.32% and 1.34% of total loans in the first nine months of 2025 and fiscal years 2024 and 2023, respectively. Only 0.36%, 0.38% and 0.34% of total loans in the first nine months of 2025 and fiscal years 2024 and 2023, respectively required loan modifications, with more than half of the modifications in each period being term extensions.

Liquidity. Total readily available liquidity sources include cash reserves at the Federal Reserve, advance credit available from the FHLB (“FHLB Advance Capacity”) and unencumbered securities lending value. Total readily available liquidity as of September 30, 2025 was $5.8 billion, an increase of $874 million, or 17.8%, from December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the unencumbered securities lending value.

Total readily available liquidity as of December 31, 2024 was $4.9 billion, an increase of $6 million, or 0.1%, from December 31, 2023. The modest increase in liquidity was driven by an increase in unencumbered securities lending value, partially offset by a decrease in cash held at the Federal Reserve and FHLB Advance Capacity.

Capital. Our total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 25.8% as of September 30, 2025, representing $2.2 billion of additional capital compared to a 8.0% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. Our Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 24.6% as of September 30, 2025, representing $2.3 billion of additional capital compared to a 6.0% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. Our CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 24.6% as of September 30, 2025, representing approximately $2.5 billion of additional capital compared to a 4.5% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. Our Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio was 15.9% as of September 30, 2025, representing $2.3 billion of additional capital compared to a 4.0% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. In addition, each of the capital ratios of the Bank exceeded the threshold for “well capitalized” status under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action framework.

Our total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 24.9% as of December 31, 2024, representing $2.1 billion of additional capital compared to a 8.0% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. Our Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 23.6% as of December 31, 2024, representing $2.2 billion of additional capital compared to a 6.0% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. Our CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 23.6% as of December 31, 2024, representing approximately $2.4 billion of additional capital compared to a 4.5% regulatory capital adequacy requirement. Our Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio was 15.7% as of December 31, 2024, representing $2.2 billion of additional capital compared to a 4.0% regulatory capital adequacy requirement.

In addition, as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, each of the capital ratios of the Bank exceeded the threshold for “well capitalized” status under the FDIC’s prompt corrective action framework. See “—Capital Management.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rules or principles. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, all of which could reduce the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures as tools for comparison. As a result, our non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP.

Interest income, net interest income and net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent, or “FTE,” basis are defined as interest income, net interest income and net interest margin, in each case adjusting for the tax-exempt income related to certain tax-free assets. We report interest income, net interest income and net interest margin on an FTE basis using a blended federal and state effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% for the periods presented. The tax equivalent basis gives effect to the tax-exempt interest income, net of the disallowance of interest income, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets. We believe these measures enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

The following table presents the reconciliation of interest income (FTE), net interest income (FTE) and net interest margin (FTE).

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Interest income		$	734,663		$	672,281		$	904,977		$	800,652
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment(1)			4,560			4,491			5,861			4,722
Interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)			739,223			676,772			910,838			805,374
Net interest income			583,201			504,913			687,324			633,179
Add: Tax-equivalent adjustment(1)			4,560			4,491			5,861			4,722
Net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)			587,761			509,404			693,185			637,901
Average interest-earning assets		$	18,248,275		$	17,879,121		$	17,885,506		$	17,880,255
Net interest margin(2)			4.27%			3.77%			3.84%			3.54%
Net interest margin (FTE) (non- GAAP)(2)			4.31%			3.81%			3.88%			3.57%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used all periods.

(2)

Ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

Adjusted noninterest income is defined as noninterest income, excluding gains (losses) in investment securities. These adjustments resulted from certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during the periods presented that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our noninterest income, exclusive of the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income. Adjusted total revenue is defined as total revenue, excluding gains (losses) on investment securities. These adjustments resulted from certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during the periods presented that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our revenue, exclusive of the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

Adjusted fee income ratio is defined as adjusted noninterest income divided by adjusted total revenue. We believe this measure allows investors to assess the results of our business generating noninterest income, exclusive of the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the reconciliation of adjusted noninterest income, adjusted total revenue, and adjusted fee income ratio.

	For the Three Months Ended September 30,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Noninterest income		$	57,070		$	50,486		$	165,925		$	186,345		$	210,390		$	206,880
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio(1)			—			—			(13,612)			—			—			—
Less: Investment securities gains (losses)			(6,920)			(12,064)			(6,811)			2,596			(36,661)			(18,894)
Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP)			63,990			62,550			186,348			183,749			247,051			225,774
Net interest income			198,872			174,671			583,201			504,913			687,324			633,179
Noninterest income			57,070			50,486			165,925			186,345			210,390			206,880
Total revenue			255,942			225,157			749,126			691,258			897,714			840,059
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio			—			—			(13,612)			—			—			—
Less: Investment securities gains (losses)			(6,920)			(12,064)			(6,811)			2,596			(36,661)			(18,894)
Adjusted total revenue (non-GAAP)		$	262,862		$	237,221		$	769,549		$	688,662		$	934,375		$	858,953
Fee income ratio			22.3%			22.4%			22.1%			27.0%			23.4%			24.6%
Adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP)			24.3%			26.4%			24.2%			26.7%			26.4%			26.3%

(1)

Tangible noninterest expense is defined as noninterest expense less amortization of intangible assets. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our noninterest expense exclusive of changes in intangible assets.

Adjusted total revenue (FTE) Adjusted total revenue (FTE) is defined as total revenue, excluding gains (losses) on investment securities and adjusting for the tax-exempt income related to certain tax-free assets. The adjustments for gains (losses) on investment securities resulted from certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during 2023 and 2024 that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. We report adjusted total revenue on a fully FTE basis using a blended federal and state effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% for the periods presented. The tax equivalent basis gives effect to the tax-exempt interest income, net of the disallowance of interest income, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets. We believe this measure enhances comparability of total revenue arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

Efficiency ratio (FTE) is defined as tangible noninterest expense divided by adjusted total revenue (FTE). We believe this measure allows investors to assess our operational efficiency, exclusive of the impact of amortization of intangible assets and changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the reconciliation of tangible noninterest expense, adjusted total revenue (FTE) and efficiency ratio (FTE).

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net interest income		$	583,201		$	504,913		$	687,324		$	633,179
Noninterest income			165,925			186,345			210,390			206,880
Total revenue			749,126			691,258			897,714			840,059
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio(1)			(13,612)			—			—			—
Less: Investment securities gains (losses)			(6,811)			2,596			(36,661)			(18,894)
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment(2)			4,560			4,491			5,861			4,722
Adjusted total revenue (FTE) (non-GAAP)			774,109			693,153			940,236			863,675
Noninterest expense			375,977			364,534			489,407			469,070
Less: Amortization of intangible assets			2,420			2,573			3,388			3,520
Tangible noninterest expense (non-GAAP)		$	373,557		$	361,961		$	486,019		$	465,550
Efficiency ratio			50.2%			52.7%			54.5%			55.8%
Efficiency ratio (FTE) (non-GAAP)			48.3%			52.2%			51.7%			53.9%

(1)

(2)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

Adjusted net income is defined as net income, giving effect to losses (gains) in our investment securities portfolio, net of taxes. The adjustments for gains (losses) on investment securities resulted from certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during the periods presented that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. For purposes of these adjustments, we use a blended federal and state effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% for all periods presented. These adjustments exclude from net income the impact of such items that we do not believe are representative of our results of operation and enhance the overall understanding of our past and future performance.

Adjusted return on average total assets is defined as the ratio of adjusted net income divided by average assets. We believe this ratio measures our ability to generate profits from our assets, exclusive of the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities. In addition to presenting this ratio for the Company’s consolidated operations, we also present adjusted return on average total assets for our St. Louis market for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 because the effects of the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio which were recognized during that period were concentrated in the St. Louis market.

The following table presents the reconciliation of adjusted net income and adjusted return on average total assets.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Consolidated																		St. Louis
	For the Three Months Ended September 30,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
	2025			2024			2025			2024			2024			2023			For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net income		$	97,098		$	72,620		$	283,261		$	243,925		$	305,810		$	273,693		$	24,197
Add: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio, net of provision and taxes(1)(2)			—			—			6,563			—			—			—			6,563
Add: available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities losses, net of taxes(1)			5,270			9,146			5,270			9,146			39,031			15,204			—(4)
Add: Equity securities losses (gains), net of taxes(1)			—			42			(83)			(11,123)			(11,110)			(815)			—(4)
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)			102,368			81,808			295,011			241,948			333,731			288,082			30,760
Average total assets		$	19,084,437		$	18,639,395		$	19,176,658		$	18,781,177		$	18,781,218		$	18,838,841		$	2,256,733
Return on average total assets(3)			2.02%			1.55%			1.97%			1.73%			1.63%			1.45%			1.43%
Adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP)(3)			2.13%			1.75%			2.06%			1.72%			1.78%			1.53%			1.82%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

(2)

(3)

Ratios for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

(4)

No adjustment has been made for losses on AFS and equity securities for the St. Louis market because these losses are reported at the consolidated level and are not allocated to a particular market.

Tangible common equity is defined as total stockholder’s equity less goodwill and intangible assets. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our total stockholder’s equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets.

Tangible book value per share is defined as tangible common equity divided by total shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our stockholder’s equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets.

Tangible common equity to tangible assets is defined as the ratio of tangible common equity divided by total assets minus intangible assets. We believe this measure allows investors to assess changes in common stockholder’s equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the reconciliation of tangible common equity, tangible book value per share and tangible common equity to tangible assets.

	As of September 30,						As of December 31,
	2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Total stockholders’ equity		$	3,284,414		$	3,083,377		$	3,110,661		$	2,743,798
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets			352,470			355,706			354,890			358,279
Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)		$	2,931,944		$	2,727,671		$	2,755,771		$	2,385,519
Total shares of Class A common stock outstanding			220,665			221,052			220,385			220,956
Book value per share		$	14.88		$	13.95		$	14.11		$	12.42
Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)			13.29			12.34			12.50			10.80
Total assets			19,183,605			18,611,659			19,242,543			19,020,505
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets			352,470			355,706			354,890			358,279
Tangible assets (non-GAAP)		$	18,831,135		$	18,255,953		$	18,887,653		$	18,662,226
Total stockholders’ equity to total assets			17.1%			16.6%			16.2%			14.4%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)			15.6%			14.9%			14.6%			12.8%

Tangible net income is defined as net income excluding amortization of intangible assets. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our net income, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets.

Adjusted tangible net income is defined as adjusted net income excluding amortization of intangible assets. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our net income, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets and the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

Average tangible common equity is defined as average common stockholder’s equity less average goodwill and less average intangible assets. We believe this measure allows investors to assess our average common stockholder’s equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets.

Return on average tangible common equity is defined as the ratio of tangible net income divided by average tangible common equity. We believe this ratio measures our ability to generate profits over common stockholders’ equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets.

Adjusted return on average common equity is defined as the ratio of adjusted net income divided by average common equity. We believe this ratio measures our ability to generate profits from our common equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets and the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

Adjusted return on average tangible common equity is defined as the ratio of adjusted tangible net income divided by average tangible common equity. We believe this ratio measures our ability to generate profits over common stockholders’ equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets and the impact of changes in our investment portfolios unrelated to our ordinary course business activities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For the Three Months Ended September 30,						For the Nine Months Ended September 30,						For the Years Ended December 31,
	2025			2024			2025			2024			2024			2023
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount			Amount
Net income		$	97,098		$	72,620		$	283,261		$	243,925		$	305,810		$	273,693
Add: Amortization of intangible assets, net of taxes(1)			615			623			1,843			1,960			2,580			2,681
Tangible net income (non-GAAP)			97,713			73,243			285,104			245,885			308,390			276,374
Add: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio, net of provision and taxes(1)(2)			—			—			6,563			—			—			—
Add: AFS securities losses, net of taxes(1)			5,270			9,146			5,270			9,146			39,031			15,204
Add: Equity securities losses (gains), net of taxes(1)			—			42			(83)			(11,123)			(11,110)			(815)
Adjusted tangible net income (non-GAAP)			102,983			82,431			296,854			243,908			336,311			290,763
Average common equity			3,238,538			3,022,149			3,204,914			2,887,349			2,937,975			2,570,645
Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets			352,996			356,242			353,798			357,099			356,677			360,164
Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)		$	2,885,542		$	2,665,907		$	2,851,116		$	2,530,250		$	2,581,298		$	2,210,481
Return on average common equity(3)			11.9%			9.6%			11.8%			11.3%			10.4%			10.6%
Adjusted return on average common equity (non-GAAP)(3)			12.5%			10.8%			12.3%			11.2%			11.4%			11.2%
Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(3)			13.4%			10.9%			13.4%			13.0%			11.9%			12.5%
Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(3)			14.2%			12.3%			13.9%			12.9%			13.0%			13.2%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

(2)

(3)

Ratios for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

The following table summarizes the distribution of average balances, average yields and costs (on an annualized basis for interim periods), and changes in net interest income on an FTE basis. Average balances are daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The table below includes the effect of deferred fees and expenses, discounts and premiums, as well as purchase accounting adjustments that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2025								2024
Dollars in thousands	Average Balance			Interest Income (FTE)(1)/ Expense			Yield/ Cost(2)		Average Balance			Interest Income (FTE)(1)/ Expense			Yield/ Cost(2)
Assets
Interest-bearing cash and bank deposits(1)		$	855,455		$	29,743		4.65%		$	911,527		$	38,895		5.70%
Investment securities(1)			5,912,041			173,990		3.93%			5,388,898			107,628		2.67%
Gross loans(1)(3)(4)			11,480,779			535,490		6.24%			11,578,696			530,249		6.12%
Total interest-earning assets			18,248,275			739,223		5.42%			17,879,121			676,772		5.06%
Allowance for loan losses			(151,866)								(154,665)
Noninterest-earning assets			1,080,249								1,056,721
Total assets		$	19,176,658							$	18,781,177
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		$	5,179,927							$	5,174,976
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits			7,925,388			92,121		1.55%			7,917,448			103,533		1.75%
Time deposits			1,696,202			39,945		3.15%			1,640,543			43,087		3.51%
Total deposits			14,801,517			132,066		1.19%			14,732,967			146,620		1.33%
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			1,017,139			19,396		2.55%			989,578			20,748		2.80%
Total customer funds			15,818,656			151,462		1.28%			15,722,545			167,368		1.42%
FHLB advances and other borrowings			—			—					—			—
Total interest-bearing liabilities			10,638,729			151,462		1.90%			10,547,569			167,368		2.12%
Total cost of funds			15,818,656			151,462		1.28%			15,722,545			167,368		1.42%
Other liabilities			153,088								171,283
Stockholders’ equity			3,204,914								2,887,349
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	19,176,658							$	18,781,177
Net interest spread								3.51%								2.94%
Net interest income and net interest margin					$	583,201		4.27%					$	504,913		3.77%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment						4,560								4,491
Net interest income (FTE) and net interest margin (FTE)(1)					$	587,761		4.31%					$	509,404		3.81%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Years Ended December 31,
	2024								2023
Dollars in thousands	Average Balance			Interest Income (FTE)(1)/ Expense			Yield/ Cost(2)		Average Balance			Interest Income (FTE)(1)/ Expense			Yield/ Cost(2)
Assets
Interest-bearing cash and bank deposits(1)		$	844,259		$	46,942		5.56%		$	461,783		$	24,982		5.41%
Investment securities(1)			5,454,694			153,137		2.81%			5,990,573			131,708		2.20%
Gross loans(1)(3)(4)			11,586,553			710,759		6.13%			11,427,899			648,685		5.68%
Total interest-earning assets			17,885,506			910,838		5.09%			17,880,255			805,374		4.50%
Allowance for loan losses			(154,674)								(153,886)
Noninterest-earning assets			1,050,386								1,112,472
Total assets			18,781,218								18,838,841
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		$	5,180,962							$	5,529,485
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits			7,840,224			132,806		1.69%			7,930,115			98,759		1.25%
Time deposits			1,658,155			57,626		3.48%			1,315,144			29,935		2.28%
Total deposits			14,679,341			190,432		1.30%			14,774,744			128,694		0.87%
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			993,284			27,221		2.74%			1,292,531			37,347		2.89%
Total customer funds			15,672,625			217,653		1.39%			16,067,275			166,041		1.03%
FHLB advances and other borrowings			—			—					26,417			1,432		5.42%
Total interest-bearing liabilities			10,491,663			217,653		2.07%			10,564,207			167,473		1.59%
Total cost of funds			15,672,625			217,653		1.39%			16,093,692			167,473		1.04%
Other liabilities			170,618								174,504
Stockholders’ equity			2,937,975								2,570,645
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	18,781,218							$	18,838,841
Net interest spread								3.02%								2.92%
Net interest income and net interest margin					$	687,324		3.84%					$	633,179		3.54%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment						5,861								4,722
Net interest income (FTE) and net interest margin (FTE)(1)					$	693,185		3.88%					$	637,901		3.57%

(1)

Interest income and yields are reported on an FTE basis, using a blended federal and state effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% for all periods. The tax-equivalent interest income and yields give effect to the tax-exempt interest income net of the disallowance of interest expense, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets.

(2)

Average yields and costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 are presented on an annualized basis.

(3)

Loan balances include mortgage loans held for sale and nonaccrual loans of $49.5 million and $29.6 million as of September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively and $36.0 million and $18.4 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(4)

Loan interest income includes (i) loan fees, net of deferred costs, of $7.1 million and $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively and $8.4 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and (ii) interest resulting from the accretion of purchase accounting discount associated with acquired loans of $0.6 million and $0.6 million for the first nine months of 2025 and 2024, respectively and $1.7 million and $1.2 million for fiscal years 2024 and 2023, respectively.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net interest income totaled $583.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, an increase of $78.3 million, or 15.5%, compared to $504.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. On an FTE basis, net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) increased to $587.8 million from $509.4 million, an increase of 15.4%. Our net interest margin increased 50 basis points to 4.27% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to 2024, as yields continued to improve on assets, despite a change in mix reducing cash and increasing investments, along with reduced costs on deposits. Our net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP) increased to 4.31% in the first nine months of 2025, compared to 3.81% for the same period in 2024.

Net interest income totaled $687.3 million in 2024, increasing $54.1 million, or 8.6%, compared to $633.2 million in 2023. On an FTE basis, net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) increased to $693.2 million in fiscal year 2024 from $637.9 million in fiscal year 2023, an increase of 8.7%. Our net interest margin increased 30 basis points to 3.84% during 2024, as improved yields on assets, along with changes in the asset mix, were only partially offset by increases in deposit costs. Our net interest margin (FTE) (non-GAAP) increased to 3.88% in 2024, compared to 3.57% in 2023.

Total interest income was $734.7 million for first nine months of 2025, an increase of $62.4 million, or 9.3%, compared to $672.3 million for the same period in 2024. On an FTE basis, total interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) was $739.2 million for the first nine months of 2025, an increase of $62.4 million, or 9.2%, compared to $676.8 million in the same quarter of the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the repositioning of the investment portfolio, from lower-yielding bonds to higher-yielding investments at higher market rates, contributing $66.4 million of the increase, along with an increase in loan interest income mainly due to the runoff of lower rate loans, partially offset by a reduction in interest income on cash, both as a result of reduced balances and rate cuts by the Federal Reserve which began in the third quarter of 2024.

Total interest income was $905.0 million in 2024, increasing $104.3 million, or 13.0%, compared to $800.7 million in 2023. On an FTE basis, total interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) was $910.8 million in 2024, increasing $105.4 million, or 13.1%, compared to $805.4 million in 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, along with a change in asset mix, with balances shifting to higher-yielding cash balances from lower-yielding securities. The yield on loans improved by 46 basis points due to the full-year impact in 2024 of the FOMC increasing its policy rate 100 basis points throughout 2023, as well as the reinvestment of principal cashflows from lower-yielding loans into a higher-yielding loans reflecting higher market rates. The subsequent 100 basis points of interest rate cuts that followed in 2024 did not begin until the end of the third quarter and therefore had minimal impact on 2024 results. The yield on investment securities increased 61 basis points due primarily to the combination of a repositioning of lower-yielding bonds during 2023, with the full-year impact in 2024, and the reinvestment of principal cashflows from lower-yielding bonds into higher-yielding investments reflecting higher market rates.

Interest expense decreased $15.9 million, or 9.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by savings and interest-bearing demand deposits at reduced rates, contributing $11.4 million of the reduction, along with reduced costs on time deposits as rates begin to lower after rate cuts by the Federal Reserve began in 2024.

Interest expense increased $50.2 million, or 30.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Higher interest rates contributed $51.7 million to the increase, offset by a $1.5 million decline in volume. The increase also reflected an unfavorable shift in the mix of our funding sources from noninterest bearing deposits to time deposits. Average total customer funds decreased 2.5% to $15.7 billion in 2024, primarily driven by a reduction in interest-bearing deposits. As a result, our average rate on total customer funds increased 36 basis points to 1.39%. In 2024, our average rate on total interest-bearing liabilities increased 49 basis points to 2.07% from 2023.

The table below identifies changes related to volumes (average balances) and rates on our net interest income during the period shown, with respect to (i) changes in volume (change in volume times old rate), (ii) changes in rates (change in rate times old volume) and (iii) changes in rate / volume (change in rate times the change in volume, including difference in the number of days). Any change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the respective absolute dollar amounts of the change in volume or rate.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025 vs 2024									Year Ended December 31, 2024 vs 2023
Dollars in thousands	Volume			Rate			Total			Volume			Rate			Total
Increase (decrease) in interest income:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	(2,310)		$	(6,842)		$	(9,152)		$	21,317		$	643		$	21,960
Investment securities			11,184			55,178			66,362			(12,472)			33,902			21,430
Loans			(5,052)			10,293			5,241			9,406			52,668			62,074
Total increase (decrease)			3,822			58,629			62,451			18,251			87,213			105,464
Increase (decrease) in interest expense:
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits			101			(11,513)			(11,412)			(1,121)			35,168			34,047
Time deposits			1,388			(4,530)			(3,142)			9,218			18,473			27,691
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			548			(1,900)			(1,352)			(8,207)			(1,919)			(10,126)
FHLB advances and other borrowings			—			—			—			(1,432)			—			(1,432)
Total increase (decrease)			2,037			(17,943)			(15,906)			(1,542)			51,722			50,180
Increase (decrease) in net interest income (FTE)		$	1,785		$	76,572		$	78,357		$	19,793		$	35,491		$	55,284

Interest Income

The following table presents interest income for the first nine months of 2025 and 2024 and fiscal years 2024 and 2023:

	Nine Months Ended September 30											Year Ended December 31
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			$ Change			% Change		2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Interest income:
Loans		$	533,416		$	528,552		$	4,864		0.9%		$	708,386		$	646,923		$	61,463		9.5%
Investment securities			172,675			106,357			66,318		62.4%			151,489			129,740			21,749		16.8%
Federal funds sold and other			28,572			37,372			(8,800)		(23.5)%			45,102			23,989			21,113		88.0%
Total interest income			734,663			672,281			62,382		9.3%			904,977			800,652			104,325		13.0%
Add: Tax equivalent adjustment(1)			4,560			4,491			69		1.5%			5,861			4,722			1,139		24.1%
Total interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP)		$	739,223		$	676,772		$	62,451		9.2%		$	910,838		$	805,374		$	105,464		13.1%

(1)

Effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% used for all periods.

Total interest income primarily consists of interest income on loans and our investment portfolio. Total interest income increased $62.4 million, or 9.3%, to $734.7 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024.

Total interest income increased $104.3 million, or 13.0%, to 905.0 million for fiscal year 2024. Total interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) increased $105.4 million, or 13.1%, to $910.8 million for fiscal year 2024.

Loans. Interest income on all loans increased $4.9 million, or 0.9%, to $533.4 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to increasing loan yields as loans running off at lower rates were replaced with new loans at higher rates, contributing $10.3 million to the increase, while average loan volumes were down $97.9 million from prior year.

Interest income on all loans increased $61.5 million, or 9.5%, to $708.3 million for fiscal year 2024 from $646.9 million in 2023. The most significant driver of the increase was the rising interest rates in 2023, along

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with $158.7 million, or 1.4%, growth in total average loan balances as the reduction in fixed-rate consumer loans was more than offset by an increase in adjustable-rate residential real estate loans.

Investment securities. Interest and dividend income on investments includes income earned on AFS, HTM, equity and trading securities. Income increased $66.3 million, or 62.4%, to $172.7 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to the combination of a repositioning of lower-yielding bonds during 2024, and the reinvestment of principal cashflows from lower-yielding securities into higher-yielding securities reflecting higher market rates.

For fiscal year 2024, income increased $21.7 million, or 16.8%, to $151.5 million from $129.7 million in 2023. While period-end balances increased $572.8 million to $5.66 billion as of December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, average balances were down $535.9 million from 2023. As a result, the higher yield due to rising rates was partially offset by a reduction in volume.

Federal funds sold and other. Interest income on federal funds sold and other decreased $8.8 million, or 23.5%, to $28.6 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The decrease was driven by a combination of reduced average balances, $56.1 million or 6.2%, and reduced yields on cash as a result of the FOMC decreasing its policy rate 100 basis points in the second half of 2024.

Interest income on federal funds sold and other increased $21.1 million, or 88.0%, to $45.1 million for fiscal year 2024 from $24.0 million in 2023. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in interest-earning cash deposits, whose average balances were up $382.5 million, or 82.8%, from 2023.

Interest Expense

The following table presents interest expense for the first nine months of 2025 and 2024 and fiscal years 2024 and 2023.

	Nine Months Ended September 30											Year Ended December 31
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			$ Change			% Change		2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Interest expense:
Deposits		$	132,066		$	146,620		$	(14,554)		(9.9)%		$	190,432		$	128,694		$	61,738		48.0%
Federal funds purchased and customer repos			19,396			20,748			(1,352)		(6.5)%			27,221			38,779			(11,558)		(29.8)%
Total interest expense		$	151,462		$	167,368		$	(15,906)		(9.5)%		$	217,653		$	167,473		$	50,180		30.0%

Total interest expense consists primarily of three components: deposits, federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements, and FHLB advances and other borrowings.

Deposits. Interest expense on deposits, consisting of interest-bearing demand accounts, savings accounts and time deposits, was $132.1 million for the first nine months of 2025, a decrease of $14.5 million, or 9.9%, compared to $146.6 million for the same period in 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a large customer relationship with exception rate pricing, which drew balances down $181 million primarily in the second half of 2024, along with 100 bps in rate cuts by the Federal Reserve.

Interest expense on deposits, consisting of interest-bearing demand accounts, savings accounts and time deposits, was $190.4 million in fiscal year 2024 compared with $128.7 million in fiscal year 2023, an increase of $61.7 million, or 48.0%. The increase was driven by rising deposit rates and competition in the market, along with a shift in mix with 2% of deposit balances or approximately $340 million in average balances, moving from noninterest bearing deposits at no cost to time deposits at a higher cost.

Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements. Interest expense on federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements decreased $1.4 million, or 6.5%, to $19.4 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The decrease was the result of reduced interest rates, partially offset by 2.8% growth in average balances.

Interest expense on federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements decreased $11.6 million, or 29.8%, to $27.2 million for fiscal year 2024 from $38.8 million from fiscal year 2023. This decline was primarily

TABLE OF CONTENTS

driven by a $299.2 million reduction in average balances as a large customer moved their balances from the customer repurchase agreement product to an interest-bearing demand product. Interest expense on federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements also includes interest expense on FHLB advances and other borrowings, which serve as a short-term funding source, and which decreased to zero in fiscal year 2024 from $1.4 million in fiscal year 2023.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses, including provision for off-balance sheet credit exposures, was $6.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, a decrease of $5.7 million, or 47.4%, compared to $12.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a $5.0 million release related to the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio, along with a decline in loan balances in the first nine months of 2025 as compared to loan growth in the same period of the prior year.

The provision for credit losses, including provision for off-balance sheet credit exposures, for the year ended December 31, 2024, was $14.6 million, compared to $16.3 million in 2023, a decrease of 10.2% year over year. The provision for credit losses decreased mainly due to a decrease in the estimate of the allowance for credit losses on loans this year compared to last year, driven by an improvement in the economic forecast from December 2023 to 2024 as well as a reduction in the Company’s consumer loan portfolio which produces a higher percentage of expected losses. A decrease in the liability for unfunded lending commitments also contributed to the decline in provision for credit loss expense in 2024.

Factors increasing the provision for credit losses in 2024 included a $1.1 million increase in net charge-offs, mainly due to higher credit card and commercial loan net charge-offs in 2024, partially offset by a decrease in consumer loan net charge-offs. Total net charge-offs were $15.2 million in 2024, compared to $14.1 million in 2023, a 7.8% increase.

Noninterest Income

The following table presents noninterest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

	Nine Months Ended September 30,											Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			$ Change			% Change		2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Noninterest income:
Service charges and commissions		$	43,077		$	41,840		$	1,237		3.0%		$	56,137		$	50,441		$	5,696		11.3%
Payment services revenue			50,507			50,467			40		0.1%			67,531			67,414			117		0.2%
Brokerage services			20,996			19,110			1,886		9.9%			25,739			22,433			3,306		14.7%
Fees for fiduciary services			37,741			33,598			4,143		12.3%			45,897			40,197			5,700		14.2%
Mortgage banking revenues, net			30,163			31,714			(1,551)		(4.9)%			42,080			37,113			4,967		13.4%
Investment securities losses, net			(6,811)			2,596			(9,407)		(362.4)%			(36,661)			(18,894)			(17,767)		94.0%
Other			(9,748)			7,020			(16,768)		(238.9)%			9,667			8,176			1,491		18.2%
Total noninterest income			165,925			186,345			(20,420)		(11.0)%			210,390			206,880			3,510		1.7%
Less: Loss on expected sale of consumer lease portfolio			(13,612)						(13,612)
Less: Investment securities gains (losses), net			(6,811)			2,596			(9,407)		(362.4)			(36,661)			(18,894)
Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP)		$	186,348		$	183,749		$	2,599		1.4%		$	247,051		$	225,774		$	21,277		9.4%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Noninterest income was $165.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, a decrease of $20.4 million, or 11.0%, compared to $186.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a reduction in other income and investment securities gains, net. Other income includes a $13.6 million loss on the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio in 2025, and investment securities losses were $6.8 million in 2025 compared to gains of $2.6 million in 2024.

Noninterest income was $210.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, and noninterest income increased by $3.5 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, a 1.7% increase. Adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) was $247.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, and adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) increased by $21.3 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, a 9.4% increase. All fee income sources had a double-digit percentage increase from 2023 to 2024, with the exception of Payment Services Revenue.

Significant components of noninterest income are described in further detail below. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.”

Service charges and commissions. Service charges and commissions are primarily fees charged to deposit customers, including overdraft/non-sufficient funds fees, return fees, wire fees, commercial deposit account analysis fees, and other charges or commissions. Service charges and commissions increased $1.2 million, or 3.0%, to $43.1 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by growth in treasury management commercial account analysis fee income.

Service charges and commissions increased by $5.7 million from 2023 to 2024, or 11.3%. This increase is primarily the result of overdraft fees and activity charges on consumer deposit accounts, along with increased commercial account analysis fee income.

Payment services revenue. Payment services revenue includes incentive and interchange revenue that merchants pay for processing electronic payment transactions and associated fees earned from the issuance of credit and debit card products, both consumer and business, along with health savings accounts, gift cards, and ATM service fees. Payment services revenue was $50.5 million for the first nine months of both 2025 and 2024, as higher consumer credit and debit card fee income was offset by reduced fee income on commercial products.

Payment services revenue remained flat, increasing 0.2%, or $0.1 million, to $67.5 million in fiscal year 2024, as growth in commercial card products was offset by reductions in consumer debit card activity.

Brokerage services and fees for fiduciary services. Brokerage services and fees for fiduciary services relate to our wealth management services and comprise of fees earned for management of trust assets and investment services. Brokerage services increased $1.9 million, or 9.9%, to $21.0 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase is driven by 10.5% growth in total assets under advice. Fees for fiduciary services increased 12.3%, or $4.1 million, to $37.7 million for the same period. The increase was primarily driven by a change in fee structure in the second half of 2024, along with a 13.2% increase in total assets under advice.

Brokerage services and fees for fiduciary services both increased by more than 14% from 2023 to 2024, increasing by $3.3 million and $5.7 million in 2024, respectively. The overall increase in fees for fiduciary services is driven by total assets under advice increasing by 3% along with changes in the fee structure in the second half of 2024.

Mortgage banking revenues, net. Mortgage banking revenue, net includes both the net gain on mortgage loans sold to the secondary market and mortgage servicing income for mortgage loans sold with servicing retained by the Bank. The net gain on the sale of mortgage loans fluctuates with the volume of loans sold, the type of loans sold and market conditions, such as the current interest rate environment. The volume of loans that we sell depends upon conditions in the mortgage origination, loan securitization and secondary loan sale markets. Mortgage banking revenues, net decreased $1.6 million, or 4.9%, to $30.2 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The decrease includes a reduction in mortgage servicing income of $0.5 million, or 5.2%, along with a decline in gains on the sale of mortgage loans of $1.1 million or 4.8%.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mortgage banking revenues, net increased by $5.0 million, or 13.4%, to $42.1 million for 2024 compared to $37.1 million in 2023. The increase is a result of higher secondary margins on loan sales, along with 4% or $43 million in additional volume, for a total of $1.09 billion of loans sold to the secondary market in fiscal year 2024.

Other income. Other income includes bank owned life insurance income, check commission, gain on sale of assets, and other miscellaneous income items. Other income decreased $16.8 million, or 238.9%, to $(9.7) million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The decrease was driven by a reduction in net gains in the first nine months of 2025 and on the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio, compared to the same period in 2024.

Other income increased $1.5 million, or 18.2%, to $9.7 million in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by increases in net gains on the sale of assets.

Investment securities losses (gains), net. Net loss or gain on sale of securities represents the difference between gross sale proceeds and carrying value at amortized cost of investment securities sold during the period. We had a net loss of $6.8 million in the first nine months of 2025 compared to a $2.6 million net gain in the first nine months of 2024.

We had a net loss of $36.7 million in 2024 compared to $18.9 million net loss in 2023.

Noninterest Expense

The following table presents the major components of our noninterest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	Nine Months Ended September 30,											Year Ended December 31,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024			$ Change			% Change		2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		$	221,281		$	210,149		$	11,132		5.3%		$	281,087		$	271,508		$	9,579		3.5%
Net occupancy and equipment			36,259			35,131			1,128		3.2%			47,131			44,253			2,878		6.5%
Computer software and maintenance			17,316			15,519			1,797		11.6%			20,318			19,490			828		4.2%
Marketing and business development			15,194			14,619			575		3.9%			19,990			19,053			937		4.9%
FDIC and bank exam fees			4,051			4,259			(208)		(4.9)%			5,583			5,671			(88)		(1.6)%
Legal and professional fees			16,480			17,785			(1,305)		(7.3)%			26,290			19,095			7,195		37.7%
Bankcard processing, rewards and related cost			23,153			25,748			(2,595)		(10.1)%			32,002			36,031			(4,029)		(11.2)%
Total OMSR amortization			4,456			4,778			(322)		(6.7)%			6,319			6,718			(399)		(5.9)%
Amortization on intangible assets			2,420			2,573			(153)		(5.9)%			3,388			3,520			(132)		(3.8)%
Travel, meetings and entertainment			4,448			3,845			603		15.7%			5,538			5,197			341		6.6%
Printing, telecommunication and postage			5,542			6,115			(573)		(9.4)%			7,954			8,281			(327)		(3.9)%
All other remaining expenses			25,377			24,013			1,364		5.7%			33,807			30,252			3,555		11.8%
Other expenses			42,243			41,324			919		2.2%			57,006			53,969			3,037		5.6%
Total noninterest expense		$	375,977		$	364,534		$	11,443		3.1%		$	489,407		$	469,070		$	20,337		4.3%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total noninterest expense was $376.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, an increase of $11.5 million, or 3.1%, compared to $364.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was driven by increases in salaries and employee benefits, marketing and business development, computer software and maintenance, net occupancy and equipment, and other expenses, partially offset by reductions in bankcard processing, rewards and related costs, legal and professional fees, and FDIC and bank exam fees.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, total noninterest expense was $489.4 million, a 4.3% increase over 2023. This is primarily due to increases in legal and professional fees and salaries and employee benefits.

Salaries and Employee Benefits. Salaries and employee benefits is the largest component of noninterest expenses and includes the cost of bonus and incentive compensation, payroll taxes, benefit plans, and health insurance. These expenses were $221.3 million for the first nine months of 2025, an increase of $11.2 million, or 5.3%, compared to $210.1 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to annual merit increases, increased staffing and commissions.

Salaries and employee benefits were $281.1 million in 2024, an increase of $9.6 million, or 3.5%, over 2023, driven by increased staffing and annual merit increases which were partially offset by capitalized salaries as a result of an accounting change to defer loan-related origination costs.

Net Occupancy and Equipment. Net occupancy and equipment expenses were $36.3 million for the first nine months of 2025, an increase of $1.2 million, or 3.2%, compared to $35.1 million for the same period in 2024.

Net occupancy and equipment expenses were $47.1 million for fiscal year 2024, a 6.5% increase from $44.3 million in fiscal year 2023. Occupancy and equipment expenses relate to maintaining our branch network and administrative office locations throughout our footprint, including both owned and leased locations, along with supporting new locations which opened in August 2023 and January 2024.

Computer Software and Maintenance. Computer software and maintenance includes payments to outside vendors who provide software, technology services, costs related to supporting and developing cloud-based activities and depreciation of bank-owned software and hardware. Computer software and maintenance increased $1.8 million, or 11.6% for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was driven by continued investment in technology to support both consumer and commercial products, along with a new core banking platform.

Computer software and maintenance increased by $0.8 million, or 4.2%, to $20.3 million in fiscal year 2024 primarily due to continued evaluation and investment in new software.

Marketing and Business Development. Marketing and business development expenses include marketing, advertising, public relations and business development related expenses. These expenses were $15.2 million for the first nine months of 2025, an increase of $0.6 million, or 3.9%, compared to $14.6 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to the launch of a new branding campaign, customer referrals and at the end of 2024, we started to expense postage directly related to marketing efforts in marketing and business development expenses rather than other expenses.

Marketing and business development expenses were $20.0 million in fiscal year 2024, an increase of $0.9 million, or 4.9%, over fiscal year 2023, as a result of an increase in television and media production.

FDIC and Bank Exam Fees. The FDIC insures deposits and charges insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the deposit insurance fund at a specific level and the bank is required to have routine examinations. These expenses were $4.1 million for the first nine months of 2025, $4.3 million for the first nine months of 2024, and $5.6 million for both fiscal years 2024 and 2023.

Legal and Professional Fees. Legal and professional fees include legal fees, consultant fees, audit fees, and other outside services. Legal and professional fees were $16.5 million for the first nine months of 2025, a decrease of $1.3 million, or 7.3%, compared to $17.8 million for the same period in 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by professional outsourced services to support the initial phase of the conversion of our core banking platform.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal and professional fees were $26.3 million in 2024, an increase of $7.2 million, or 37.7%, over 2023. This is largely due to increases in expenses related to the initial phase of the conversion of our core banking platform.

Bankcard Processing, Rewards and Related Costs. Bankcard processing, rewards and related costs decreased $2.6 million, or 10.1% for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The decrease was driven by the conversion to a different debit card processor at the end of the first quarter in 2024, resulting in reduced expenses.

Bankcard processing, rewards and related costs decreased by 11.2% from 2023, down to $32 million for 2024, driven by the conversion to a different processor for our debit cards early in 2024.

Other Expenses. Other expenses include various items such as amortization of other mortgage servicing rights (“OMSR”), amortization of intangible assets, printing, telecommunications, postage, travel, meetings, dues, memberships, subscriptions, contributions, losses due to fraud, correspondent bank service charges, other insurance expenses, director fees, and other miscellaneous expenses. Other expenses increased $0.9 million, or 2.2%, to $42.2 million for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to residual loss expense on the leased car portfolio as a result of declining fair market values, partially offset by reductions in consumer and commercial fraud, printing, telecommunication and postage, and amortization on intangible assets and OMSR.

Other expenses increased $3.0 million, or 5.6%, in fiscal year 2024, primarily due to an increase in all other remaining expenses, which increased $3.6 million, or 11.8%, to $33.8 million in fiscal year 2024 as a result of $6 million in residual loss expense incurred in 2024 on the leased car portfolio due to a decline in fair market values of used vehicles with leases coming due, as used car prices have declined, partially offset by a one-time benefit from pension non-service costs in 2024.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes varies due to the amount of taxable income, the investments in tax-advantaged securities and loans, tax credits and the rates charged by federal and state authorities in which we do business. The income tax expense of $83.6 million for the first nine months of 2025 represents an effective tax rate of 22.8%, compared with $70.8 million, or 22.5%, for the first nine months of 2024, which resulted in an increase of $12.8 million, or 18.0% for the first nine months of 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to a reduction year over year in the amount of state tax credits received from tax credit partnerships.

The income tax expense of $87.9 million in fiscal year 2024 represents an effective tax rate of 22.3%, compared with $81.0 million, or 22.9%, for fiscal year 2023. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily driven by an increase in federal and state tax credits, net of tax credit partnership amortization, in fiscal year 2024.

Discussion and Analysis of Business Segments

The Company has strategically aligned its operations into the following two reportable segments: Community Banking and Wealth Management (collectively, the “Business Segments”). The Chief Executive Officer regularly evaluates Business Segment financial results produced by the Company’s internal reporting system in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance for individual Business Segments. The management accounting system assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each Business Segment using methodologies that are refined on an ongoing basis. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Community Banking Operating Results

The Community Banking operating segment is designed to serve the holistic financial service needs of individuals, businesses, agencies and community organizations within our footprint through the Bank.

We provide a comprehensive suite of offerings, including a full set of deposit products, state-of-the-art digital banking solutions, a range of consumer lending solutions, including home equity lines of credit, and a credit card portfolio. Our leading mortgage operation delivers both standard mortgages with in-house servicing

TABLE OF CONTENTS

available, typically sold to Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or private investors, and a range of sophisticated mortgage options, including bridge and portfolio lending, and multiple governmental programs. Our long-tenured commercial lending teams originate loans to finance a wide range of our customers’ needs, including commercial, small business and government segments, while striving to maintain conservative underwriting standards. Our deposit and cash management solutions feature a full suite of digital-first tools, treasury management services, and innovative payment and card solutions to complement our comprehensive deposit offering for all client segments.

The following table presents the selected financials of Community Banking as of, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

At and for the nine months ended September 30:

	Community Banking
Income Statement	2025			2024			$ Change			% Change
Dollars in thousands
Net interest income		$	583,261		$	505,158		$	78,103		15.5%
Provision for credit losses			6,299			11,968			(5,669)		(47.4)%
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			576,962			493,190			83,772		17.0%
Noninterest income			109,617			135,525			(25,908)		(19.1)%
Noninterest expense			337,529			329,870			7,659		2.3%
Income before income taxes			349,050			298,845			50,205		16.8%
Income taxes			79,318			67,014			12,304		18.4%
Net income		$	269,732		$	231,831		$	37,901		16.3%
Average assets			19,159,038			18,758,756			400,282		2.1%
Average loans			11,480,683			11,578,532			(97,849)		(0.8)%
Average deposits			14,799,843			14,735,105			64,738		0.4%
Average customer repurchase agreements		$	1,017,139		$	989,578		$	27,561		2.8%

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, Community Banking net income increased $37.9 million, or 16.3%, to $269.7 million compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily due to increased net interest income of 15.5% as asset yields continued to rise and deposit costs began to come down in the first nine months of 2025 compared to the same period in 2024, partially offset by 2.3% growth in expenses along with a reduction in noninterest income driven by net losses on investment securities and the expected loss on sale of the consumer lease portfolio in the current year compared to net gains on investment securities in the prior year.

The following table presents the selected financials of Community Banking as of, and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

At and for the years ended December 31:

	Community Banking
Income Statement	2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Dollars in thousands
Net interest income		$	687,574		$	633,402		$	54,172		8.6%
Provision for credit losses			14,585			16,252			(1,667)		(10.3)%
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			672,989			617,150			55,839		9.0%
Noninterest income			141,178			146,708			(5,530)		(3.8)%
Noninterest expense			442,544			425,582			16,962		4.0%
Income before income taxes			371,623			338,276			33,347		9.9%

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Community Banking
Income Statement	2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Dollars in thousands
Income taxes			82,604			77,091			5,513		7.2%
Net income		$	289,019		$	261,185		$	27,834		10.7%
Average assets			18,758,839			18,795,409			(36,569)		(0.2)%
Average loans			11,586,349			11,427,571			158,778		1.4%
Average deposits			14,679,342			14,774,744			(95,402)		(0.6)%
Average customer repurchase agreements		$	993,284		$	1,292,531		$	(299,247)		(23.2)%

For the year ended December 31, 2024, Community Banking net income increased $27.8 million, or 10.7%, to $289.0 million compared to the same period in 2023. This increase was driven primarily by higher net interest margin from rising interest rates. Provision for credit losses decreased $1.7 million, or 10.3%, as compared to 2023, driven by improvement in the economic forecast in 2024 as compared to 2023 as well as reduction in the Company’s consumer loan portfolio which produces a higher percentage of expected losses. Noninterest expense increased $17.0 million, or 4.0%, as compared to the same period in 2023. This increase was driven by an increase in investments in technology and staffing.

Wealth Management Operating Results

The Wealth Management operating segment provides a full range of “fee-only” wealth management solutions, including investment management, fiduciary services, financial, estate, and tax planning services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Services are provided through Central Trust Company and Central Investment Advisors, both divisions of the Bank.

Wealth management services tailored to individuals include trust and estate advisory services and financial planning. Business services include financial planning, business succession planning, and retirement plan services. Services for foundations include assistance with endowment management, grant applications and foundation management.

The following table presents the selected financials of Wealth Management as of, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

At and for the nine months ended September 30:

	Wealth Management
Income Statement	2025			2024			$ Change			% Change
Dollars in thousands
Net interest income		$	(60)		$	(245)		$	185		(75.5)%
Provision for credit losses			(4)			0			(4)		100.0%
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			(56)			(245)			189		(77.1)%
Noninterest income			56,308			50,820			5,488		10.8%
Noninterest expense			38,448			34,664			3,784		10.9%
Income before income taxes			17,804			15,911			1,893		11.9%
Income taxes			4,275			3,817			458		12.0%
Net income			13,529			12,094			1,435		11.9%
Average assets			17,620			22,421			(4,801)		(21.4)%
Assets under advice		$	15,412,327		$	13,725,564		$	1,686,763		12.3%

NM: Comparison to or from zero values are considered not meaningful.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, Wealth Management net income increased $1.4 million, or 11.9%, to $13.5 million compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by 10.8%

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

growth in noninterest income as the result of fee increases in the second half of 2024 and organic growth, partially offset by increased expenses driven by increased staffing and commissions. End-of-period assets under advice increased 12.3%, or $1.7 billion, from September 30, 2024 to September 30, 2025. The increase includes growth in Central Investment Advisors’ assets under advice of $469 million, or 10.5%, along with an increase in Central Trust Company’s assets under advice by $1.2 billion, or 13.2%.

The following table presents the selected financials of Wealth Management as of, and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

At and for the years ended December 31:

	Wealth Management
Income Statement	2024			2023			$ Change			% Change
Dollars in thousands
Net interest income		$	(250)		$	(223)		$	(27)		12.1%
Provision for credit losses			2			0			2		NM
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			(252)			(223)			(29)		13.0%
Noninterest income			69,212			60,172			9,040		15.0%
Noninterest expense			46,863			43,488			3,375		7.8%
Income before income taxes			22,097			16,461			5,636		34.2%
Income taxes			5,306			3,953			1,353		34.2%
Net income		$	16,791		$	12,508		$	4,283		34.2%
Average assets			22,379			43,432			(21,053)		(48.5)%
Assets under advice		$	13,527,632		$	13,190,593		$	337,039		2.6%

NM: Comparison to or from zero values are considered not meaningful.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, Wealth Management net income increased $4.3 million, or 34.2%, to $16.8 million compared to the same period in 2023. This increase was primarily due to total assets under advice increasing by 2.6% along with changes in the fee structure in the second half of 2024. Noninterest expense increased $3.4 million, or 7.8%, to $46.9 million over the same period in 2023. This increase was to support expansion across various markets.

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

Loan and Lease Portfolio

We offer a broad range of lending products with a focus on commercial real estate, construction and development, commercial and industrial, multi-family and one-to-four-family residential loans in our Primary Markets in Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma and Colorado. As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, 85.5% of our loans were to borrowers resident or organized in our Primary Markets. We deliver these products through a local, relationship-based delivery model emphasizing market-level credit authority.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents our loan and lease portfolio by category as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	September 30,					December 31,
	2025			2024					2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			% of total		Amount			% of total		Amount			% of total
Construction and development		$	858,321		8%		$	867,349		7%		$	987,548		9%
Commercial non-real estate			1,736,276		15%			1,874,906		16%			1,906,260		17%
Commercial real estate
Multifamily residential real estate			833,081		7%			825,755		7%			894,770		8%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,323,412		21%			2,372,010		20%			2,195,757		19%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,583,150		14%			1,572,955		13%			1,556,839		14%
Total Commercial real estate			4,739,643		42%			4,770,720		41%			4,647,366		40%
Residential real estate
Home equity lines of credit			390,777		3%			349,011		3%			307,113		3%
All other residential real estate			2,927,262		26%			2,791,087		24%			2,471,151		21%
Total Residential real estate			3,318,039		29%			3,140,098		27%			2,778,264		24%
Consumer
Consumer credit card			92,881		1%			93,825		1%			89,724		1%
All other consumer			588,192		5%			903,452		8%			1,109,007		10%
Total Consumer			681,073		6%			997,277		9%			1,198,731		10%
Total unpaid principal balance			11,333,352		100%			11,650,350		100%			11,518,169		100%
Less: Unearned income, net			10,034		0%			26,259		0%			32,881		0%
Loans, held for investment			11,323,318		100%			11,624,091		100%			11,485,288		100%
Loans held for sale			21,830		0%			34,264		0%			35,442		0%
Total loans and leases		$	11,345,148		100%		$	11,658,355		100%		$	11,520,730		100%

Total loans and leases decreased $313.2 million, or 2.7%, to $11.3 billion as of September 30, 2025, from $11.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in construction and development, commercial non-real estate, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate, consumer loans including the expected sale of the consumer lease portfolio, and loans held for sale, partially offset by net growth in all other real estate loans.

Total loans and leases grew $137.6 million, or 1.2%, to $11.7 billion as of December 31, 2024, from $11.5 billion as of December 31, 2023. The modest increase was primarily driven by growth in residential and commercial real estate, while construction and development and consumer loans were down from the prior fiscal year. As of December 31, 2024, the aggregate loans outstanding from our ten largest relationships represented 6.56% of our total outstanding loan balance. Each of the loans associated with these relationships has been underwritten in accordance with our underwriting policies and limits.

Construction and Development. We originate both 1-4 family construction and commercial construction and development loans. Our construction loan portfolio includes multi-family, hospitality, office, industrial and retail construction loans. Our 1-4 family construction lending includes both pre-sold and speculative properties. Construction and development loans made up 8% of total loans and leases as of September 30, 2025, a decrease of 1.0%, or $9.0 million, from December 31, 2024. Approximately $163 million in loans moved to permanent financing in the first nine months of 2025, with $65 million moving to multifamily residential real estate, $54 million moving to non-owner occupied CRE and $29 million moving to owner-occupied CRE. Construction and development loans made up 7% of total loans and leases as of December 31,

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2024, down 12%, or $120 million, from December 31, 2023. Approximately $225 million moved to permanent financing throughout 2024, with the majority moving to commercial real estate, most notably $160 million moved to non-owner-occupied commercial real estate as of December 31, 2024 as compared to construction and development in 2023.

Commercial Non-Real Estate. We provide working capital, equipment, expansion, acquisition and financing needs to our commercial and industrial customers across our markets. Commercial non-real estate loans made up 15% of total loans and leases as of September 30, 2025, a decrease of 7.4%, or $138.6 million, from December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to a payoff of a large equipment financing loan along with runoff in the rest of the portfolio. Commercial non-real estate loans made up 16% of total loans and leases as of December 31, 2024, down 2%, or $31 million, from December 31, 2023.

Commercial Real Estate. We provide multi-family, non-owner occupied, and owner occupied commercial real estate lending products with properties or sponsors located in our markets. Commercial real estate loans made up 42% of total loans and leases as of September 30, 2025, a decrease of 0.7%, or $31.1 million, from December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily the result of runoff in non-owner-occupied commercial real estate, partially offset by growth in multifamily residential real estate and owner-occupied commercial real estate. Commercial real estate loans made up 41% of total loans and leases as of December 31, 2024, up $123 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2023. Of these loans, multifamily real estate loans were down $69 million, or 8%, non-owner-occupied commercial real estate increased $176 million, or 8%, and owner-occupied commercial real estate increased $16 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2023.

Residential Real Estate. We originate and service residential lending products for customers across our markets. Our loan portfolio includes loans secured by residential real estate for both owner-occupied and non-owner occupied 1-4 family properties. Residential real estate loans accounted for 29% of total loans and leases as of September 30, 2025, an increase of 5.7%, or $177.9 million, from December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to all other residential real estate, including continued growth in adjustable-rate mortgages. Residential real estate loans accounted for 27% of the loan and lease portfolio, increasing $362 million, or 13%, to $3.14 billion as of December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. Of these loans, 1-4 family residential closed-end loans and revolving lines increased 13% and home equity lines of credit increased 14% in fiscal year 2024 compared to 2023. The increase in all other residential real estate, or 1-4 family closed-end loans, was primarily driven by an increase in adjustable-rate mortgages.

Consumer. We provide a variety of loans and leasing products to individuals, including direct and indirect consumer loans and leases and consumer credit card. Consumer loans made up 6% of total loans and leases as of September 30, 2025, a decrease of 31.7%, or $316.2 million, from December 31, 2024. Consumer credit cards declined 1.0%, direct leases declined 100% or $158.8 million, installment lending declined 21% or $138.1 million, and all other consumer loans declined 25% or $16.2 million in the first nine months of 2025. Consumer loans made up 9% of total loans and leases as of December 31, 2024, down $201 million, or 17%, from December 31, 2023. Consumer credit cards increased 5%, while the rest of the consumer portfolio declined compared to 2023. Direct leases were down 20%, or $40 million, and installment lending, both direct and indirect, were down 20%, or $167 million, compared to 2023.

The following tables presents the maturity distribution of our loans held for investment and sensitivity to interest rate changes for the periods presented below. The maturity dates were determined based on the contractual maturity date of the loan. Adjustable-rate mortgages are reflected in the Adjustable Rate column, however the rate is generally fixed for the initial five (5) or seven (7) years depending on the loan terms.

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of September 30, 2025
	Due in one year or less						Due in one year through five years						Due after five years and through fifteen years						Due after fifteen years
Dollars in thousands	Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate
Construction and development		$	312,186		$	212,191		$	192,742		$	115,777		$	1,638		$	22,969		$	—		$	818
Commercial non-real estate			168,551			454,037			620,513			158,032			196,556			65,906			45,228			27,453
Commercial real estate			900,973			255,849			2,242,073			741,040			126,189			424,533			2,316			46,670
Residential real estate			237,538			44,375			492,771			73,112			120,837			150,300			451,476			1,747,630
Consumer			25,546			123,455			357,800			7,402			148,438			—			18,432			—
Total unpaid principal balance		$	1,644,794		$	1,089,907		$	3,905,899		$	1,095,363		$	593,658		$	663,708		$	517,452		$	1,822,571

	As of December 31, 2024
	Due in one year or less						Due in one year through five years						Due after five years and through fifteen years						Due after fifteen years
Dollars in thousands	Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate
Construction and development		$	274,083		$	153,185		$	228,754		$	183,080		$	3,212		$	23,390		$	—		$	1,645
Commercial non-real estate			161,826			468,495			718,543			198,437			190,374			62,879			43,433			30,919
Commercial real estate			717,409			201,265			2,480,296			669,105			188,544			467,652			2,976			43,473
Residential real estate			225,852			52,365			476,556			55,697			140,214			139,099			448,877			1,601,438
Consumer			65,824			138,393			565,436			309			212,739			—			14,576			—
Total unpaid principal balance		$	1,444,994		$	1,013,703		$	4,469,585		$	1,106,628		$	735,083		$	693,020		$	509,862		$	1,677,475

	As of December 31, 2023
	Due in one year or less						Due in one year through five years						Due after five years and through fifteen years						Due after fifteen years
Dollars in thousands	Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate			Fixed Rate			Adjustable Rate
Construction and development		$	241,546		$	257,524		$	290,535		$	167,752		$	10,934		$	17,966		$	443		$	848
Commercial non-real estate			107,631			467,205			701,352			243,206			248,421			87,616			15,436			35,393
Commercial real estate			426,010			226,388			2,402,898			608,316			370,514			559,868			2,417			50,955
Residential real estate			111,493			53,675			483,066			47,665			163,842			137,130			436,357			1,345,036
Consumer			122,774			130,891			641,696			311			288,640			—			14,419			—
Total unpaid principal balance		$	1,009,454		$	1,135,683		$	4,519,547		$	1,067,250		$	1,082,351		$	802,580		$	469,072		$	1,432,232

Asset Quality

Our objective is to maintain a high degree of credit quality, support the customers and communities we serve, and achieve our objectives for profitability and liquidity. Maintaining strong credit quality is essential to the viability of our business model. Through our business activities we recognize and seek to mitigate three primary types of credit risk: default risk, concentration risk and systemic risk. Managing credit risk is a continuous, enterprise-wide initiative that starts with our local market bankers and leaders as our first line of defense. We leverage the strength of our bankers across markets to manage and limit risk taking complemented

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by our comprehensive credit policy and underwriting standards. To help ensure we balance market-level support while maintaining a diversified portfolio, we impose market-level approval limits and industry, asset and geographic limits.

To manage and enforce our portfolio metrics and diversification targets our credit committee, our second line of defense, meets periodically to evaluate credit risk migration, new business activities, stress-test activities and credit policy changes and approve or modify market lending authorities. Our internal loan review department, our third line of defense, serves as an independent function to evaluate effective underwriting and application of credit policy in both origination and portfolio management.

Loans are analyzed for risk rating updates as part of the annual credit review process. For larger loans, rating assessments may be more frequent if relevant information is obtained earlier through debt covenants or overall relationship management. Smaller loans are monitored as identified by the loan officer based on the risk profile of the individual borrower or if the loan becomes past due related to credit issues. Loans rated “Watch,” “Substandard” or “Nonaccrual” under our internal risk grading system (as described below) may be subject to more frequent review and monitoring processes. In addition to the regular monitoring performed by the market lending personnel and credit committees, loans are subject to review by our internal loan review department, which verifies the appropriateness of the risk ratings for the loans chosen as part of its risk-based review plan.

Nonperforming Loans and Assets.

Our non-performing assets consist of nonperforming loans and foreclosed real estate, if any. Our nonperforming loans consist of loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing and nonaccrual loans. We consider loans past due on the day following the contractual repayment date if the contractual repayment was not received by us as of the end of the business day. Loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as nonaccrual loans. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in management’s judgment, the interest is uncollectible in the normal course of business. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when (i) deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower exists such that payment of full principal and interest is not expected, or (ii) principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more and the asset is not both well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income, and the loan is charged off to the extent uncollectible. Principal and interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied to principal. Interest is included in income only after all previous loan charge-offs have been recovered and is recorded only as received. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has brought all past-due principal and interest payments current and, in the opinion of management, has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.

The following table presents our nonperforming loans and assets for the dates indicated:

	As of September 30, 2025			As of December 31,
	As of September 30, 2025			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount			Amount
Nonaccrual loans		$	49,519		$	35,994		$	18,364
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing			1,255			3,479			2,238
Total nonperforming loans			50,774			39,473			20,602
Foreclosed assets held for sale			5,175			3,695			4,344
Other repossessed assets			1,467			1,581			1,548
Total nonperforming assets		$	57,416		$	44,749		$	26,494
Allowance for credit losses to period end loans			1.32%			1.32%			1.34%
Allowance for credit losses to period end nonperforming loans			294.36%			390.85%			751.43%
Nonperforming loans to period end loans			0.45%			0.34%			0.18%
Nonperforming assets to period end assets			0.30%			0.23%			0.14%
Nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding at period end			0.44%			0.31%			0.16%
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans at period end			301.82%			428.62%			843.00%

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Nonaccrual loans totaled $49.5 million as of September 30, 2025, an increase of $13.5 million, or 37.6%, compared to $36.0 million as of December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in nonaccrual loans in certain loan segments, particularly non‑owner occupied commercial real estate and construction and development categories. The increase is primarily driven by two relationships migrating to nonaccrual during the first nine months.

Nonaccrual loans totaled $36.0 million at December 31, 2024, an increase of $17.6 million, compared to $18.4 million at December 31, 2023. The interest income recorded on nonaccrual loans was approximately $1.2 million and $1.1 million for 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in nonaccrual loans in certain loan segments, particularly non-owner-occupied commercial real estate, construction and development and all other residential real estate.

The following table provides an aging analysis on the Company’s past due and accruing loans, in addition to the balances of loans on nonaccrual status, as of the dates indicated. Balances in the tables below represent total unpaid principal balances gross of unearned and unamortized loan fees and costs.

At September 30, 2025	Current or less than 30 days past due			30−89 Days past due			90 Days past due and still accruing			Nonaccrual			Total
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	851,844		$	2,229		$	—		$	4,248		$	858,321
Commercial non-real estate			1,729,690			3,689			11			2,886			1,736,276
Commercial real estate
Multifamily residential real estate			833,081			—			—			—			833,081
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,311,995			—			—			11,416			2,323,411
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,577,790			1,492			—			3,868			1,583,150
Total commercial real estate			4,722,866			1,492			—			15,284			4,739,642
Residential real estate
Home equity lines of credit			388,260			1,160			55			1,303			390,778
All other residential real estate			2,897,394			5,346			1,021			23,501			2,927,262
Total residential real estate			3,285,654			6,506			1,076			24,804			3,318,040
Consumer
Consumer credit card			91,869			846			166			—			92,881
All other consumer			578,247			7,646			2			2,297			588,192
Total consumer			670,116			8,492			168			2,297			681,073
Total		$	11,260,170		$	22,408		$	1,255		$	49,519		$	11,333,352

At December 31, 2024:	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due			90 Days past due and still accruing			Nonaccrual			Total
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	863,163		$	1,850		$	—		$	2,336		$	867,349
Commercial non-real estate			1,856,053			15,636			256			2,961			1,874,906
Commercial real estate
Multifamily residential real estate			825,189			99			—			467			825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,358,045			7,543			—			6,422			2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,567,254			1,561			—			4,140			1,572,955
Total commercial real estate			4,750,488			9,203			—			11,029			4,770,720
Residential real estate
Home equity lines of credit			346,367			1,458			149			1,037			349,011

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2024:	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due			90 Days past due and still accruing			Nonaccrual			Total
Dollars in thousands
All other residential real estate			2,759,401			16,235			2,745			12,706			2,791,087
Total residential real estate			3,105,768			17,693			2,894			13,743			3,140,098
Consumer
Consumer credit card			91,539			1,957			329			—			93,825
All other consumer			883,940			13,587			—			5,925			903,452
Total consumer			975,479			15,544			329			5,925			997,277
Total		$	11,550,951		$	59,926		$	3,479		$	35,994		$	11,650,350

At December 31, 2023:	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due			90 Days past due and still accruing			Nonaccrual			Total
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	985,983		$	1,353		$	—		$	212		$	987,548
Commercial non-real estate			1,899,114			5,682			310			1,154			1,906,260
Commercial real estate
Multifamily residential real estate			894,770			—			—			—			894,770
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,195,061			659			—			37			2,195,757
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,549,377			3,033			—			4,429			1,556,839
Total commercial real estate			4,639,208			3,692			—			4,466			4,647,366
Residential real estate
Home equity lines of credit			305,730			781			10			592			307,113
All other residential real estate			2,458,296			4,392			1,773			6,690			2,471,151
Total residential real estate			2,764,026			5,173			1,783			7,282			2,778,264
Consumer
Consumer credit card			88,732			848			144			—			89,724
All other consumer			1,088,214			15,542			1			5,250			1,109,007
Total consumer			1,176,946			16,390			145			5,250			1,198,731
Total		$	11,465,277		$	32,290		$	2,238		$	18,364		$	11,518,169

In addition to the past due and nonaccrual criteria, the Company evaluates loans according to its internal risk grading system. Loans are segregated between four main categories.

•

Pass category loans consist of a range of loan grades that reflect low to moderate, though still acceptable, risk.

•

Watch loans consist of loans when (i) one or more weaknesses which could jeopardize timely liquidation exist; or (ii) the margin or liquidity of an asset is sufficiently tenuous that adverse trends could result in a collection problem.

•

Substandard loans consist of loans inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. These loans may have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the repayment of the debt. Such loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

•

Nonaccrual loans consist of loans (i) for which deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower exists such that payment of full principal and interest is not expected, or (ii) upon which principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more and the asset is not both well secured and in the process of collection.

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables provide information about the credit quality of the loan portfolio using the Company’s internal rating system reflecting management’s risk assessment:

The risk category of loans in the portfolio as of the dates indicated are as follows:

	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year																		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
At September 30, 2025:	2025			2024			2023			2022			2021			Prior			Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	240,112		$	299,057		$	80,332		$	102,982		$	40,378		$	18,640		$	61,044		$	842,545
Watch			—			911			1,417			986			—			—			—			3,314
Substandard			—			1,194			4,226			2,267			—			527			—			8,214
Nonaccrual			—			1,010			1,395			1,300			459			84			—			4,248
Total Construction and development			240,112			302,172			87,370			107,535			40,837			19,251			61,044			858,321
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			—			—			—			—			—			14			—			14
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			280,941			275,487			168,712			170,322			102,012			233,037			469,170			1,699,681
Watch			1,017			1,315			1,035			1,038			7,965			224			1,135			13,729
Substandard			190			1,159			1,089			3,858			541			12,027			1,116			19,980
Nonaccrual			—			—			1,231			432			457			607			159			2,886
Total Commercial non-real estate			282,148			277,961			172,067			175,650			110,975			245,895			471,580			1,736,276
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			1,197			340			1,112			746			70			458			—			3,923
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			136,590			65,005			22,811			172,070			158,156			226,350			4,248			785,230
Watch			—			—			493			6,166			1,297			13,081			—			21,037
Substandard			—			—			—			19,994			—			6,820			—			26,814
Nonaccrual			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			0
Total Multifamily residential real estate			136,590			65,005			23,304			198,230			159,453			246,251			4,248			833,081
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			151,248			239,132			236,487			426,901			266,715			899,075			27,721			2,247,279
Watch			—			—			241			334			—			44,036			427			45,038
Substandard			—			—			—			3,517			9,643			6,518			—			19,678
Nonaccrual			—			—			—			6,168			26			5,222			—			11,416
Total Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			151,248			239,132			236,728			436,920			276,384			954,851			28,148			2,323,411
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			—			—			—			—			—			816			—			816
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			148,072			137,479			118,382			193,206			247,917			561,980			104,185			1,511,221
Watch			5,333			2,210			3,444			10,517			6,412			14,063			3,107			45,086
Substandard			587			1,689			322			7,822			1,428			9,291			1,836			22,975
Nonaccrual			—			—			79			1,516			169			2,104			—			3,868

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year																		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
At September 30, 2025:	2025			2024			2023			2022			2021			Prior			Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
Dollars in thousands
Total Owner-occupied commercial real estate			153,992			141,378			122,227			213,061			255,926			587,438			109,128			1,583,150
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual			776			147			600			102			—			2,730			385,120			389,475
Nonaccrual			—			—			—			—			—			—			1,303			1,303
Total Home equity lines of credit			776			147			600			102			—			2,730			386,423			390,778
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			25			—			—			—			—			—			—			25
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual			526,374			510,621			449,272			548,291			404,948			462,795			1,460			2,903,761
Nonaccrual			—			3,249			8,126			3,704			3,529			4,893			—			23,501
Total All other residential real estate			526,374			513,870			457,398			551,995			408,477			467,688			1,460			2,927,262
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			129			—			188			158			—			—			—			475
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current			—			—			—			—			—			—			91,869			91,869
30−89 days			—			—			—			—			—			—			846			846
90+ days			—			—			—			—			—			—			166			166
Total Consumer credit card			—			—			—			—			—			—			92,881			92,881
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			—			—			—			—			—			—			2,712			2,712
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current			94,460			117,188			123,477			110,791			55,635			42,382			34,314			578,247
30−89 days			280			1,158			1,930			2,608			1,033			637			—			7,646
90+ days			—			—			—			—			—			2			—			2
Nonaccrual			55			285			669			660			314			314			—			2,297
Total All other consumer			94,795			118,631			126,076			114,059			56,982			43,335			34,314			588,192
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			2,414			856			1,579			1,942			1,146			834			—			8,771
Total loans		$	1,586,035		$	1,658,296		$	1,225,770		$	1,797,552		$	1,309,034		$	2,567,439		$	1,189,226		$	11,333,352
Total gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			3,765			1,196			2,879			2,846			1,216			2,122			2,712			16,736

At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year																		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
Dollars in thousands	2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			Prior			Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	320,004		$	176,393		$	164,289		$	104,744		$	10,987		$	13,752		$	55,897		$	846,066
Watch			248			3,824			11,509			—			—			—			2			15,583
Substandard			1,194			—			1,615			—			8			547			—			3,364
Nonaccrual			—			1,632			142			459			89			14			—			2,336
Total Construction and development			321,446			181,849			177,555			105,203			11,084			14,313			55,900			867,349

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
Dollars in thousands	2024		2023		2022		2021		2020		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		399,016		252,671		235,271		178,160		90,397		184,191		494,970		1,834,676
Watch		219		877		5,160		9,378		39		210		401		16,285
Substandard		1,137		1,989		4,036		1,035		522		12,110		157		20,985
Nonaccrual		48		2,222		275		53		89		122		152		2,961
Total Commercial non-real estate		400,419		257,760		244,741		188,626		91,047		196,633		495,680		1,874,906
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		83,545		52,922		174,686		147,178		113,582		182,284		3,272		757,469
Watch		—		500		20,230		1,338		11,164		26,855		690		60,777
Substandard		—		—		—		—		3,524		3,518		—		7,042
Nonaccrual		—		—		—		467		—		—		—		467
Total Multifamily residential real estate		83,545		53,422		194,916		148,984		128,269		212,657		3,962		825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		245,902		217,321		474,737		312,812		206,200		823,284		24,262		2,304,517
Watch		—		—		8,016		12,405		—		26,879		226		47,526
Substandard		—		—		6,219		585		—		6,742		—		13,545
Nonaccrual		—		—		—		26		—		6,395		—		6,422
Total Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate		245,901		217,321		488,972		325,828		206,200		863,300		24,488		2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		135,833		121,103		212,907		270,841		127,911		552,786		100,158		1,521,540
Watch		638		6,155		5,673		2,854		5,867		4,477		1,390		27,054
Substandard		1,752		229		5,076		464		2,519		8,405		1,777		20,222
Nonaccrual		—		329		568		281		688		2,256		18		4,140
Total Owner-occupied commercial real estate		138,223		127,817		224,225		274,440		136,984		567,923		103,343		1,572,955
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual		1,176		692		207		—		—		2,929		342,970		347,974
Nonaccrual		—		—		—		124		—		—		913		1,037
Total Home equity lines of credit		1,176		692		207		124		—		2,929		343,883		349,011
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual		640,678		525,271		621,285		455,146		192,331		342,663		1,006		2,778,381
Nonaccrual		1,055		2,001		3,649		1,776		594		3,631		—		12,706
Total All other residential real estate		641,733		527,272		624,934		456,922		192,926		346,294		1,006		2,791,087

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year																		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
Dollars in thousands	2024			2023			2022			2021			2020			Prior			Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current			—			—			—			—			—			—			91,539			91,539
30–89 days			—			—			—			—			—			—			1,957			1,957
90+ days			—			—			—			—			—			—			329			329
Total Consumer credit card			—			—			—			—			—			—			93,825			93,825
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current			328,142			175,298			169,605			91,594			48,299			20,552			50,451			883,941
30–89 days			1,305			3,608			4,220			2,639			1,141			674			—			13,587
90+ days			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Nonaccrual			291			1,206			2,055			1,147			651			575			—			5,925
Total All other consumer			329,739			180,111			175,880			95,380			50,091			21,801			50,451			903,452
Total loans		$	2,162,183		$	1,546,243		$	2,131,428		$	1,595,506		$	816,602		$	2,225,849		$	1,172,537		$	11,650,350

At December 31, 2023:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year																		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
Dollars in thousands	2023			2022			2021			2020			2019			Prior			Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	278,091		$	381,401		$	172,535		$	53,096		$	17,070		$	17,413		$	61,805		$	981,411
Watch			558			1,406			—			—			—			—			32			1,995
Substandard			730			1,251			—			60			—			1,889			—			3,930
Nonaccrual			—			—			—			98			—			113			—			212
Total construction and development			279,378			384,058			172,535			53,254			17,070			19,416			61,837			987,548
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			372,134			339,981			273,357			125,867			53,965			179,353			520,968			1,865,626
Watch			2,403			2,995			2,913			561			204			14,332			7,757			31,165
Substandard			2,369			1,835			76			1,033			18			2,128			506			7,964
Nonaccrual			44			481			252			111			22			242			353			1,505
Total commercial non-real estate			376,952			345,291			276,598			127,572			54,208			196,054			529,584			1,906,260
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			62,571			158,300			224,596			118,289			68,599			194,416			5,765			832,536
Watch			6,574			20,566			—			6,931			18,773			2,040			—			54,883
Substandard			—			—			—			3,629			214			3,508			—			7,351
Nonaccrual			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Total Multifamily residential real estate			69,145			178,866			224,596			128,849			87,586			199,963			5,765			894,770

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2023:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
Dollars in thousands	2023		2022		2021		2020		2019		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		186,485		431,319		319,314		235,343		261,927		704,889		30,963		2,170,240
Watch		—		1,186		89		—		—		7,492		100		8,867
Substandard		—		—		—		—		—		16,613		—		16,613
Nonaccrual		—		—		27		—		—		10		—		37
Total Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate		186,485		432,504		319,430		235,343		261,927		729,004		31,063		2,195,757
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		144,781		217,935		291,047		139,026		139,176		503,529		74,241		1,509,735
Watch		2,172		10,050		4,464		4,724		4,110		5,348		2,559		33,428
Substandard		50		1,584		534		—		1,055		5,001		1,024		9,247
Nonaccrual		—		247		1,617		496		106		1,963		—		4,429
Total Owner-occupied commercial real estate		147,003		229,815		297,662		144,246		144,447		515,841		77,825		1,556,839
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual		1,189		—		180		—		—		3,189		301,963		306,521
Nonaccrual		—		—		—		—		—		—		592		592
Total Home equity lines of credit		1,189		—		180		—		—		3,189		302,555		307,113
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual		624,146		693,026		508,076		219,624		114,454		299,596		5,539		2,464,461
Nonaccrual		431		855		2,138		333		309		2,625		—		6,690
Total All other residential real estate		624,577		693,880		510,214		219,957		114,763		302,220		5,539		2,471,151
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current		—		—		—		—		—		—		88,732		88,732
30-89 days		—		—		—		—		—		—		848		848
90+ days		—		—		—		—		—		—		144		144
Total Consumer credit card		—		—		—		—		—		—		89,724		89,724
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current		468,016		273,605		161,536		88,960		26,189		30,989		38,920		1,088,214
30-89 days		2,982		5,405		3,998		1,926		505		726		—		15,542

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2023:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year																		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
Dollars in thousands	2023			2022			2021			2020			2019			Prior			Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis			Total
90+ days			—			—			—			—			—			—			1			1
Nonaccrual			559			1,659			1,270			982			242			537			—			5,250
Total All other consumer			471,557			280,669			166,804			91,868			26,936			32,252			38,921			1,109,007
Total loans		$	2,156,286		$	2,545,084		$	1,968,020		$	1,001,089		$	706,937		$	1,997,940		$	1,142,813		$	11,518,169

Modifications for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

When borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty, we may agree to modify the contractual terms of a loan to a borrower to assist the borrower in repaying principal and interest owed to us. Such modification of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are generally in the form of term extensions, repayment plans, payment deferrals, forbearance agreements, interest rate reductions, forgiveness of interest and/or fees, or any combination thereof. Modifications of commercial loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are primarily modifications to loans that are substandard or nonaccrual, where the maturity date was extended. Modifications of personal real estate loans are primarily made to loans placed on forbearance plans, repayment plans, or deferral plans where monthly payments are suspended for a period of time or past due amounts are paid off over a certain period of time in the future or set up as a balloon payment at maturity. Modifications to certain credit card and other small consumer loans are often made under debt counseling programs that can reduce the contractual rate, or, in certain instances, forgive certain fees and interest charges. Other consumer loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty consist of various other workout arrangements with consumer customers.

The following tables present the amortized cost at September 30, 2025 and 2024 of loans that were modified during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 and the amortized cost at December 31, 2024 and 2023 of loans that were modified during the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:

At September 30, 2025:	Term Extension			Payment Delay			Interest Rate Reduction			Interest/ Fees Forgiven			Other			Total			% of Total Loan Category
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	5,420		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	2,107		$	7,527		0.88%
Commercial non-real estate			5,101			143			194			210			4,226			9,874		0.57%
Commercial real estate			24,948			854			—			1,659			5,663			33,124		0.70%
Residential real estate			4,137			275			1,851			50			—			6,313		0.19%
Consumer			673			—			354			—			—			1,027		0.15%
Total		$	40,279		$	1,272		$	2,399		$	1,919		$	11,996		$	57,865		0.51%

At September 30, 2024:	Term Extension			Payment Delay			Interest Rate Reduction			Interest/ Fees Forgiven			Other			Total			% of Total Loan Category
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	1,883		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	1,883		0.21%
Commercial non-real estate			3,076			—			11			—			—			3,087		0.16%
Commercial real estate			6,663			4,756			—			—			—			11,419		0.24%
Residential real estate			3,097			—			384			—			—			3,481		0.11%
Consumer			866			—			307			—			—			1,173		0.11%
Total		$	15,585		$	4,756		$	702		$	—		$	—		$	21,043		0.18%

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2024:	Term Extension			Payment Delay			Interest Rate Reduction			Interest/ Fees Forgiven			Other			Total			% of Total Loan Category
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	2,710		$	—		$	—		$	2,126		$	556		$	5,392			0.62%
Commercial non-real estate			3,927			—			—			185			—			4,112			0.22%
Commercial real estate			17,547			3,479			690			5,663			—			27,379			0.57%
Residential real estate			4,043			1,217			1,036			—			—			6,295			0.20%
Consumer			586			317			78			—			—			981			0.11%
Total		$	28,812		$	5,013		$	1,804		$	7,974		$	556		$	44,159		$	0.38%

At December 31, 2023:	Term Extension			Payment Delay			Interest Rate Reduction			Interest/ Fees Forgiven			Other			Total			% of Total Loan Category
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	3,045		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	3,045		0.31%
Commercial non-real estate			1,603			—			—			1,995			191			3,788		0.20%
Commercial real estate			16,325			—			—			8,332			268			24,924		0.54%
Residential real estate			2,699			2,324			659			—			—			5,682		0.20%
Consumer			1,033			—			779			204			—			2,016		0.18%
Total		$	24,704		$	2,324		$	1,438		$	10,530		$	459		$	39,455		0.34%

Allowance for Credit Losses

Allowance for credit losses reflects management’s estimate of current expected loss within the loan and lease portfolio. The computation of the allowance for credit losses includes elements of judgment and high levels of subjectivity. See “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans.”

We measure the allowance for credit losses using an average historical loss model which incorporates relevant information about past events (including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics), current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics including borrower type and collateral type. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, primarily large loans on nonaccrual status are evaluated on an individual basis.

For loans evaluated for credit losses on a collective basis, an average historical loss rate is calculated for each pool using our historical net charge-offs (combined charge-offs and recoveries by observable historical reporting period) and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. Lookback periods can be different based on the individual pool and represent management’s credit expectations for the pool of loans over the remaining contractual period.

Due to changes in portfolio composition, the Company’s own historical loss rates are not fully reflective of loss expectations and have been augmented by industry and peer data. Therefore, the historical loss rates are augmented by peer data. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. These adjustments increase or decrease the average historical loss rate to reflect expectations of future losses given a single path economic forecast of key macroeconomic variables including GDP, unemployment rate, various interest rates, the Federal Housing Finance Agency House Price Index, and the Commercial Real Estate Price Index.

Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecast such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions.

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents an analysis of our allowance for credit losses, including provisions for credit losses, charge-offs and recoveries, for the periods indicated:

							Commercial real estate									Residential real estate						Consumer
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025:	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate			Multifamily residential real estate			Non-owner occupied commercial real estate			Owner occupied commercial real estate			Home equity lines of credit			All other residential real estate			Consumer credit card			All other consumer			Total
Dollars in thousands
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of period		$	20,851		$	23,915		$	8,352		$	16,463		$	9,940		$	4,505		$	36,739		$	8,299		$	25,215		$	154,279
Provision for credit losses on loans			(808)			2,926			499			1,340			658			907			3,765			2,086			(4,974)			6,399
Loans charged off			(14)			(3,923)			—			(816)			—			(25)			(475)			(2,712)			(8,771)			(16,736)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			33			818			—			—			62			4			136			697			3,767			5,517
Balance at end of period			20,062			23,736			8,851			16,987			10,660			5,391			40,165			8,370			15,237			149,459
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of period			172			161			2			4			10			135			—			—			—			484
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			(40)			(25)			(1)			1			(3)			(32)			—			—			—			(100)
Balance at end of period			132			136			1			5			7			103			—			—			—			384
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	20,194		$	23,872		$	8,852		$	16,992		$	10,667		$	5,494		$	40,165		$	8,370		$	15,237		$	149,843

							Commercial real estate									Residential real estate						Consumer
For the nine months ended September 30, 2024:	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate			Multifamily residential real estate			Non-owner occupied commercial real estate			Owner occupied commercial real estate			Home equity lines of credit			All other residential real estate			Consumer credit card			All other consumer			Total
Dollars in thousands
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of period		$	24,505		$	21,180		$	8,983		$	14,481		$	9,626		$	4,885		$	32,280		$	8,071		$	30,798		$	154,809
Provision for credit losses on loans			(689)			3,235			(441)			3,715			123			(546)			2,626			2,284			1,751			12,058
Loans charged off			(950)			(4,800)			—			(1,821)			48			(1)			(321)			(2,788)			(8,255)			(18,888)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			121			2,570			—			16			465			17			261			483			3,231			7,164
Balance at end of period			22,987			22,185			8,542			16,391			10,262			4,355			34,846			8,050			27,525			155,143
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of period			152			206			5			9			8			188			—			—			—			568
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			68			(77)			(4)			(2)			3			(72)			—			—			—			(84)
Balance at end of period			220			129			1			7			11			116			—			—			—			484
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	23,207		$	22,314		$	8,543		$	16,398		$	10,273		$	4,471		$	34,846		$	8,050		$	27,525		$	155,627

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

							Commercial real estate									Residential real estate						Consumer
For the year ended December 31, 2024:	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate			Multifamily residential real estate			Non-owner occupied commercial real estate			Owner occupied commercial real estate			Home equity lines of credit			All other residential real estate			Consumer credit card			All other consumer			Total
Dollars in thousands
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of year		$	24,505		$	21,180		$	8,983		$	14,481		$	9,626		$	4,885		$	32,280		$	8,071		$	30,798		$	154,809
Provision for credit losses on loans			(2,829)			6,043			(631)			3,787			(201)			(388)			4,510			3,437			948			14,676
Loans charged off			(950)			(6,900)			—			(1,821)			(5)			(11)			(355)			(3,894)			(10,929)			(24,865)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			125			3,592			—			16			520			19			304			685			4,398			9,659
Balance at end of year			20,851			23,915			8,352			16,463			9,940			4,505			36,739			8,299			25,215			154,279
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of year			152			206			5			9			8			188			—			—			—			568
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			20			(45)			(3)			(5)			2			(53)			—			—			—			(84)
Balance at end of year			172			161			2			4			10			135			—			—			—			484
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	21,023		$	24,076		$	8,354		$	16,467		$	9,950		$	4,640		$	36,739		$	8,299		$	25,215		$	154,763

							Commercial real estate									Residential real estate						Consumer
For the year ended December 31, 2023:	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate			Multifamily residential real estate			Non-owner occupied commercial real estate			Owner occupied commercial real estate			Home equity lines of credit			All other residential real estate			Consumer credit card			All other consumer			Total
Dollars in thousands
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of year		$	36,973		$	28,763		$	16,908		$	13,384		$	9,329		$	4,205		$	27,785		$	3,944		$	16,338		$	157,630
Adoption of ASU 2016-13			(15,043)			(6,453)			(8,483)			1,469			242			(413)			3,568			2,903			16,241			(5,971)
Balance at January 1, 2023, adjusted			21,930			22,310			8,424			14,853			9,571			3,792			31,353			6,847			32,579			151,659
Provision for credit losses on loans			2,241			525			430			(487)			(597)			1,135			2,044			4,103			7,822			17,216
Loans charged off			(56)			(4,096)			—			—			—			(50)			(1,247)			(3,387)			(14,880)			(23,716)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			391			2,440			128			115			652			9			130			509			5,276			9,650
Balance at end of year			24,505			21,180			8,983			14,481			9,626			4,885			32,280			8,071			30,798			154,809
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of year			975			337			7			14			10			175			—			—			6			1,525
Adoption of ASU 2016-13			4			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			4
Balance at January 1, 2023, adjusted			979			337			7			14			10			175			—			—			6			1,529

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

							Commercial real estate									Residential real estate						Consumer
For the year ended December 31, 2023:	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate			Multifamily residential real estate			Non-owner occupied commercial real estate			Owner occupied commercial real estate			Home equity lines of credit			All other residential real estate			Consumer credit card			All other consumer			Total
Dollars in thousands
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			(827)			(131)			(2)			(5)			(2)			13			—			—			(6)			(961)
Balance at end of year			152			206			5			9			8			188			—			—			—			568
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	24,657		$	21,386		$	8,988		$	14,490		$	9,634		$	5,073		$	32,280		$	8,071		$	30,798		$	155,377

In the first nine months of 2025, we recorded net charge-offs of $11.2 million, compared to net charge-offs of $11.7 million in the first nine months of 2024, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 4.3%. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 0.13% in the first nine months of 2025, compared to 0.14% from the same period in 2024.

In 2024, we recorded net charge-offs of $15.2 million, compared to net charge-offs of $14.1 million in 2023, an increase of $1.1 million, or 7.8%. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 0.13% in 2024 compared to 0.12% in 2023.

At September 30, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $149.5 million, or 1.32% of our total loan and leases portfolio, compared with $155.1 million, or 1.33%, in the same period in 2024.

At December 31, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $154.3 million, or 1.32% of our total loan and leases portfolio, compared with $154.8 million, or 1.34% of loans, at December 31, 2023. Our allowance for credit losses, both in total dollars and as a percentage of total loans and leases, declined from the prior fiscal year.

The following tables present the allocation of the allowance for credit losses:

	As of September 30, 2025
Balance at the end of each period	Amount			Loan balance as % of total loans		Allowance as % of loan category
Dollars in Thousands
Construction and development		$	20,062		7.57%		2.34%
Commercial non-real estate			23,736		15.30%		1.37%
Commercial real estate			36,498		41.78%		0.77%
Residential real estate			45,556		29.44%		1.36%
Consumer			23,607		6.00%		3.47%
Unearned income			—		(0.09)%		—
Total		$	149,459		100.00%		1.32%

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of December 31,
	2024							2023
Balance at the end of each period	Amount			Loan balance as % of total loans		Allowance as % of loan category		Amount			Loan balance as % of total loans		Allowance as % of loan category
Dollars in thousands
Construction and development		$	20,851		7.44%		2.40%		$	24,505		8.57%		2.48%
Commercial non-real estate			23,915		16.08%		1.28%			21,180		16.55%		1.11%
Commercial real estate			34,754		40.92%		0.73%			33,090		40.34%		0.71%
Residential real estate			41,234		27.23%		1.31%			37,165		24.42%		1.34%
Consumer			33,514		8.55%		3.46%			38,869		10.41%		3.24%
Unearned income			—		(0.22)%		—			—		(0.29)%		—
Total		$	154,279		100.00%		1.32%		$	154,809		100.00%		1.34%

Management will continue to evaluate the loan portfolio and assess economic conditions in order to determine future allowance levels and the amount of credit loss provision. We review the appropriateness of our allowance for credit losses on a quarterly basis. While we use the best information available to make evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance may become necessary if conditions change substantially from the conditions that we used in previous evaluations.

Investment Securities

As of September 30, 2025, the amortized cost of our AFS and HTM investment portfolios totaled $6.0 billion, an increase of $242.7 million, or 4.2% versus December 31, 2024. As of the same date, the fair value of our AFS and HTM investment portfolios totaled $6.0 billion, an increase of $362.6 million, or 6.5% versus December 31, 2024. The average tax-equivalent yield at September 30, 2025 was 4.04%, an increase of 0.55 percentage points versus December 31, 2024. Gross unrealized gains in our investment securities portfolio were $46.3 million and $7.4 million as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Gross unrealized losses in our investment securities portfolio were $117.6 million and $198.6 million as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The change in the yield was due primarily to the reinvestment of principal cashflows from lower-yielding securities into higher-yielding securities reflecting a higher-yielding market than was present when those lower-yielding securities were purchased. The changes in unrealized gains and losses in our investment securities portfolio was due primarily to a decrease in market interest rates during the first nine months of 2025.

As of December 31, 2024, the amortized cost of our AFS and HTM investment portfolios totaled $5.8 billion, an increase of $430 million or 8.0% versus December 31, 2023. As of the same date, the fair value of our AFS and HTM investment portfolios totaled $5.6 billion, an increase of $574 million or 11.4% versus December 31, 2023. The average tax-equivalent yield at December 31, 2024 was 3.49%, an increase of 1.32 percentage points versus December 31, 2023. Gross unrealized gains in our investment securities portfolio were $7.4 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Gross unrealized losses in our investment securities portfolio were $198.6 million and $336.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The changes in both the yield and the unrealized gains and losses in our investment securities portfolio were due primarily to the combination of a repositioning of approximately $1.1 billion principal amount of lower-yielding bonds and the reinvestment of principal cashflows from lower-yielding bonds into higher-yielding investments reflecting higher market rates.

As of September 30, 2025, approximately 98.7% of our investment portfolio consisted of securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises and available-for-sale securities represented 99.2% of our total portfolio. As of the same date, the portfolio’s composition was 38.4% agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), 40.0% agency commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), and 15.3% Treasuries, with the balance in the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), municipal, corporate and other securities.

As of December 31, 2024, approximately 98% of our investment portfolio consisted of securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises and available-for-sale securities represented

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

99.1% of our total portfolio. As of the same date, the portfolio’s composition was 35% agency RMBS, 31% agency CMBS, and 22% Treasuries, with the balance in the SBA, municipal, corporate and other securities.

A primary risk of holding agency RMBS comes from the variability in principal cashflows that may occur as interest rates change. In general, when interest rates rise, the prepayment of principal slows down, extending the amount of time it takes to recover and reinvest that principal. In contrast, when interest rates fall, the prepayment of principal generally increases, shortening the amount it takes to recover and reinvest that principal. We evaluate this risk through pre-purchase modeling of potential cashflows as well as continuous modeling throughout the life of the securities.

As of September 30, 2025, our best estimate of the duration of our $2.3 billion residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio held in available-for-sale was 3.3 years. As of September 30, 2025, management estimates the effective duration extends by 0.8 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point upward shock and contracts by 0.8 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point downward shock. As of the same date, our best estimate of the duration of the total investment portfolio excluding equity securities was 2.8 years. Management estimates the effective duration extends by 0.3 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point upward shock and contracts by 0.3 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point downward shock.

As of December 31, 2024, our best estimate of the duration of our $2.0 billion residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio held in available-for-sale was 3.7 years. As of December 31, 2024, management estimates the effective duration extends by 0.7 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point upward shock and contracts by 0.7 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point downward shock. As of the same date, our best estimate of the duration of the total investment portfolio was 2.6 years. Management estimates the effective duration extends by 0.2 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point upward shock and contracts by 0.2 years assuming an immediate 200 basis point downward shock.

All securities not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises are subject to a quarterly review to test for impairment. This process is intended to adequately test for a range of credit and loss assumptions and does not rely primarily on credit ratings. This review was performed as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and revealed no matters that would warrant impairment and result in an allowance for credit losses. The Company determined that all unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and current market conditions.

The following tables show the amortized cost, fair value, gross unrealized holding gains and losses, allowance for credit losses, and net carrying amount of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities by security type as of the dates presented.

	As of September 30, 2025
Dollars in Thousands	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain			Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value			Allowance for Credit Losses			Net Carrying Amount
Available-for-Sale:
U.S. Treasury Securities		$	912,828		$	8,629		$	(2,043)		$	919,414		$	—		$	919,414
U.S. Agency Debentures			151,701			229			(630)			151,300			—			151,300
U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities			4,948,260			37,366			(114,746)			4,870,880			—			4,870,880
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			17,256			93			(59)			17,290			—			17,290
Other Securities			8,014			—			(142)			7,872			—			7,872
Total		$	6,038,059		$	46,317		$	(117,620)		$	5,966,756		$	—		$	5,966,756
Held-to-Maturity:
U.S. Agency RMBS		$	22		$	—		$	—		$	22		$	—		$	22
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			2,768			1			—			2,769			(16)			2,753
Total		$	2,790		$	1		$	—		$	2,791		$	(16)		$	2,775

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain			Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value			Allowance for Credit Losses			Net Carrying Amount
Available-for-Sale:
U.S. Treasury Securities		$	1,291,137		$	752		$	(22,336)		$	1,269,553		$	—		$	1,269,553
U.S. Agency Debentures			373,869			54			(4,635)			369,288			—			369,288
U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities			4,078,956			6,535			(170,739)			3,914,752			—			3,914,752
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			21,274			79			(211)			21,141			—			21,141
Other Securities			29,648			12			(671)			28,989			—			28,989
Total		$	5,794,884		$	7,432		$	(198,593)		$	5,603,723		$	—		$	5,603,723
Held-to-Maturity:
U.S. Agency RMBS		$	25		$	1		$	—		$	26		$	—		$	26
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			3,221			0			(16)			3,205			(21)			3,184
Total		$	3,246		$	1		$	(16)		$	3,231		$	(21)		$	3,210

	As of December 31, 2023
Dollars in thousands	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain			Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value			Allowance for Credit Losses			Net Carrying Amount
Available-for-Sale:
U.S. Treasury Securities		$	1,634,429		$	—		$	(85,117)		$	1,549,313		$	—		$	1,549,312
U.S. Agency Debentures			1,065,318			57			(53,253)			1,012,122			—			1,012,122
U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities			2,592,784			1,501			(197,095)			2,397,190			—			2,397,190
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			34,764			114			(341)			34,537			—			34,537
Other Securities			37,087			15		$	(958)			36,144			—			36,144
Total		$	5,364,382		$	1,687		$	(336,764)		$	5,029,305		$	—		$	5,029,305
Held-to-Maturity:
U.S. Agency RMBS		$	36		$	—		$	(0)		$	36		$	—		$	36
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			4,023			4			(3)			4,024			(26)			3,998
Total		$	4,059		$	4		$	(3)		$	4,060		$	(26)		$	4,034

Accrued interest receivable totaled $24.5 million, $22.0 million and $16.9 million at September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, and is included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

The following tables present the contractual maturity distribution at amortized cost and fair value and associated weighted average yield of our available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities as of the dates presented. Expected maturities may differ from stated maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Certain securities, primarily mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, do not have a single maturity date as reflected below.

The weighted average yield is calculated using the amortized cost and yield on each security. Each security’s amortized cost is multiplied by its yield and then divided by the respective category total. The resulting values are summed to arrive at the weighted average yield.

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of September 30, 2025
	United States government obligations and government- sponsored enterprises								Obligations of states and political subdivisions								Other securities(1)
Dollars in thousands	Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value			Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value			Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value
Available for sale:
Within 1 year		$	149,375		1.34%		$	147,934		$	3,418		3.83%		$	3,415		$	—		—%		$	—
After 1 but within 5 years			915,154		4.24%			922,780			13,170		4.54%			13,215			2,334		7.84%			2,269
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—			—			257		2.74%			253			—		—			—
After 10 years			—		—			—			411		7.89%			407			—		—			—
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities			4,948,260		4.08%			4,870,880			—		—			—			5,680		5.52%			5,603
Total		$	6,012,789		4.03%		$	5,941,594		$	17,256		4.45%		$	17,290		$	8,014		6.32%		$	7,872
Held to maturity:
Within 1 year		$	—		—		$	—		$	1,245		4.64%		$	1,246		$	—		—		$	—
After 1 but within 5 years			—		—			—			1,492		2.75%			1,492			—		—			—
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—			—			31		6.52%			31			—		—			—
After 10 years			—		—			—			—		—			—			—		—			—
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities			22		6.33%			22			—		—			—			—		—			—
Total		$	22		6.33%		$	22		$	2,768		3.64%		$	2,769		$	—		—		$	—]

	As of December 31, 2024
	United States government obligations and government- sponsored enterprises								Obligations of states and political subdivisions								Other securities(1)
Dollars in thousands	Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value			Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value			Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value
Available for sale:
Within 1 year		$	739,848		1.27%		$	730,909		$	4,780		3.41%		$	4,767		$	20,614		3.96%		$	20,145
After 1 but within 5 years			925,158		3.22%			907,932			15,810		4.40%			15,706			3,500		8.15%			3,360
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—			—			259		2.73%			247			—		—			—
After 10 years			—		—			—			425		7.85%			421			—		—			—
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities			4,078,956		3.95%			3,914,752			—		—			—			5,534		5.88%			5,484
Total		$	5,743,962		3.49%		$	5,553,593		$	21,274		4.22%		$	21,141		$	29,648		4.81%		$	28,989
Held to maturity:
Within 1 year		$	—		—		$	—			1,539		4.70%			1,537		$	—		—		$	—
After 1 but within 5 years			—		—			—			1,647		2.80%			1,632			—		—			—
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—			—			35		6.52%			36			—		—			—
After 10 years			—		—			—			—		—			—			—		—			—
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities			25		6.87%			26			—		—			—			—		—			—
Total		$	25		6.87%		$	26		$	3,221		3.75%		$	3,205		$	—		—		$	—

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of December 31, 2023
	United States government obligations and government- sponsored enterprises								Obligations of states and political subdivisions								Other securities(1)
Dollars in thousands	Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value			Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value			Amortized cost			Yield(2)		Fair value
Available for sale:
Within 1 year		$	540,783		0.80%		$	527,677		$	12,629		2.30%		$	12,572		$	812		5.95%		$	812
After 1 but within 5 years			2,158,964		1.25%			2,033,757			19,884		4.15%			19,736			25,000		4.25%			24,196
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—			—			1,307		2.96%			1,290			3,503		5.22%			3,429
After 10 years			—		—			—			944		5.21%			939			—		—			—
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities			2,592,784		3.16%			2,397,190			—		—			—			7,772		6.60%			7,707
Total		$	5,292,531		2.14%		$	4,958,624		$	34,764		3.46%		$	34,537		$	37,087		4.87%		$	36,144
Held to maturity:
Within 1 year		$	—		—		$	—		$	505		4.24%		$	504		$	—		—		$	—
After 1 but within 5 years			—		—			—			2,802		4.67%			2,803			—		—			—
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—			—			716		0.36%			717			—		—			—
After 10 years			—		—			—			—		—			—			—		—			—
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities			36		6.35%			36			—		—			—			—		—			—
Total		$	36		6.35%		$	36		$	4,023		3.85%		$	4,024		$	—		—		$	—

(1)

Other securities consist primarily of corporate bonds.

(2)

The yields on investment securities are reported on an FTE basis, using a blended federal and state effective marginal tax rate of 23.84% for 2024 and 2023. The tax-equivalent yields give effect to the tax-exempt interest income net of the disallowance of interest expense, for federal income tax purposes related to certain tax-free assets.

At September 30, 2025, we estimate that the principal cashflows and associated runoff yields for our fixed-rate securities for 2026 and 2027 will be $0.8 billion at 3.78% and $1.1 billion at 4.28%, respectively. Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities in the first nine months of 2025 and 2024 were $315.2 million and $217.8 million, respectively. There were $6.1 million in net losses and $4.0 million in net gains recognized on the sale of available-for-sale securities in the first nine months of 2025 and 2024, respectively. Management did not record an allowance for credit losses on the remaining securities in an unrealized loss position at September 30, 2025 because scheduled coupon payments have been made, management anticipates that the entire principal balance will be collected as scheduled, and the Company neither intends to sell the securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the recovery of the remaining amortized cost amount.

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities in 2024 and 2023 were $1 billion and $663 million, respectively. Net losses of $51.2 million and $20 million were recognized on the sale of available-for-sale securities in 2024 and 2023, respectively, due primarily to the repositioning of lower-yielding bonds into higher-yielding investments. Management did not record an allowance for credit losses on the remaining securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024 because scheduled coupon payments have been made, management anticipates that the entire principal balance will be collected as scheduled, and the Company neither intends to sell the securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the securities before the recovery of the remaining amortized cost amount.

Investment securities and money market obligations with a carrying value of approximately $3.2 billion, $3.9 billion and $3.9 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, and borrowed funds at September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

The table below includes the fair value of equity securities as of September 30, 2025 and 2024 and December 31, 2024 and 2023. Equity investments with no readily determinable fair value are carried at cost. Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock represent equity interests the Company is required to hold in the Federal Reserve Banks and Federal Home Loan Banks. These amounts are also carried at cost as they do not have a readily determinable fair value because ownership of these shares is restricted, and they lack a market.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of September 30, 2025			As of December 31,
Equity Securities	As of September 30, 2025			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands
Common and preferred stocks with readily determinable fair value		$	—		$	724		$	2,212
Federal Home Loan Bank stock			10,641			10,708			10,830
Federal Reserve Bank stock			26,057			26,057			26,057
Other–no readily determinable fair value			11,510			11,281			11,147
Total Equity Securities		$	48,208		$	48,770		$	50,246

Included in the equity securities portfolio are holdings of 33,010 of Visa Class B-2 shares. These shares have a carrying value of zero, as there have not been observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer. On January 23, 2024, Visa, Inc.’s shareholders approved an exchange offer that allowed holders of Class B-1 shares to convert up to 50% of their holdings into Visa Class C shares, which could later be converted into freely transferable Visa Class A common shares, subject to certain restrictions and holding period conditions (the “Exchange Offer”). The Exchange Offer opened on April 8, 2024, and expired on May 3, 2024. The Company tendered all of its 66,020 Class B-1 Visa shares under the offer, receiving 33,010 Visa Class B-2 shares and 13,100 Visa Class C shares. The Visa Class C shares would automatically convert into four Visa Class A shares upon transfer to anyone other than a Visa member or affiliate. In the second quarter of 2024, the Company sold 34,928 Visa Class A shares, recognizing $9.7 million in pre-tax gains. An unrealized gain of $4.6 million was recognized on the remaining Visa Class C shares based on the closing price of Visa Class A shares, reflecting market transactions involving similar Visa securities. The Company sold the remaining Visa Class C shares, equating to 17,472 Visa Class A shares, in the third quarter, realizing a pre-tax gain of $4.5 million. The Visa Class B-2 shares retain the same restrictions as the former Class B-1 shares and have a carrying value of zero. See Note 2, “Investment Securities” to both our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

During the first nine months of 2025 and 2024, $663 thousand and $1.4 million, respectively, in net losses were recorded on the sale of a small amount of common and preferred stock.

During 2024, $14.7 million in net gains were recorded on common and preferred stock, consisting of $16 million in gains realized on sales during 2024 and a $1.3 million decrease in unrealized gains on the portfolio. In 2023, $1.1 million in net gains were recorded on common and preferred stock, consisting of $2.8 million in gains realized on sales during 2023 and $1.7 million decrease in unrealized gains on the portfolio.

Deposits

Deposits are gathered primarily from our full-service branch locations, as well as online, mobile and ATM deposits. Central Bank offers a variety of deposit products including noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit. The bank also utilizes the IntraFi network which allows our depositors to receive FDIC insurance on amounts greater than $250,000. Deposits larger than this threshold are broken into smaller amounts and placed in the network of other IntraFi institutions to ensure FDIC insurance covers the entire deposit.

The following tables sets forth the distribution of deposit balances as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	As of September 30, 2025					As of December 31,
	As of September 30, 2025					2024					2023
Dollars in thousands	Ending Balance			% of Total		Ending Balance			% of Total		Ending Balance			% of Total
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		$	5,317,961		36.0%		$	5,245,705		35.0%		$	5,378,324		36.2%
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits			7,767,084		52.5%			8,043,244		53.7%			7,943,456		53.4%
Time deposits			1,704,182		11.5%			1,696,899		11.3%			1,547,730		10.4%
Total deposits		$	14,789,227		100.0%		$	14,985,848		100.0%		$	14,869,510		100.0%

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total deposit ending balances as of September 30, 2025 were $14.8 billion, a decrease of $196.6 million, or 1.3%, compared to $15.0 billion as of December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to decrease in savings and interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by growth in noninterest-bearing demand deposits.

Total deposit ending balances as of December 31, 2024 were $14.99 billion, a modest increase of $116.3 million, or 0.8%, over the 2023 ending balance of $14.87 billion. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits saw a $133 million decline, or 2.5%, in ending balances from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024, while savings and interest-bearing demand deposit and time deposit ending balances increased year over year by $100 million, or 1.3%, and $149 million, or 9.6%, respectively.

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2025								2024
Dollars in Thousands	Average Balance			Interest Expense			Yield/ Cost		Average Balance			Interest Expense			Yield/ Cost
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		$	5,179,927		$	—		—		$	5,174,976		$	—		—
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits			7,925,388			92,121		1.55%			7,917,448			103,533		1.75%
Time deposits			1,696,202			39,945		3.15%			1,640,543			43,087		3.51%
Total deposits		$	14,801,517		$	132,066		1.19%		$	14,732,967		$	146,620		1.33%

	Years Ended December 31,
	2024								2023
Dollars in thousands	Average Balance			Interest Expense			Yield/ Cost		Average Balance			Interest Expense			Yield/ Cost
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits		$	5,180,962		$	—		—		$	5,529,485		$	—		—
Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits			7,840,224			132,806		1.69%			7,930,115			98,759		1.25%
Time deposits			1,658,155			57,626		3.48%			1,315,144			29,935		2.28%
Total deposits		$	14,679,341		$	190,432		1.30%		$	14,774,744		$	128,694		0.87%

Average total deposits for the first nine months of 2025 were $14.8 billion, an increase of $68.6 million, compared to the first nine months of 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in time deposits. The nine months ended September 30, 2025 had a weighted average cost of deposits at 1.19% compared to 1.33% in the first nine months of 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a reduction in rates as a result of rate cuts that began in the second half of 2024, partially offset by a shift in mix of average balances.

Average total deposits for 2024 were $14.68 billion. This is down $95 million from an average balance of $14.77 billion in 2023. This decrease is primarily driven by savings and interest-bearing demand deposits, as the reduction in noninterest-bearing demand deposits was offset by an increase in time deposits. Cost of deposits rose significantly in 2024 as interest rates substantially increased from 2023 and the shift in mix in 2024 from noninterest-bearing demand deposits to higher cost time deposits. The year ended December 31, 2024 had a weighted average cost of deposits at 1.30% compared to 0.87% in fiscal year 2023.

FDIC deposit insurance covers $250 thousand per depositor, per FDIC-insured bank, for each account ownership category. Our total estimated uninsured deposits were $5.3 billion and $5.4 billion as of September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $5.7 billion and $5.4 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Federal Funds Purchased and Customer Repurchase Agreements

Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements totaled $1.0 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.2 billion at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which included customer repurchase agreements of $881.1 million, $906.8 million and $1.1 billion at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and 2023, respectively. These are short-term borrowings that generally have a one-day maturity. The $25.7 million, or 5.5%, decrease in the first nine months of 2025 was due to the normal course of business. The $197 million, or 17.8%, decrease in customer repurchase agreements in 2024 was primarily driven by one large relationship shifting their funds to an interest-bearing checking product. Federal funds purchased decreased $22.9 million, or 22.8%, in the first nine months of 2025 as a result of seasonal inflows at the beginning of the year, from certain large relationships that plan to draw down balances during the year.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, in order to meet the needs of our customers, we are subject to off-balance sheet risk which could potentially impact our financial position. These off-balance sheet arrangements include commitments to fund loans and standby letters of credit.

The Company has outstanding commitments to provide loans to, and letters of credit on behalf of, our customers. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as is involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

In addition, the Company may enter into interest rate swap risk participation agreements when certain clients are engaged in interest rate hedging activities in a syndicated loan or a loan in which we are a participant. This is represented as credit derivatives in the table below and is the only credit derivative activity in which the Company currently participates. Under these agreements, we assume a portion of the counterparty credit risk associated with a client’s interest rate swap transaction with a third-party financial institution, for which we receive a fee. If the client fails to meet its payment obligations under the swap, we may be required to fulfill those obligations up to our participation level.

The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. The Company’s Primary Markets are located in Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, Oklahoma and Colorado, and we also have a full-service branch in our Naples Market, as well as borrowers located in Arkansas, Illinois, Iowa, North Carolina and Tennessee. Our loan portfolio is primarily concentrated in our Primary Markets, where 85.5% of our total loans are located.

Such commitments and conditional obligations were as follows as of the dates presented.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments Contractual Amount	As of September 30, 2025			As of December 31,
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments Contractual Amount	As of September 30, 2025			2024			2023
Dollars in thousands
Loan commitments		$	2,983,773		$	2,910,550		$	3,163,854
Standby letters of credit			75,589			87,979			87,605
Commercial letters of credit			2,943			1,089			5,719
Credit derivatives			19,307			14,720			16,720

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations

The following tables summarize the maturity of our contractual obligations to make future payments at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

	As of September 30, 2025
Dollars in Thousands	1 Year or Less			2 – 3 Years			4 – 5 Years			After 5 Years			Total
Time deposits		$	1,613,407		$	78,229		$	12,414		$	132		$	1,704,182
Customer repurchase agreements			881,134			—			—			—			881,134
FHLB and other borrowings			—			—			—			—			—
Undiscounted operating leases			3,426			5,939			4,967			36,232			50,564
Postretirement benefit contributions			6,436			13,769			14,615			39,439			74,259
Total contractual obligations		$	2,504,403		$	97,937		$	31,996		$	75,803		$	2,710,139

	As of December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	1 Year or Less			2 – 3 Years			4 – 5 Years			After 5 Years			Total
Time deposits		$	1,602,357		$	81,923		$	12,529		$	90		$	1,696,899
Customer repurchase agreements			906,796			—			—			—			906,796
FHLB and other borrowings			—			—			—			—			—
Undiscounted operating leases			3,314			5,605			4,534			36,359			49,812
Postretirement benefit contributions			6,147			13,359			14,343			38,913			72,762
Total contractual obligations		$	2,518,614		$	100,887		$	31,406		$	75,362		$	2,726,269

Liquidity Risk Management

Bank Liquidity Management

The objective of our liquidity management strategy is to ensure the availability of cash sufficient to fund our operations and meet present and future financial obligations at a reasonable cost. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength.

The Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) has been authorized by the Board to oversee our liquidity risk to confirm that our activities comply with our funds management policy, which specifies overall objectives, metrics, limits, guidelines, reporting requirements and our contingency funding plan, which includes requirements for liquidity stress testing. The ALCO receives regular comprehensive reporting that includes information describing current levels vs. guidelines and limits for a broad set of liquidity metrics, loan and deposit trends, readily available liquidity measures, explanatory commentary relating to changes in our liquidity position and emerging risk trends and, as appropriate, recommended remedial strategies.

Our objective is to maintain prudent levels of current and contingent liquidity from stable sources that can be accessed in a timely manner at a reasonable cost, without significant adverse consequences. We seek to accomplish this mission by funding loans primarily with stable deposits, controlling dependence on wholesale funding, and by maintaining ample readily available liquidity. While our primary source of long-term, stable, and lower-cost funding is deposits, additional sources of funding include, but are not limited to, customer repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased from correspondent banks, unencumbered investment securities, and wholesale funding sources such as FHLB borrowings, dealer repurchase agreements, and wholesale/brokered deposits.

As of September 30, 2025, we had approximately $5.8 billion in readily available liquidity. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, we had approximately $4.9 billion in readily available liquidity.

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of September 30, 2025									Change
Readily Available Liquidity				As of December 31,						September 30, 2025 vs. December 31, 2024			December 31, 2024 vs. 2023
Dollars in thousands				2024			2023			September 30, 2025 vs. December 31, 2024			December 31, 2024 vs. 2023
Cash reserves at Federal Reserve		$	811		$	969		$	1,448		$	(159)		$	(479)
FHLB Advance Capacity (loan collateral)			2,444			2,394			2,477			50			(83)
Unencumbered securities lending value			2,538			1,555			987			983			568
Total readily available liquidity		$	5,793		$	4,918		$	4,912		$	874		$	6

Holding Company Liquidity Management

The Company is an independent entity distinct from the Bank and is therefore responsible for managing its own liquidity. Its primary source of funding comes from dividends paid by the Bank. However, there are statutory and regulatory restrictions that limit the Bank’s ability to distribute dividends to the Company.

The Bank may not declare dividends in any calendar year in an amount that would exceed its accumulated retained earnings after giving effect to any unrecognized losses and bad debts without the prior approval of the banking regulators. In addition, dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if they would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Bank paid $160 million in dividends to the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Bank paid $245 million in dividends to the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Bank paid $335 million in dividends to the Company.

The liquidity needs of the Company on an unconsolidated basis consist primarily of operating expenses, taxes, and dividends to stockholders. The Company’s liquidity totaled $1.3 billion as of September 30, 2025, consisting of a $980 million loan to the Bank, $368 million in cash and cash equivalents, and $0.8 million of investment securities. The Company’s liquidity totaled $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2024, consisting of a $980 million loan to the Bank, $312 million in cash and cash equivalents, and $1 million of investment securities.

The Company’s operating expenses totaled $8.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company declared dividends to stockholders totaling $212.9 million, of which $212.3 million was paid during the period and $0.6 million was declared on shares of restricted stock and will be paid upon vesting of such shares. The Company had no repurchases of common stock during the first nine months of 2025.

The Company’s operating expenses totaled $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and $13.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. Dividends paid to stockholders totaled $57.5 million and $51.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, and the amounts of dividends declared on shares of restricted stock but not yet paid were immaterial. The Company repurchased $12 million and $0.9 million worth of our common stock during 2024 and 2023, respectively. See “—Capital Management.”

Capital Management

The Bank is required to meet regulatory capital standards set by federal banking authorities. If the Bank fails to meet the minimum capital requirements, it could trigger mandatory actions, and possibly additional discretionary measures, by the state and federal regulators, which may have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial position. The Bank must comply with specific capital guidelines under the capital adequacy rules and the prompt corrective action framework, which involve quantitative measures based on the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting rules. Additionally,

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulators assess the Bank’s capital levels and classifications based on qualitative factors such as risk weightings, the components of capital, and other items.

The prompt corrective action (“PCA”) framework is a regulatory tool used to monitor and manage the capital levels of banks. It is designed to maintain the stability and soundness of financial institutions, particularly banks, by requiring regulatory intervention when a bank’s capital falls below certain thresholds. The primary goal of PCA is to address financial distress early, before it results in more severe consequences. These regulations, enforced by federal banking agencies, classify banks based on their capital adequacy and impose escalating supervisory actions as a bank’s capital position deteriorates.

Banks are categorized into five groups based on their capital ratios:

•

Well-Capitalized: Banks that meet or exceed all capital adequacy standards. These banks face minimal regulatory restrictions and are generally free to operate as usual.

•

Adequately Capitalized: Banks that meet minimum capital requirements. Banks in this category can still operate normally but may face restrictions on activities like accepting brokered deposits.

•

Undercapitalized: Banks that fail to meet the minimum capital requirements. Banks must submit a plan to restore capital and are subject to more severe restrictions, such as limits on asset growth and capital distributions (e.g., dividends or share buybacks).

•

Significantly Undercapitalized: Banks with very low capital, well below regulatory thresholds. These banks face the most stringent interventions, including the possibility of forced mergers, asset sales, or closure. They must also submit a detailed plan for capital restoration, which may require regulatory approval.

•

Critically Undercapitalized: Banks with the lowest capital levels, requiring immediate action.

PCA regulations mandate that federal regulators take action when a bank’s capital falls below the required thresholds. This can involve measures such as restrictions on paying dividends or bonuses, restrictions on asset growth or expansion, enhanced monitoring and reporting requirements, required capital restoration plans, possible forced mergers or liquidation in extreme cases.

At each of September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded the regulatory requirements and the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the threshold for “well capitalized” status. We maintain excess capital, in part, to provide ourselves with flexibility when considering potential acquisition opportunities. Actual and required capital ratios were:

	As of September 30, 2025
	Actual					Minimum Capital Adequacy Requirement					Well-Capitalized Requirement
Dollars in Thousands	Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company		$	3,152,674		25.83%		$	976,939		8.00%		$	—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,802,006		14.80%			974,038		8.00%			1,217,548		10.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company			3,004,815		24.61%			732,704		6.00%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,652,147		13.57%			730,529		6.00%			974,038		8.00%
Tier 1 common equity capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company			3,004,815		24.61%			549,528		4.50%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,652,147		13.57%			547,896		4.50%			791,406		6.50%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company			3,004,815		15.93%			754,520		4.00%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,652,147		8.76%			754,043		4.00%			942,553		5.00%

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of December 31, 2024
	Actual					Minimum Capital Adequacy Requirement					Well-Capitalized Requirement
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company		$	3,083,839		24.88%		$	991,777		8.00%		$	—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,706,617		13.81%			1,028,943		8.00%			1,286,179		10.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company			2,929,055		23.63%			743,833		6.00%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,551,833		12.56%			771,707		6.00%			1,028,943		8.00%
Tier 1 common equity capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company			2,929,055		23.63%			557,875		4.50%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,551,833		12.56%			578,781		4.50%			836,016		6.50%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company			2,929,055		15.69%			746,578		4.00%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,551,833		8.33%			745,433		4.00%			931,792		5.00%

	As of December 31, 2023
	Actual					Minimum Capital Adequacy Requirement					Well-Capitalized Requirement
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company		$	2,836,024		22.75%		$	997,385		8.00%		$	—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,677,031		13.48%			994,909		8.00%			1,243,636		10.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company			2,680,621		21.50%			748,039		6.00%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,521,628		12.24%			746,182		6.00%			994,909		8.00%
Tier 1 common equity capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Company			2,680,621		21.50%			561,029		4.50%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,521,628		12.24%			559,636		4.50%			808,363		6.50%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
Company			2,680,621		14.36%			746,740		4.00%			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,521,628		8.16%			746,013		4.00%			932,516		5.00%

During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company declared dividends to stockholders totaling $212.9 million, of which $212.3 million was paid during the period and $0.6 million was declared on shares of restricted stock and will be paid upon vesting of such shares. During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company had no repurchases of common stock. As of September 30, 2025, we were not aware of any known trends, events or uncertainties that had or were reasonably likely to have a material impact on our liquidity. As of September 30, 2025, we had no material commitments for capital expenditures.

Dividends paid to stockholders totaled $57.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, of which $39.8 million were regular dividends and $17.7 million were special dividends. During the year ended December 31, 2023, dividends paid to stockholders totaled $51.9 million, of which $35.3 million were regular dividends and $16.6 million were special dividends. During 2024, the Company repurchased 897,350 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $12 million. During 2023, the Company repurchased 67,500 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $0.9 million.

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk Governance and Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Managing risk is a critical aspect of operating our business successfully. Management considers the primary risk exposures to be interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, capital adequacy management and operational risk. For more details on liquidity risk management and capital management, see “—Liquidity Risk Management” and “—Capital Management” above. For more details about our risk governance structure. See “Management—Board Oversight of Risk Management.”

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is one of the most significant risks faced by the Company as one of our primary sources of earnings is net interest income, the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings.

Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates will negatively affect the Company’s net interest income and therefore earnings. While interest rate risk can arise from various sources, there are four key types of interest rate risk to our balance sheets:

•

Repricing Risk arises when a bank’s assets and liabilities reprice at different times or at different rates. When market interest rates change, the Bank may not be able to adjust its assets and liabilities simultaneously, leading to mismatched durations and impacts on net interest income.

•

Yield Curve Risk arises from changes in the shape of the yield curve, which represents interest rates of bonds with different maturities. The Bank may face this risk when the yield curve flattens, steepens, or becomes inverted.

•

Basis Risk is the risk that changes in underlying index rates used to price assets and liabilities do not change in a correlated manner, causing margins to narrow. For example, loans priced to the national prime rate might not change in the same manner as certificates of deposit priced off FHLB advance rates.

•

Option Risk (Prepayment/Extension Risk) is related to the embedded options in certain financial products, such as the ability for a borrower to prepay a loan or a depositor to withdraw funds at will. For example, when interest rates fall, customers may refinance loans (prepayment risk), and when rates rise, depositors may withdraw funds to invest at higher rates. The Bank’s exposure to this risk depends on the volume and nature of the embedded options and how those products behave in response to rate changes.

The Company’s ALCO has been authorized by the Board to measure, monitor and manage the Company’s interest rate risk. Our strategic objective is to manage our balance sheet in a manner designed to ensure that changes in interest rates will not result in unacceptable levels of earnings volatility or threaten the adequacy of our capital and liquidity.

We utilize an asset/liability model to perform interest rate risk simulations on a wide range of potential interest rate scenarios to develop an interest rate risk profile that reveals the potential financial impact to both net interest income (shorter-term risk) and economic value of equity (longer-term risk) from changes in interest rates relative to a flat interest rate scenario. The economic value of equity (EVE) is defined as the estimated present value of our assets minus the estimated present value of our liabilities at a point in time. A decrease in EVE due to a specified rate change indicates a decline in the long-term earnings capacity of the balance sheet assuming that the rate change remains in effect over the life of the current balance sheet. An increase in EVE indicates the opposite.

We monitor, test, and stress modeling assumptions to assess the magnitude of their impact on simulation results and evaluate changes in our interest rate risk profile to ensure we understand the key drivers of those changes.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the estimated impact on our net interest income and economic value of equity from immediate parallel shifts in the yield curve at the specified levels relative to a flat interest rate scenario and assuming a static balance sheet and in a scenario in which the short-term rates decline while long-term rates increase.

	As of September 30, 2025
	Estimated Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income										Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE
Dollars in Thousands	Year 1					Year 2					Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE
Change in Rates	Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent
-200 bps		$	(58,199)		-7.3%		$	(111,452)		-13.3%		$	(629,105)		-11.1%
-100 bps			(28,370)		-3.6%			(54,275)		-6.5%			(266,275)		-4.7%
+100 bps			27,473		3.5%			52,594		6.3%			195,049		3.5%
+200 bps			53,877		6.8%			103,568		12.4%			329,912		5.8%
Steepener(1)			(13,167)		-1.4%			(11,313)		-1.4%			196,928		3.5%

Note:

(1)

In the steepener scenario the short end is decreased by 100bp and the long end is increased by 50bp, pivoting on the 2-year tenor. Changes are instantaneous.

	As of December 31, 2024
	Estimated Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income										Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE
Dollars in Thousands	Year 1					Year 2					Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE
Change in Rates	Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent
-200 bps		$	(60,095)		-7.4%		$	(114,005)		-12.8%		$	(566,624)		-10.0%
-100 bps			(29,376)		-3.6%			(55,816)		-6.2%			(239,989)		-4.2%
+100 bps			28,581		3.5%			54,297		6.1%			172,306		3.0%
+200 bps			56,333		6.9%			107,583		12.0%			290,793		5.1%

	As of December 31, 2023
	Estimated Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income										Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE
Dollars in Thousands	Year 1					Year 2					Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE
Change in Rates	Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent
-200 bps		$	(63,157)		-8.5%		$	(117,931)		-13.7%		$	(685,966)		-13.7%
-100 bps			(30,677)		-4.1%			(57,780)		-6.7%			(296,744)		-5.9%
+100 bps			29,669		4.0%			57,267		6.7%			228,125		4.6%
+200 bps			57,752		7.8%			112,838		13.1%			396,814		7.9%

The values in the tables above do not reflect any actions that we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates, such as changes in rates paid on certain deposit accounts or changes in earning assets mix, which could reduce the actual impact to net interest income and EVE, if any.

The outcomes of our simulation analyses are hypothetical, and various factors could lead to actual results differing significantly from what is shown. For instance, if the timing and extent of interest rate changes deviate from what was projected, our net interest income could differ substantially. Non-parallel shifts in the yield curve, such as a flattening or steepening, or changes in interest rate spreads, could also cause our net interest income to vary from the forecasted amount.

In an environment of rising interest rates, projected net interest income might decrease if deposits and other short-term liabilities reprice more quickly than anticipated, or if our assets reprice at a slower rate. Actual results may differ from projections if we experience asset and liability growth rates that are faster or slower than expected, if there is a net outflow of deposits, or if the composition of our assets and liabilities changes in other ways. For example, even though we maintain relatively high levels of readily accessible liquidity, a quicker-than-expected withdrawal of deposits could force us to seek higher-cost funding sources.

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Actual results may also differ from projections if we experience prepayment speeds in our loan portfolio that significantly differ from the assumptions used in the simulation analyses. These simulation results do not account for all potential actions we might take in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates, such as adjustments to our loan, investment, deposit, funding, or hedging strategies.

We assume no growth or changes in the composition of our balance sheet over the modeling horizon and no additional changes in market interest rates or spreads after the initial immediate rate shocks. As a result, the information in the table above should be considered indicative of our sensitivity to changes in interest rates rather than indicative of our expected actual results.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that borrowers or counterparties will be unable or unwilling to repay their obligations in accordance with the underlying contractual terms. We seek to mitigate credit risk in our loan and lease portfolio by following clearly defined underwriting criteria and account management standards set by management. Our loan policy outlines underwriting requirements, approval levels, exposure limits, and other necessary guidelines. We actively manage portfolio diversification at the borrower, industry, and product levels to reduce concentration risk. Additionally, our credit risk management process includes an independent loan review to ensure adherence to loan policies, compliance with documentation standards, accurate risk ratings, and the overall credit quality of the portfolio. See “Business—Our Competitive Strengths—Resilient Profitability—Demonstrated Risk Management Capabilities.”

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, the misconduct or errors of people or adverse external events. We seek to mitigate operational risks by expanding and maintaining an experienced operations team to meet customer and company demands; providing employees with relevant job-specific training; working with our vendors to use antifraud protections; establishing security procedures for our clients; employing business continuity planning and testing designed to ensure the continued operation of core functions in the event of a business disruption; and engaging in periodic independent audits of our operations and operating controls. We also seek to mitigate operational risks related to misconduct by employees or contractors by implementing internal controls, including dual authorization for monetary transactions, conducting background and credit checks for new hires, screening contractors and third parties providing critical services using a vendor management process, and offering whistleblower protections to our employees to encourage the reporting of misconduct.

Derivatives

Customer Hedging Program

The Company makes interest rate swap derivatives available to customers who wish to modify their interest rate sensitivity. We execute interest rate derivative contracts, typically interest rate swaps, between our customers and the Bank. We then enter into offsetting contracts between the Bank and an interest rate derivative market maker (counterparty) to minimize market risk due to changes in interest rates. This is referred to as a “back-to-back” hedging program. Our offsetting contracts are identical to the contracts executed with our customers. We are paid a fee as compensation for administrative costs, credit risk, and profit.

This program creates potential credit exposure to our customers or counterparties when there are amounts due to the Bank under the contracts. We monitor credit risk through existing credit policies and procedures. Prior to entering into a “back-to-back” transaction, we evaluate our potential exposure to significant changes in interest rates to determine the maximum practical exposure we are willing to have individually to any customer. Customers may be required to provide cash margin or other collateral in conjunction with our credit agreements to further limit our credit risk. Margin collateral is required if the exposure between the Company and any counterparty exceeds established limits.

The Company may incur a loss if a customer or counterparty is unable or unwilling to fulfill the terms of the contract and their creditworthiness has worsened to the point where the fair value of the underlying collateral is no longer sufficient to support our exposure to that customer or counterparty. Our customer hedging

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

program also involves liquidity and capital risk. When the net negative fair value of the contracts surpasses established levels, we are obligated to provide cash margin to certain counterparties, which could lead to additional funding costs. We are not obliged to provide cash margin under our contracts with customers.

The Company’s “back-to-back” swaps are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, and changes in their fair value are recorded in current earnings. These back-to-back swap contracts comprised a portion of the Company’s swap portfolio at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023 with total notional amounts of $287.2 million, $226.2 million and $206.9 million, respectively.

Internal Risk Management

The Company has a limited number of “Critical Terms” swaps. While this strategy does not directly involve customers of the Bank, they are used to swap the interest rate structure of individual loans. By using Critical Terms, the Bank is able to mark the loan to market as well. For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. At September 30, 2025, these structures had a notional amount of $10.2 million, with a fair value of $504,000. These structures had a notional amount of $11.2 million, with a fair value of $860,000 and a notional amount of $12.1 million, with a fair value of $904,000 at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

	As of September 30, 2025						As of December 31,
	As of September 30, 2025						2024						2023
Dollars in thousands	Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities			Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities			Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities
Back-to-Back Swaps		$	7,207		$	7,207		$	9,086		$	9,086		$	8,539		$	8,539
Fair Value Hedges			504			—			860			—			904			—

In addition, the Company enters into interest rate lock commitments on certain mortgage loans related to mortgage banking operations on a best-efforts basis, which are commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. The Company also originates and sells certain loans related to mortgage banking operations on a mandatory delivery basis. To hedge the associated interest rate risk, the Company sells short positions in mortgage-backed securities related to the loans sold on a mandatory delivery basis. The commitments to originate and short positions are accounted for as derivatives and carried at fair value in other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage banking revenues, net.

As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amounts reflected in the Company’s balance sheet in assets and liabilities for the value of the interest rate lock commitments, funded loans held for sale, and the corresponding commitments to sell the TBA securities are shown in the table below. The market value of the loan commitment pipeline is net of expenses.

	As of September 30, 2025						As of December 31,
	As of September 30, 2025						2024						2023
Dollars in thousands	Notional Value			Market Value			Notional Value			Market Value			Notional Value			Market Value
Interest Rate Lock Commitments		$	61,944		$	701		$	47,875		$	366		$	43,428		$	736
Loans Closed–Market Value Loans Held for Sale			27,509			858			34,791			946			24,655			981
TBA Derivative Value			77,250			(701)			61,000			245			59,500			(586)

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP and follow general practices within the industry in which we operate. Application of GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and judgements which affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those we believe are most important to the portrayal of our consolidated financial statements and require management to make estimates and judgements which are inherently complex, difficult, uncertain and can be subject to significant change over time. In the event that different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, and depending on the severity of such changes, adjustments to accounting estimates may be required.

We have identified the following accounting policies and estimates which, due to their subjectivity and complexity, are critical to the understanding of the financial statements. Discussion below should be read in conjunction with Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

The allowance for credit losses on loans is a valuation amount that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of loans not held at fair value to present the net amount expected to be collected over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses on loans is measured using relevant information about past events, including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flow over the contractual term of the loans. An allowance will be created upon origination or acquisition of a loan and is updated at subsequent reporting dates. The methodology is applied consistently for each reporting period and reflects management’s current expectations of credit losses. Changes to the allowance for credit losses on loans resulting from periodic evaluations are recorded through increases or decreases to the credit loss expense for loans, which is recorded in provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. Loans that are deemed to be uncollectible are charged off against the related allowance for credit losses on loans. The Company maintains a policy to reverse accrued and unpaid interest when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Therefore, an allowance is not recorded for accrued interest.

The allowance for credit losses on loans is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics including borrower type, collateral type, and expected credit loss patterns. The Company maintains a policy to reverse accrued and unpaid interest when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Therefore, an allowance is not recorded for accrued interest. The allowance for credit losses includes significant assumptions that are uncertain and reasonably likely to have a material impact, the most significant of which are loan loss rates and prepayment speeds. Assumptions are updated based on actual performance on an annual basis. We utilize a consensus macroeconomic forecast which relies on underlying statistical models to incorporate the economic impact into each loan portfolio. Management performs a qualitative analysis considering necessary adjustments based on the potential risks inherent in the macroeconomic forecast and impacts from loan portfolio changes, including concentrations, staffing, asset quality, and policy changes. Model validations are performed to provide an independent assessment of the framework and the model’s use in producing reasonable and supportable estimates. See Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” to both our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Credit Losses—In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The update replaces the current incurred loss methodology for recognizing credit losses with a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, which requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the report date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The amendment broadens the information that the entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimates. Additionally, the update amends the accounting for credit losses on AFS debt securities. The update requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimated credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of a

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company’s loan portfolio. Discussion of the impact of adoption is included below, as well as in Note 3, “Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses” and Note 2, “Investment Securities” to our audited consolidated financial statements.

The Company adopted CECL using the modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost and for unfunded lending commitments. Results for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023 are presented under CECL. The Company recorded a net increase to retained earnings of $5.2 million as of January 1, 2023 for the cumulative effect of adopting CECL, net of tax. The transition adjustment included a decrease to the allowance for credit losses of $6.0 million related to the loan portfolio, an increase to the allowance for credit losses related to HTM securities of $31 thousand.

On March 31, 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructuring and Vintage Disclosures, which eliminated the accounting guidance on troubled debt restructurings for creditors in ASC 310-40. ASU 2022-02 requires that an entity evaluate whether the modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. The amendments also enhance existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Further, it requires entities to disclose gross write-offs recorded in the current period by year of origination in the vintage disclosures on a year-to-date basis. The guidance was effective January 1, 2023. The adoption of this pronouncement imposed additional and revised disclosure requirements but did not have a significant effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. The new required disclosures have been included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes—In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This update establishes additional disclosure requirements regarding rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. This update also removes certain existing disclosure requirements. This update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption was permitted, but the Company did not elect to adopt early. The amendments in this update should be applied on a prospective basis, though retrospective application is permitted. Other than the inclusion of additional disclosures, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Income Statement Reporting—In November 2024, The FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. The amendments in this update require new disclosures providing further detail of a company’s income statement expense items. This update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods beginning December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact ASU 2024-03 will have on its expense disclosures.

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Our Company was founded in 1902 under the leadership of the great grandfather of our current Executive Chairman, S. Bryan Cook. Through successive generations of Cook family ownership, the Bank has thrived, and we have maintained consistent profitability despite the intervening 23 U.S. economic recessions6. During the Great Depression, we made a loan to the State of Missouri to assist it with making payroll and paying other expenses. From 2008 to 2012, while in the depths of the Great Recession, we earned an annual return on average assets (“ROAA”) of at least 1.00%. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we were the 5th most profitable bank by ROAA relative to our peers.

The following chart shows the compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of our net income each year since 1972 (the earliest year for which holding company financial statements are available):

Central Bancompany Net Income Over Time

($MM)

Note: Year-to-date 2025 net income is presented on an annualized basis as of September 30, 2025. CAGRs calculated through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 net income for the 2025 period.

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

This culture has allowed us to attract and retain great talent. Our employees are experienced (average 8-year tenure as of September 30, 2025), engaged (81% completed our most recent survey) and committed (86% would recommend working at the bank and 88% would recommend our products, each based on our most recent survey). Combined with our investments in products, services and technologies, we believe our culture has appealed to our customers and enabled us to increase market share. The core tenets of our culture, which we seek to quantify and hold ourselves accountable to, require us to be:

•

Community Aligned: We emphasize giving back to the communities we serve. We track our community services hours, which totaled over 20,000 in 2024, or approximately 7 hours per employee.

•

Notes:

(1)

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of June 30, 2025.

(2)

Net Promoter Score represents Central Bancompany’s 2024 figure based on our most recent customer survey for Consumer, Commercial and Wealth businesses weighted by number of responses.

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Business

Primary Market			Definition
Jefferson City			Jefferson City, MO MSA
Kansas City			Kansas City, MO-KS MSA; Lawrence, KS MSA
Columbia			Columbia, MO MSA; Mexico, MO MSA; Moberly, MO MSA
St. Louis			St. Louis, MO-IL MSA
Springfield			Springfield, MO MSA
Lake of the Ozarks			Camden County, MO; Miller County, MO; Morgan County MO
Branson			Branson, MO MSA; Stone County, MO
Sedalia			Sedalia, MO MSA
Warrensburg			Warrensburg, MO MSA
Oklahoma			Tulsa, OK MSA; Oklahoma City, OK MSA
Colorado			Denver-Aurora-Centennial, CO MSA; Colorado Springs, CO MSA; Durango, CO MSA

Dollars in millions	Total Deposits (as of 9/30/25)			Total Loans (as of 9/30/25)			YTD2025 ROAA (as of 9/30/25)(3)	2024 ROAA		Deposit Market Share		Deposit Market Share / Rank (Retail)(4)	NPS(5)		Employee Satisfaction(6)
Missouri Markets:
Jefferson City		$	3,175		$	1,459	2.22%		1.93%		54%	39% / 1		73		89%
Kansas City			3,063			2,088	2.09%		1.95%		3%	5% / 6		69		81%
Columbia			2,508			1,609	2.35%		2.08%		36%	26% / 1		72		86%
St. Louis			1,811			1,870	1.43 / 1.82%(7)		1.85%		2%	2% / 12		74		91%
Springfield			1,558			1,318	2.21%		2.06%		9%	10% / 1		67		87%
Lake of the Ozarks			971			596	2.36%		2.10%		24%	33% / 1		75		85%
Branson			415			303	2.31%		2.01%		19%	18% / 1		65		78%
Sedalia			403			259	2.31%		2.01%		39%	38% / 1		69		91%
Warrensburg			340			195	1.85%		1.96%		27%	27% / 2		65		94%

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in millions	Total Deposits (as of 9/30/25)			Total Loans (as of 9/30/25)			YTD2025 ROAA (as of 9/30/25)(3)	2024 ROAA		Deposit Market Share		Deposit Market Share / Rank (Retail)(4)	NPS(5)		Employee Satisfaction(6)
Other Primary Markets:
Oklahoma			360			843	1.73%		1.67%		0%	0% / 36		68		81%
Colorado			168			636	0.69%		0.45%		0%	0% / 49		79		90%
Consolidated(1)(2)		$	14,789		$	11,345	1.97%		1.63%		24%	18%		71		86%

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence

Notes:

(1)

(2)

Discrepancies between consolidated deposits and loans and the sum of the 11 Primary Market areas due to deposits and loans in our non-Primary Markets.

(3)

ROAA for the first nine months of 2025 is presented on an annualized basis.

(4)

Represents estimated retail deposit market share based on an illustrative $250 million per branch deposit cap (excluding from the market any deposits at a single branch in excess of $250 million).

(5)

(6)

Employee satisfaction figures represent share of employees who would recommend working at the bank based on most recent annual employee survey.

(7)

Our Markets

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart shows the location of each of our 156 full-service branches:

Our Business Lines

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consumer Banking

Commercial Banking

Wealth Management

As illustrated in the table below, each of our business lines across Consumer Banking, Commercial Banking and Wealth Management provides strong and stable financial returns and contributes to our overall franchise strength. Our 23.4% fee income ratio and 26.4% adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) for 2024 outpaced our peer group’s medians of 19.1% and 19.2%, respectively7. Our fee income ratio and adjusted fee income ratio (non- GAAP) for the first six months of 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) were 22.1% and 24.1%, respectively, outpacing our peer group’s medians, which were 18.3% and 18.4%, respectively, and our fee income ratio and adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) for the first nine months of 2025 were 22.1% and 24.2%, respectively.

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(As at and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025)	Consumer			Commercial			Wealth			Consolidated(1)
Total Revenue(2) ($000s)		$	312,586		$	355,869		$	56,248		$	749,126
Adjusted Total Revenue (Non-GAAP) ($000s)(5)		$	326,198								$	769,549
Fee Income Ratio(3)			25.2%			9.0%			100.0%			22.1%
Adjusted Fee Income Ratio (Non-GAAP)(5)			28.4%			—			—			24.2%
Total Loans ($Bn)		$	3.1		$	8.3			—		$	11.3
Total Deposits ($Bn)		$	7.8		$	7.2			—		$	14.8
Assets Under Advice ($Bn)			—			—		$	15.4		$	15.4
Cost of Deposits(4)			0.97%			1.40%			—			1.19%

(As at and for the year ended December 31, 2024)	Consumer			Commercial			Wealth			Consolidated(1)
Total Revenue(2) ($000s)		$	401,629		$	446,413		$	68,962		$	897,714
Adjusted Total Revenue (Non-GAAP) ($000s)(5)			—			—			—		$	934,375
Fee Income Ratio(3)			31.1%			9.7%			100.0%			23.4%
Adjusted Fee Income Ratio (Non-GAAP)(5)			—			—			—			26.4%
Net Promoter Score (NPS)(6)			71			65			88			71
Total Loans ($Bn)		$	3.3		$	8.4			—		$	11.7
Total Deposits ($Bn)		$	7.7		$	7.5			—		$	15.0
Assets Under Advice ($Bn)			—			—		$	13.5		$	13.5
Cost of Deposits(4)			0.99%			1.58%			—			1.30%

Notes:

(1)

Consolidated includes corporate and other metrics and eliminations.

(2)

Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.

(3)

Fee income ratio is defined as noninterest income divided by total revenue.

(4)

Cost of deposits is defined as deposit expense divided by average total deposits.

(5)

(6)

Our Products and Services

Loans and Leases

As a super-community bank, we endeavor to support economic growth in each of the communities in which we operate. This focus aligns our lending activity and growth. We have a highly diversified loan and lease portfolio that has grown steadily through multiple economic cycles. Our loan and lease portfolio has grown at a 6% CAGR over the last 10 years from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2024, while total loans and leases of commercial banks in the United States grew at a 5% CAGR over the same period, according to Federal Reserve H.8 data. Our loan and lease portfolio totaled $11.7 billion as of December 31, 2024 and $11.3 billion as of September 30, 2025. Historically, our loans to nondepository financial institutions (“NDFI”) have been low as a percentage of our total loans and leases compared the industry average. As a percentage of total loans, our NDFI loans were 0.7%, 0.7%, and 0.8% as of September 30, 2025, December 31, 2024, and

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2023, respectively; by contrast, aggregate NDFI loans as a percentage of total loans and leases for commercial banks in the United States were 12.8%, 9.2%, and 8.2%, respectively as of the same dates.

The following chart shows the growth in our loan and lease portfolio from December 31, 2014 to September 30, 2025:

Total Loans and Leases

(Unpaid Principal Balance, $Bn)

We offer a broad range of lending products with a focus on commercial real estate (“CRE”), construction and development (“C&D”), commercial and industrial (“C&I”), multi-family and one-to-four-family residential loans in our Primary Markets in Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma and Colorado. As of September 30, 2025, 85.5% of our loans were to borrowers resident or organized in our Primary Markets. We deliver these products through a local, relationship-based delivery model emphasizing market-level credit authority. As of September 30, 2025, our median commercial loan was approximately $95,000, our median installment loan was approximately $10,000, and our average mortgage loan was approximately $330,000.

Commercial Real Estate (CRE)

Our commercial real estate business leverages our commitment to relationship lending to support multi-family, non-owner occupied, and owner occupied commercial real estate lending opportunities with properties or sponsors located in our markets. We focus on maintaining a diverse portfolio of commercial real estate property types and locations. Consistent with our conservative underwriting approach and risk management standards, our policy is to limit transaction exposure and require modest leverage profiles and sufficient sponsor recourse across all commercial real estate classes, and we have elevated approval as exposure increases to manage portfolio risk.

As of September 30, 2025, we reported $4,740 million in total commercial real estate loans, consisting of $2,323 million in non-owner occupied CRE, $1,583 million in owner occupied CRE, which includes $318 million of loans secured by farmland, and $833 million in multi-family CRE. Our commercial real estate portfolio remains granular both as a function of transaction size and property type.

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Construction and Development (C&D)

We maintain an active lending business in construction and development loans, originating both 1-4 family C&D and commercial C&D loans. Our 1-4 family C&D lending includes both pre-sold and speculative properties. Our commercial C&D loan portfolio includes multi-family, hospitality, office, industrial and retail construction loans.

Our C&D loan balance totaled $858 million at September 30, 2025, of which $323 million was 1-4 family C&D loans and $535 million in commercial C&D loans.

Commercial & Industrial (C&I)

Through our relationship model we seek to cultivate C&I relationships within our markets. We focus on developing comprehensive relationships, including cash management and treasury management services in addition to working capital, equipment, expansion, acquisition and financing needs. Our underwriting focuses on cash flow as our primary source of loan repayment, supplemented by collateral and sponsor support. We manage our exposure levels to any specific industries or individual entity. Our C&I loans totaled $1,736 million in loan balances at September 30, 2025.

Residential Real Estate Lending

We originate and service residential lending products for customers across our markets. Our loan portfolio includes loans secured by residential real estate for both owner-occupied and non-owner occupied 1-4 family properties. Depending on the type and characteristics of each residential real estate loan, we sell residential real estate loans to the Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or private investors. Our mortgage loan officers originate both saleable and portfolio mortgage products. During 2024, we originated $1,510 million in residential real estate loans, retaining $406 million on our balance sheet, and during the first nine months of 2025, we originated $1.1 billion in residential real estate loans, retaining $295 million on our balance sheet.

At September 30, 2025, our 1-4 family residential real estate portfolio totaled $3,318 million in outstanding balances, which includes $391 million in home equity line of credit products.

Consumer Lending

We support our markets by providing a variety of loans and leasing products to individuals, including direct and indirect consumer loans and leases and consumer credit card. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the individual borrower’s income, current debt level, credit score and the underlying collateral, if applicable. We provide risk-based loan terms which consider the product type, tenor collateral and size using standard pricing sheets. Our Consumer loan portfolio totaled $681 million as of September 30, 2025, which includes $539 million in consumer installment loans, $93 million in consumer credit card loans, and $49 million in other consumer loans, such as revolving loans and overdrawn accounts.

Diversified Loan Portfolio

We believe a key component of maintaining strong asset quality includes maintaining and monitoring a well-balanced loan portfolio across our customer segments, our markets and asset classes. Our loan portfolio remains highly diversified across our key operating markets. As a community focused bank we seek to maintain a loan portfolio that is balanced between our Consumer and Commercial lines of business. At September 30, 2025, our loan exposure to Consumer and Commercial customers was 38% and 62%, respectively. Further, our Commercial portfolio is diversified across customers and asset classes.

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following charts illustrate the composition of our loans and our concentrations to total risk-based capital as of September 30, 2025:

Loan Composition

Loan Portfolio Concentrations to Total Risk Based Capital

Note: Percentages shown represent loan portfolio balance divided by total risk based capital.

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of September 30, 2025, total CRE and C&D loan balances were $5,598 million, comprised of $858 million in C&D loans, $833 million in multi-family CRE loans, $2,323 million in non-owner occupied CRE loans and $1,583 million in owner-occupied CRE loans.

We finance a wide variety of CRE and C&D property types which include multi-family, industrial, retail, hotels, office and self-storage. We monitor our concentrations to these property types against internal limits. The following graphic shows the composition of our CRE (excluding owner-occupied CRE) and C&D portfolio by property type as of September 30, 2025.

CRE (Non-OO) and C&D Portfolio

[MISSING IMAGE: pc_crecdportfolio-4c.jpg]

Deposits

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commercial banks grew at a 5% CAGR over the same period, according to FDIC data. The following chart shows the growth in our deposits from December 31, 2014 to September 30, 2025:

Total Deposits

($Bn)

Acquisition Strategy for Deposits

Our approach to attracting deposits includes conventional marketing initiatives, digital and omni-channel campaigns, and targeted outreach efforts. We actively engage in community events, public relations initiatives and sponsorships to strengthen our presence and generate new account opportunities. Additionally, we execute a structured year-around strategy tailored to both consumer and business deposits, intended to promote sustained growth and long-term deposit stability. Through these efforts, we remain focused on expanding our deposit base while enhancing customer relationships and market reach.

Deposit Composition and Trends Over Time

A key aspect of our business is the growth and stability of deposits, which serve as a key source of funding for our loans and securities. Our long-term strategy of focusing on increasing noninterest bearing deposits has led to us being able to maintain a lower cost of funds compared to peers.

At September 30, 2025, $5.3 billion or 36.0% of our total deposits were noninterest bearing. Our time deposits were $1.7 billion or 11.5%, of which 95% have a maturity of one year or less. 53% of our deposits are consumer, and 34% are commercial and the remaining 13% of deposits are public funds. Due to our strategic location in Missouri’s capital city, we operate a sizable government business within our Commercial Banking business line. The government business had $1.9 billion of public funds outstanding at September 30, 2025. Although these funds are contractual in nature, with periodic competitive renewals, our relationship-based banking model has produced long-term relationships (with the largest relationship dating back to at least 1934).

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following charts show our deposit composition as of September 30, 2025 by product type and by line of business, respectively:

Deposit Composition by Product Type and Line of Business as of September 30, 2025

Note: Average costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 are presented on an annualized basis.

The following chart shows the composition of our deposits by product type for the years ended December 31, 2021 to 2024 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025.

Period End Deposit Composition Over Time

($Bn)

As of September 30, 2025, our commercial deposits had an average cost of 0.93%, consumer deposits had an average cost of 0.97% and public funds had an average cost of 2.62%.

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Average Balance			Interest			Cost(1)
Commercial		$	4,916,575		$	34,135		0.93%
Consumer			7,744,518			55,909		0.97%
Public Funds			2,140,424			42,023		2.62%
Total Deposits		$	14,801,517		$	132,066		1.19%

Note:

(1)

Average costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 are presented on an annualized basis.

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Wealth Management

Our Wealth Management business line delivers financial solutions through two primary channels: Central Trust Company and Central Investment Advisors. Collectively, our Wealth Management businesses managed $15.4 billion in assets under advice and is run by a team of approximately 170 experienced and highly credentialed professionals, which includes several CFPs, CFTAs, J.D.s, CFAs and CPAs, as of September 30, 2025.

Central Trust Company

Central Trust Company is designed for high-net-worth and ultra-high-net-worth individuals and families with investable assets exceeding $500 thousand. Central Trust Company provides a full suite of financial solutions, including: investment management, fiduciary services, retirement planning and employee benefits solutions, financial, estate and tax planning services. Central Trust Company managed approximately $10.5 billion in assets under advice as of September 30, 2025.

Central Investment Advisors

Central Investment Advisors, in partnership with LPL Financial, offers brokerage and investment advisory services to clients with investable assets ranging from $50 thousand to $500 thousand. Central Investment Advisors provides traditional brokerage and managed investment solutions, financial and retirement planning, wealth transfer, insurance planning and employee benefits solutions to individuals, families and businesses. As of September 30, 2025, Central Investment Advisors oversaw approximately $4.9 billion in assets under advice and employed 40 financial advisors.

Treasury Management

We are a recognized leader in payments: among other distinctions, for 2024, we were recognized as the 19th largest corporate card issuer, the 33rd largest purchasing and fleet card issuer, the 46th largest commercial card issuer, and 17th largest commercial prepaid card issuer according to a Nilson Report published in May 2025. Our payment services business had a pre-tax margin (defined as income before income taxes divided by total revenue) of 36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025. We seek to maintain our leadership through continued investment in emerging technologies, including enabling instant payments through RTP, further strengthening our robust capabilities. Additionally, we are differentiated from similarly sized banks by offering dedicated treasury management solutions tailored for governments, municipalities and associations, much of which we have built with our own technology. We have been consistently recognized as providing one of the best Health Savings Account (“HSA”) programs in the country and are the 18th largest HSA provider as of December 31, 2024 according to a report from Devenir published in April 2025.

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distribution Channels

Our branch network serves as a key driver for acquiring low-cost deposits, enhancing brand recognition, fostering customer loyalty, originating loans and maintaining strong customer relationships.

In addition, the Bank serves our customers through digital channels. Our proprietary consumer online banking and mobile app has driven both customer acquisition and retention. As of September 30, 2025, over 90% of our consumer checking households were active users of online banking and 85% of these online users also access their accounts through our mobile app. We intend to continue to invest in and upgrade our online platforms to strengthen our distribution channels.

Our Competitive Strengths

High Profitability

	YTD2025		1H2025		1H2025 Peer Median		2024Y		2024Y Peer Median
Cost of Funds(1)(2)		1.28%		1.29%		2.15%		1.39%		2.37%
Fee Income Ratio(1)		22.1%		22.1%		18.3%		23.4%		19.1%
Adjusted Fee Income Ratio (Non-GAAP)(3)		24.2%		24.1%		18.4%		26.4%		19.2%
Efficiency Ratio(1)		50.2%		50.5%		57.9%		54.5%		59.5%
Efficiency Ratio (FTE) (Non-GAAP)(3)		48.3%		48.5%		55.9%		51.7%		57.1%
ROAA(1)(2)		1.97%		1.95%		1.10%		1.63%		1.01%
Adjusted ROAA (Non-GAAP)(2)(3)		2.06%		2.02%		1.14%		1.78%		1.10%

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence

Notes:

(1)

For information on how cost of funds, fee income ratio, efficiency ratio and ROAA are calculated, refer to “Prospectus Summary—Selected Financial Data.”

(2)

Cost of funds, ROAA, and adjusted ROAA for YTD2025 and 1H2025 are presented on an annualized basis.

(3)

For the three months ended September 30, 2025, our fee income ratio and adjusted fee income ratio (non-GAAP) were 22.3% and 24.3%, respectively, compared to 22.4% and 26.4%, respectively, for the same period in 2024. For the three months ended September 30, 2025, our return on average common equity, return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP), and adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) were 11.9%, 13.4% and 14.2%, respectively, compared to 9.6%, 10.9% and 12.3%, respectively for the same period in 2024.

Our culture and business model have helped us produce and maintain this outperformance over time. As demonstrated below, we have consistently maintained an above peer return on average assets through different cycles.

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany vs. Peer Median Return on Average Assets Over Time

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. ROAA for the first six months of 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) is presented on an annualized basis.

Strong Market Position and Granular, Low-Cost Deposit Customer Franchise

Our strong market position and granular customer franchise are key strengths. In addition to our consolidated weighted average deposit market share of approximately 24%, as of September 30, 2025 our median demand deposit account (“DDA”) and wealth account size was approximately $1,400 for personal DDAs, $4,900 for non-personal DDAs, $69,000 for brokerage accounts and $480,000 for trust accounts excluding custody accounts and unmanaged accounts. Our consumer accounts are typically smaller, relationship driven and generally supportive of wider profit margins. As of June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available), we maintained a granular deposit base of 88.5% non-time deposits, which is above both the top quartile (86%) and the median (84%) of our peers, and as of September 30, 2025, our deposit base remained 88.5% non-time deposits. We have benefited from our ability to maintain a low-cost funding profile through economic cycles, including a cost of funds of 1.39% compared to the median of 2.37% for our peers in 2024. Our net interest margin of 3.84% was above the median of our peer group net interest margin of 3.26% for the year ended December 31, 2024, and our annualized net interest margin of 4.23% was above the median of our peer group’s annualized net interest margin of 3.43% for the six months ended June 30, 2025. For the three months ended September 30, 2025, our annualized net interest margin was 4.36%, compared to 3.91% for the same period in 2024. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, our annualized net interest margin was 4.27%. Further, we believe our culture of accountability has led to balanced cost discipline, supported our growth and customer experience objectives over time and resulted in strong operating leverage, as evidenced by an efficiency ratio of 54.5% for the full year 2024 and 50.2% for the first nine months of 2025. For the three months ended September 30, 2025, our efficiency ratio was 49.6%, compared to 56.3% for the same period in 2024. Finally, we have delivered consistent returns over time, with an average return on average total assets of 1.42% and an average adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP) of 1.47% over the five years ended December 31, 2024.8 For the three months ended September 30, 2025, our return on average total assets and adjusted return on average total assets (non-GAAP) were 2.02% and 2.13%, respectively, compared to 1.55% and 1.75%, respectively for the same period in 2024. The following graph shows our cost of funds compared to our peers for 2019 through 2024, and for the six months ended June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available).

151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany vs. Peer Median Cost of Funds and Cost of Deposits Over Time

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Financials per FR-Y-9C regulatory filing for peers.

The following graph shows our efficiency ratio and five-year expenses CAGR for 2021 through the nine months ended September 30, 2025, and compared to our peers for the six months ended June 30, 2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available):

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. 5-year CAGRs calculated through 2025, using annualized 1H2025 net income for the 2025 period.

Diversified Revenue Profile with Attractive Wealth Business

152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fee Income Revenue Breakdown and Net Interest Margin

($MM)

Note: YTD net interest margin through the first nine months of 2024 and 2025 is presented on an annualized basis.

	Wealth Management Revenue Breakdown			Treasury Management Revenue Breakdown
	($MM)			($MM)

Resilient Profitability

153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Strong Balance Sheet with Flexibility to Potentially Leverage Significant Excess Capital and Liquidity

	Central 3Q25		Central		Peer Median
CET1 Ratio %		24.6%		23.8%		12.2%
Total RBC Ratio %		25.8%		25.0%		14.7%
(FHLB Advances + Brokered Deposits) / Total Assets %		0.0%		0.0%		5.0%
Liquidity / Total Deposits %(1)		26%		24%		15%
Uninsured and Uncollateralized Deposits / Total Deposits %(2)		24%		23%		32%
CRE / RBC %		130%		132%		212%
NPAs / Assets %		0.30%		0.28%		0.47%

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, except where indicated.

Notes:

(1)

Liquidity defined as cash and balances due plus unencumbered securities. Unencumbered securities defined as total securities less pledged securities.

(2)

Investment Activities

As of September 30, 2025, the amortized cost of our investment portfolio totaled $6.0 billion, and the fair value of our investment portfolio totaled $6.0 billion. The average tax-equivalent yield was 4.04% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 3.49% for the year ended December 31, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, approximately 98.7% of our investment portfolio was comprised of securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises, including 38% agency retail mortgage-backed securities, 40% agency commercial mortgage-backed securities and 15% Treasuries, with the balance in SBA, municipal, corporate and other securities. Available-for-sale securities represented 99.2% of our total portfolio.

Our current investment strategy is designed to optimize the balance among the primary objectives of our portfolio, which include the following:

•

Provide a means to profitably invest the portion of the Company’s funds not required to fund the Company’s assets.

•

Provide stored liquidity through investment in primarily liquid securities that can be easily converted to cash through sale from the available-for-sale portfolio, sale with agreement to repurchase or pledging to support advances from the FHLB.

154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

Optimize the trade-offs between income generation (not only for the current year, but also future years) and risk, while satisfying current and future liquidity needs.

•

Provide a source of collateral to secure deposits of public-fund accounts and for customer repurchase agreements.

•

Support the Company’s overall asset/liability management objectives, specifically with regard to interest rate risk.

We invest primarily in securities guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises. We generally target securities with durations between 3.0-4.5 years with low to no convexity. The estimated duration of our investment portfolio as of September 30, 2025 was 2.8 years. Duration measures how sensitive a security’s value is to changes in interest rates. A security’s duration may change as interest rates change, and convexity measures how sensitive a security’s duration is to changes in interest rates. For a security with low or no convexity, we would expect the duration of the security to remain approximately constant in response to small changes in interest rates.

Demonstrated Risk Management Capabilities

Central Bancompany vs. Peers NPAs to Assets and Reserves to Loans as of June 30, 2025(1)

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence

(1)

The most recent date for which peer data is available.

155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following charts show our NCOs to average loans ratio by type, NPAs to total assets ratio by type, reserves to NPAs ratio, reserves to total loans ratio, and 30-39 days past loans by type as of, or for the year or three months ended, as applicable, December 31, 2024, March 31, 2025, June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2025:

	NCOs to Average Loans by Type(1)			NPAs to Total Assets by Type(2)

	Reserves to NPAs and Reserves to Total Loans			30-89 Days Past Due Loans to Total Loans by Type

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence as of December 31, 2024, March 31, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 unless otherwise noted.

(1)

Net charge-offs to total loans for the three months ended March 31, 2025, June 30, 2025, and September 30, 2025 are presented on an annualized basis.

(2)

Other NPAs includes foreclosed and other repossessed assets.

Credit Risk Management

To manage and enforce our portfolio metrics and diversification targets our Credit Committee, our second line of defense, meets periodically to evaluate credit risk migration, new business activities, stress-test activities, evaluate credit policy changes and approve or modify market lending authorities.

Our internal loan review department, our third line of defense, serves as an independent function to evaluate effective underwriting and application of credit policy in both origination and portfolio management.

156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Credit Approval Process & Market Level Authority

Our market-based decision model authorizes each market to evaluate and approve lending opportunities within their markets, commensurate with the credit dynamics of the market. We believe this market autonomy allows for both responsiveness to opportunities in the market and better control of the outcomes. We monitor new loan activity across all markets through our monthly credit committee. If proposed loan exposures exceed the market level authority, our Large Loan Approval Committee convenes to review and consider approval. The Large Loan Approval Committee is comprised of senior executives and business leaders from our Bank and certain markets. This committee is chaired by our Chief Credit Officer. Our Large Loan Approval Committee is authorized to approve loan relationships up to a threshold established by our Credit Committee, and any relationship request exceeding this level is adjudicated by the Credit Committee.

We balance our decentralized decision model with a comprehensive loan policy and standard underwriting process for commercial loans.

Central Bancompany vs. Peer Median Historical NCOs to Average Loans

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Figures for 1H2025 (the most recent period for which peer data is available) are presented on an annualized basis.

Central Bancompany Wholesale Funding Reliance
(FHLB Advances + Brokered Deposits) to Total Assets vs. Peers

	2021		2022		2023		2024		2Q2025(1)		3Q2025
Central		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%
Peer Median		1.2%		5.8%		6.7%		5.2%		5.0%		—

Source: Central Bancompany and S&P Global Market Intelligence. Peer data reflects FR Y-9C financials.

(1)

The most recent date for which peer data is available.

157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart shows our net interest income compared to average effective fed funds rate for each year between 2019 and 2024 and for the first nine months of 2024 and 2025:

Central Bancompany Net Interest Income vs. Average Effective Fed Funds Rate

Note: Average fed funds rate is the daily average effective federal funds rate over the course of each year.

The following chart shows the number of our peer banks that have had five or more years of consecutive years of net interest income growth through 2024:

Percentage Breakdown of Consecutive Years of Net Interest Income Growth

Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, as of December 31, 2024

Growing Profitability

158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consistent Earnings Growth Resulting from Commitment to Operational Excellence

Our business has demonstrated consistent earnings growth through a strong return profile across economic cycles. This performance has delivered 8% net income CAGR over the last five completed years and 10% annual adjusted net income (non-GAAP) CAGR,9 driven by operating leverage arising through organic growth, acquisitions and prudent expense management. Furthermore, as of September 30, 2025 we believe that margin expansion from redeploying maturing fixed-rate loans and adjustable-rate mortgages (estimated to be $2.0 billion and $1.6 billion maturing in 2026 and 2027, respectively, with roll off yield of 5.69% and 5.83%, respectively) and securities (estimated to be $0.8 billion and $1.1 billion maturing in 2026 and 2027, respectively, with roll off yield of 3.78% and 4.28%, respectively) will provide further earnings upside in the near term.

Central Bancompany Net Income Over Time

($MM)

Note: Year-to-date 2025 net income is presented on an annualized basis as of September 30, 2025. CAGRs calculated through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 net income for the 2025 period.

159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany EPS Over Time

Experienced Acquirer That Is Well-Positioned for Future M&A Growth

160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Assets Acquired Over Time—47 Banks Acquired Since 1972

($MM)

Our Strategic Growth Plans

161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes

(1)

ROAA, adjusted ROAA, net interest margin, cost of deposits and cost of funds are presented on an annualized basis.

(2)

(3)

EPS growth (10-year CAGR) calculated through 2025, using annualized year-to-date 2025 or 1H2025 EPS, as applicable, for the 2025 period.

(4)

•

Deepen customer relationships: We believe that our reputation, expertise and customer-centric banking model enable us to further penetrate our existing customer base. We look to leverage our relationships with existing customers by cross-selling existing and new capabilities. We have made recent hires in both private banking and treasury management to facilitate these efforts. We have identified approximately $40 billion of wealth assets of our existing high-net-worth customers with a banking relationship that they hold with other advisors, based on USA Data and the Company’s internal analysis as of December 31, 2024, and our primary markets show significant opportunity for increased treasury management activities. We intend to continue to capitalize on opportunities to capture more business from existing customers throughout our banking network.

•

162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For and as of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Dollars in Millions	Actual Excess Capital							As Adjusted Excess Capital
Illustrative transaction gross ROIC (after tax)			10%		13%		16%			10%		13%		16%
Company CET1 capital ratio			24.6%		24.6%		24.6%			27.7%		27.7%		27.7%
Less: Bank CET1 capital ratio			13.6%		13.6%		13.6%			13.6%		13.6%		13.6%
Excess of Company CET1 capital ratio over Bank CET1 capital ratio			11.0%		11.0%		11.0%			14.1%		14.1%		14.1%
Total risk-weighted assets		$	12,212	$	12,212	$	12,212		$	12,212	$	12,212	$	12,212
Excess capital(1)		$	1,348	$	1,348	$	1,348		$	1,722	$	1,722	$	1,722
Gross incremental earnings (after tax)(2)(3)			135		175		216			172		224		276
Less: Opportunity cost of cash (after tax)(2)(4)			45		45		45			58		58		58
Net incremental earnings (after tax)(2)(5) ($MM)		$	90	$	130	$	171		$	114	$	166	$	218
Memo: ROIC net of opportunity cost			7%		10%		13%			7%		10%		13%

Notes:

(1)

Excess capital calculated as the excess of our CET1 ratio of 23.8% relative to the Bank’s CET1 capital ratio of 13.5% multiplied by our total risk-weighted assets.

(2)

Presented on an annualized basis.

(3)

Excess capital multiplied by illustrative transaction gross ROIC (after tax).

(4)

Assumes forgoing 4.4% pre-tax interest on cash balances based on the average of the Federal Reserve’s interest rate on reserve balances during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, or 3.3% on an after-tax basis based on a 23.84% effective marginal tax rate.

(5)	Calculated as gross incremental earnings (after tax) less after-tax opportunity cost of cash on our excess capital.

The following table illustrates our adjusted return on average tangible common equity adjusted for excess capital excluding accumulated other comprehensive income, including on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to our receipt of the expected net proceeds of this offering:

	For and as of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Dollars in Millions	Actual Excess Capital			As Adjusted Excess Capital
Excess capital(1)		$	1,348		$	1,722
Net income(2)		$	379		$	379
Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)(2)(3)		$	394		$	394
Less: Opportunity cost of cash (after tax)(2)(4)		$	45		$	58
Adjusted net income adjusted for excess capital (non-GAAP)(2)(5)		$	349		$	337
Amortization of intangible assets, net of taxes(2)		$	3		$	3
Tangible adjusted net income adjusted for excess capital (non-GAAP)(2)(6)		$	352		$	339
Average common equity		$	3,205		$	3,579
Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)(3)		$	2,851		$	3,225
Average accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		$	(90)		$	(90)
Return on average common equity(2)			11.8%			10.6%
Adjusted return on average tangible common equity adjusted for excess capital exclusive of accumulated other comprehensive income (non-GAAP)(2)(7)			22.1%			21.3%

Notes:

(1)

Excess capital calculated as the excess of our CET1 ratio of 24.6% relative to the Bank’s CET1 capital ratio of 13.6% multiplied by our total risk-weighted assets. See table above.

(2)

Presented on an annualized basis.

(3)

Adjusted net income and average tangible common equity are non-GAAP financial measures; refer to “Management’s Discussion

163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations” for more information, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measures.

(4)

(5)

Calculated as adjusted net income less the after-tax opportunity cost of cash on our excess capital. Adjusted net income adjusted for excess capital is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on non-GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.” We believe this measure allows investors to assess our net income, adjusted for the cash return on the capital we hold in excess of our bank-level CET1 ratio, and excluding certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during the period presented that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. Refer to the table for a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measure.

(6)

Calculated as adjusted net income plus amortization of intangible assets, net of taxes less the after-tax opportunity cost of cash on our excess capital. Tangible adjusted net income adjusted for excess capital is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on non-GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.” We believe this measure allows investors to assess our net income, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets, adjusted for the cash return on the capital we hold in excess of our bank-level CET1 ratio, and excluding certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during the period presented that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. Refer to the table for a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measure.

(7)

Calculated as tangible adjusted net income adjusted for excess capital divided by average tangible common equity less excess capital less average accumulated other comprehensive income. Adjusted return on average tangible common equity adjusted for excess capital exclusive of accumulated other comprehensive income is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on non-GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations.” We believe this measure measures our ability to generate profits over common stockholders’ equity, exclusive of changes in goodwill and other intangible assets and adjusted for the cash return on the capital we hold in excess of our bank-level CET1 ratio and for the effect of accumulated other comprehensive income and certain investment portfolio repositioning activities during the period presented that we consider to be outside of the ordinary course of business. Refer to the table for a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP measure.

Competition

We face competitive pressures from other local regional banks, large national banks, credit unions and digital-only banks. In addition, we compete against mortgage and consumer finance companies, trust companies and brokerage firms, and emerging fintechs.

We believe our advantage is strong local relationships and personalized services, commitment to technological innovation and brand recognition within the communities we serve. We intend to continue to strengthen our product offering to address the evolving financial landscape and broaden our services through branch and ATM expansion.

Employees

As of September 30, 2025, we had approximately 3,055 employees, comprised of 2,778 full-time employees and 277 part-time employees. None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We maintain a positive and collaborative relationship with our employees, which has helped us avoid any interruptions due to labor disagreements.

We strive to attract and retain strong talent by providing a variety of benefits and services as well as cultivating an inclusive, safe and healthy workplace. We provide a competitive compensation and benefits program to help meet the needs of all our employees, recognizing their varying needs. In addition to salaries, these programs include annual bonus opportunities, a 401(k) plan with an employer matching contribution, healthcare and insurance benefits, flexible spending accounts, paid time off including family leave and an

164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

employee assistance program. We also invest in the growth and development of our employees by providing a multi-dimensional approach to learning designed to empower, intellectually grow, and professionally develop our colleagues. In particular, we not only provide a number of in-house learning opportunities but also facilitate the educational and professional development of our employees through support to attend conferences and obtain degrees, licenses and certifications.

Our employees consistently strive to make a positive difference in the communities we serve. Our employees have taken an active interest in sharing talents in their communities through volunteer activities in financial education, economic development, human and health services, and community reinvestment. Recently, we implemented a program to better track, recognize and reward all community hours served in other areas to celebrate the broad reach our employees have on our communities. In 2024 alone, our employees logged over 20,000 hours serving every community in which we reside.

Properties

Our Corporate headquarters is located at 238 Madison St, Jefferson City, MO. In addition, we operate 156 full-service branch offices as of September 30, 2025, the majority of which are in Missouri and Kansas. Additional branches are located in Oklahoma, Illinois and Colorado, and we have one branch in Florida. Currently, 22 of our branches (14% of our branch network) are leased. We regularly evaluate our branch network, in order to enter new markets or expand our community presence where there is opportunity while pivoting away from less productive locations.

Legal and Regulatory Proceedings

The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various claims, legal actions and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently party to any legal or regulatory proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, or financial condition. See “Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees,” Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our legal and regulatory proceedings.

165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation under federal and state law. The following information describes certain aspects of that regulation applicable to the Company and the Bank and does not purport to be complete. The costs of compliance with the regulatory regime and supervisory framework applicable to the Company and the Bank are significant. The level of regulation and oversight over financial services activities, including the regulatory enforcement environment applicable to banks and bank holding companies, has in the past increased and may in the future increase. The laws, regulations and supervisory guidance applicable to the Company and the Bank are subject to frequent and ongoing change. A change in applicable laws, regulations or policies, or a change in the way such laws, regulations, or policies are interpreted or enforced by regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material impact on the business, operations, and earnings of the Company and the Bank. The likelihood and timing of any future changes, and the effect of such changes on the Company and the Bank, are not determinable at this time with any degree of certainty.

Central Bancompany, Inc.

The Company is a bank holding company organized under the laws of Missouri within the meaning of the BHC Act and is registered as such with the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to supervision, regulation, and examination by the Federal Reserve and the Missouri Division of Finance and is required to file various reports with the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve possesses extensive authority to take formal or informal corrective or enforcement actions against the Company if it were to take the position that we have violated any law or regulations or have engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice.

Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader range of financial and other activities than are permissible for traditional bank holding companies. The Company has not elected to become a financial holding company.

The Central Trust Bank

The Bank is a Missouri-chartered trust company with banking powers and a Federal Reserve state member bank. Accordingly, the Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve and the Missouri Division of Finance. Because the Bank accepts insured deposits from the public, it is also subject to additional regulatory oversight by the FDIC.

Depository institutions, including the Bank, are subject to extensive federal and state regulations that significantly affect their businesses and activities. Regulatory bodies have broad authority to implement standards and initiate proceedings designed to prohibit depository institutions from engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices. The standards relate generally to capital adequacy, asset quality, management capacity, earnings, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk and various other factors. The bank regulatory agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards. In states where the Bank accepts government deposits, we may also be subject to additional oversight by the applicable state bank regulatory agency.

The Bank is authorized to perform a range of fiduciary services, including the management and administration of trusts, settlement of estates and wealth management. The Bank’s fiduciary activities are currently performed through its Central Trust Company division. Some states have physical presence requirements for trust services, and the interplay between federal and state regulations in this area continues to evolve.

In addition, the Bank maintains a partnership agreement with LPL Financial LLC (“LPL”), which offers securities and advisory services to the Bank’s clients through its Central Investment Advisors division. Insurance products are also offered through LPL or its licensed affiliates. LPL is not affiliated with us. Neither Central Trust Company nor Central Investment Advisors is an investment adviser or a broker-dealer registered with the SEC or subject to its regulation.

Further, the Bank directly provides certain investment advisory services to a limited group of institutional clients. In connection with such investment advisory services, the Bank is a registered investment adviser subject to regulation and periodic examination by the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as

166

TABLE OF CONTENTS

amended (the “Advisers Act”). The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on registered investment advisers, including compliance with the anti-fraud provisions of the Advisers Act and fiduciary duties arising out of those provisions.

Deposit Insurance

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. Accordingly, the Bank is also subject to regulation by the FDIC. The Bank is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF of the FDIC. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating and certain financial measures to assess an institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding-related stress. The risk matrix utilizes four risk categories which are distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. In addition, the FDIC must recover, by special assessment, losses to the DIF as a result of the FDIC’s use of the systemic risk exception to the least cost resolution test under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”).

In October 2022, the FDIC adopted a final rule to increase base deposit insurance assessment rate schedules uniformly by two basis points beginning in the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The increase was instituted to account for extraordinary growth in insured deposits during the first and second quarters of 2020, which caused a substantial decrease in the “designated reserve ratio” of the DIF to total industry deposits. The FDIC has indicated that the new assessment rate schedules will remain in effect until the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 2%. In the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, the Company recorded expense of $3.3 million and $3.3 million, respectively, for FDIC insurance premiums. In the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company recorded expense of $4.6 million and $4.8 million, respectively, for FDIC insurance premiums.

In November 2023, the FDIC adopted a rule to recover, by special assessment, losses to the FDIC deposit insurance fund as a result of the FDIC’s use, in March 2023, of the systemic risk exception to the least-cost resolution test under the FDIA in connection with the receiverships of certain regional banks. Under the rule, the assessment base is the estimated uninsured deposits that an insured depository institution reported as of December 31, 2022, excluding the first $5 billion in estimated uninsured deposits. The special assessments will be collected at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points per year (3.36 basis points per quarter) over eight quarters in 2024 and 2025, with the first assessment period beginning January 1, 2024. Because the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination will be periodically adjusted, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period and impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis. In June 2024, the FDIC announced that it projects that the special assessment will be collected for an additional two quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, at a lower rate. As a result of the special assessment, we accrued $1.1 million during the fourth quarter of 2023 and $266 thousand for the year of 2024.

Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are each required to comply with applicable capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules require the Company and the Bank to maintain the following:

•

a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%;

•

a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%;

•

a minimum ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%; and

•

a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the “leverage ratio”).

In addition to these minimum regulatory capital ratios, the Basel III Capital Rules establish a capital conservation buffer with respect to the first three ratios listed above. Specifically, banking institutions must hold CET1 capital in excess of their minimum risk-based capital ratios by at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets in order to avoid constraints on capital distributions, including dividends and share repurchases, and certain discretionary executive compensation. The severity of the constraints depends on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (that is, the greater of (i) net income for the preceding four

167

TABLE OF CONTENTS

quarters, net of distributions and associated tax effects not reflected in net income and (ii) the average net income over the preceding four quarters).

Failure to meet statutorily mandated capital guidelines or more restrictive ratios separately established for a financial institution could subject us to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting or renewing brokered deposits, limitations on the rates of interest that the institution may pay on its deposits and other restrictions on its business. As described below, significant additional restrictions can be imposed on the Bank if it were to fail to meet applicable capital requirements.

As of September 30, 2025, our total risk-based capital ratio is 25.8%, our Tier 1 capital ratio is 24.6%, our CET1 capital ratio is 24.6%, and our leverage ratio is 15.9%. As of September 30, 2025, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio is 14.8%, its Tier 1 risk-based ratio is 13.6%, its CET1 capital ratio is 13.6%, and its leverage ratio is 8.8%.

Prompt Corrective Action

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) establishes a regulatory scheme, which ties the level of supervisory intervention by bank regulatory authorities primarily to a depository institution’s capital category. Among other things, FDICIA authorizes regulatory authorities to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

The current prompt corrective action requirements for an institution to be “well-capitalized” is a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a CET1 ratio of 6.5% or greater and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater. The Bank exceeded the thresholds to be considered well capitalized as of September 30, 2025. Well-capitalized institutions are permitted to engage in a wider range of banking activities, including among other things, the accepting of “brokered deposits,” and the offering of interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in their respective markets.

If an institution is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal bank regulatory agency. For such capital restoration plan to be accepted by the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution will comply with its capital restoration plan, subject to certain limitations and must provide assurances of performance. The obligation of a controlling bank holding company under the FDIA to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an approved plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. FDICIA imposes restrictions and prohibitions on institutions that are undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized with respect to, among other things, asset size, acquisitions, establishing branches, engaging in new activities, capital distributions and transactions with affiliates.

Resolution and Related Matters

If an insured depository institution such as the Bank were to become insolvent or if other specified events were to occur relating to its financial condition or the propriety of its actions, the FDIC may be appointed as conservator or receiver for the institution. In that capacity, the FDIC would have the power to (i) transfer assets and liabilities of the institution to another person or entity without the approval of the institution’s creditors, (ii) require that its claims process be followed and to enforce statutory or other limits on damages claimed by the institution’s creditors, (iii) enforce the institution’s contracts or leases according to their terms, (iv) repudiate or disaffirm the institution’s contracts or leases, (v) seek to reclaim, recover, or recharacterize transfers of the institution’s assets or to exercise control over assets in which the institution may claim an interest, (vi) enforce statutory or other injunctions, and (vii) exercise a wide range of other rights, powers, and authorities, including those that could impair the rights and interests of all or some of the institution’s creditors. In addition, the administrative expenses of the conservator or receiver could be afforded priority

168

TABLE OF CONTENTS

over all or some of the claims of the institution’s creditors, and under the FDIA, the claims of depositors (including the FDIC on behalf of depositors) would enjoy priority over the claims of the institution’s unsecured creditors.

Dividends

The principal source of our liquidity is dividends from the Bank. The prior approval of the Federal Reserve is required if the total of all dividends declared by a state-chartered member bank in any calendar year would exceed the sum of the bank’s net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus or to fund the retirement of preferred stock. Federal law also prohibits a state-chartered member bank from paying dividends that would be greater than the bank’s undivided profits.

We and the Bank are also subject to limitations under Missouri law regarding the level of dividends that may be paid. The GBCL provides that a Missouri corporation, such as the Company, may pay dividends or repurchase its shares only if the net assets of the corporation are no less than its stated capital and the payment or repurchase will not reduce the net assets of the corporation below its stated capital. In addition, under Missouri law, the Bank may only pay dividends from certain undivided profits and may not pay dividends if its capital is impaired. Limitations on our ability to receive dividends from the Bank could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and ability to pay dividends on its common stock or interest and principal on its debt, and ability to fund purchases of its common stock.

In addition, we and the Bank are subject to other regulatory policies and requirements relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain adequate capital above regulatory minimums. The appropriate federal regulatory authority is authorized to determine under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank holding company or a bank that the payment of dividends would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have stated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

Permitted Activities

As a bank holding company, the Company is limited generally to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Other than its ownership and management of the Bank, the Company does not engage in any other material business.

Subject to any applicable federal requirements, the Bank is authorized to engage in activities permissible for Missouri-chartered trust companies with banking powers. Under Missouri banking laws, the Bank may generally engage in a broad range of enumerated banking activities and exercise all powers necessary, proper or convenient to those activities and any powers incidental to the business of banking. Permitted activities include, among other things, accepting deposits; lending money on personal and real estate security; issuing letters of credit; buying, selling and negotiating bonds, commercial papers and other forms of indebtedness; buying and selling investment securities; receiving money in trust; accepting and executing trusts; and acting as trustee, personal representative, conservator or any other like fiduciary capacity. Subject to certain conditions, Missouri law also permits Missouri-chartered trust companies with banking powers, such as the Bank, to engage in additional activities if those activities are permissible for a national bank operating in Missouri.

Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Bank Control

The BHC Act requires, among other things, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve in any case where a bank holding company proposes to (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns a majority of such voting shares), (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed

169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

bank acquisition, the Federal Reserve will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the effect of the transaction on the convenience and needs of the community to be served, and the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, as well as the acquiring institution’s performance under the CRA and its compliance with fair housing and other consumer protection laws.

In addition, Section 18(c) of the FDIA, commonly known as the “Bank Merger Act,” requires the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve before any state member bank may (i) merge or consolidate with, (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire the assets of or (iii) assume the deposit liabilities of another bank if the resulting institution is to be a state member bank. In determining whether to approve a proposed merger transaction, the Federal Reserve must consider the effect on competition, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the existing and resulting institutions, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and the effectiveness of each insured depository institution involved in the proposed merger transaction in combating money-laundering activities. In addition, the Bank Merger Act applies to (i) mergers or consolidations with, (ii) the assumption of deposit or similar liabilities of or (iii) transfer of assets to any non-insured institutions.

In acting on any application by a banking organization to make an investment or acquisition subject to its approval, federal bank regulatory agencies have substantial discretion in whether or not to grant any approval or non-objection. If the Company or the Bank were to fail to meet certain regulatory criteria or expectations, it could have a material negative effect on the Company’s or the Bank’s ability to obtain the approvals and non-objections necessary to engage in investments or acquisitions.

Subject to certain exceptions, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with their applicable regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. Control exists if an individual or company acquires the power, directly or indirectly (including, in the case of the Bank, through us), to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of any class of voting securities (including, in the case of the Company, our Class A common stock) of any insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person or company acquires ten percent (10%) or more but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of voting securities (including, in the case of the Company, our Class A common stock) of an insured depository institution and either the institution has registered its securities with the SEC under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition.

Source of Strength

Federal Reserve policy has historically required bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) codified this policy as a statutory requirement. Under this requirement, the Company is expected to commit resources to support the Bank, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Safety and Soundness Standards

The FDIA requires the federal banking agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Federal banking agencies have adopted the Interagency Guidelines for Establishing Standards for Safety and

170

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Soundness, which establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. These guidelines also prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder.

The federal bank regulatory agencies have released a statement entitled “Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “CRE Guidance”). In the CRE Guidance, the federal banking regulators (i) expressed concerns with institutions that ease commercial real estate underwriting standards, (ii) directed financial institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure and monitor lending risks and (iii) indicated that they will continue to pay special attention to commercial real estate lending activities and concentrations going forward. The bank regulatory agencies also previously issued guidance, entitled “Interagency Guidance on Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices,” which stated that an institution is potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate concentration risk, and should employ enhanced risk management practices, where (i) total commercial real estate loans, excluding owner-occupied commercial real estate, represent 300% or more of its total capital and (ii) the outstanding balance of such institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. As of September 30, 2025, total commercial real estate loans, excluding owner-occupied commercial real estate, and construction and development loans represent 130% of our total capital and the outstanding balance of our commercial real estate loan portfolio has not increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months.

In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the banking regulator must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution may be subject under the FDIA. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the banking regulator may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

Transactions with Affiliates

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W establish certain quantitative limits and other requirements for loans, purchases of assets, and certain other transactions between the Bank and its “affiliates,” including the Company. Among other requirements, loans or extensions of credit to, or other covered transactions with, an affiliate, to the extent permitted, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions.

Loans to executive officers, directors, or any person who, directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank and their related interests, are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulation (Regulation O). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms (including interest rates charged and collateral required) substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals or be made as part of a benefit or compensation program and on terms widely available to employees, and must not involve a greater than normal risk of repayment. In addition, the amount of loans a bank may make to these persons is subject to both quantitative limits and procedural requirements. Missouri law generally incorporates the requirements of Regulation O for purposes of state law limitations on lending to officers and directors.

Consumer Financial Protection

The Bank is also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. Among the more prominent of such laws and regulations are the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the

171

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act and the Fair Housing Act. Our consumer-oriented activities are also subject to various state and local consumer protection laws. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. The Bank must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer relations.

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the CFPB and giving it responsibility for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans, and credit cards. The CFPB’s functions include investigating consumer complaints, rulemaking, supervising and examining banks’ consumer transactions, and enforcing rules related to consumer financial products and services. Banks with more than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are subject to supervision by the CFPB with respect to these federal consumer financial laws. However, state and local authorities are responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with state and local consumer protection laws, which may be stricter than federal laws, including CFPB rules. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act allows state attorney generals to enforce compliance with federal consumer laws and regulations in certain circumstances.

Regulation Z, the implementing regulation of the Truth in Lending Act, requires mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination, based on verified and documented information, that a consumer applying for a residential mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. These rules prohibit creditors, such as the Bank, from extending residential mortgage loans without regard for the consumer’s ability to repay and add restrictions and requirements to residential mortgage origination and servicing practices. In addition, these rules restrict the imposition of prepayment penalties and restrict compensation practices relating to residential mortgage loan origination.

In March 2023, the CFPB issued a final rule amending Regulation B, the implementing regulation of the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. Covered financial institutions are required to collect and report to the CFPB data on applications for credit for small businesses, including those that are owned by women or minorities. The rule also addresses the CFPB’s approach to privacy interests and the publication of data, shielding certain demographic data from underwriters and other persons, record-keeping requirements and enforcement provisions. A court has stayed the rule pending resolution of a lawsuit challenging the rule for the plaintiffs and intervenors in that lawsuit, including the Bank.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve adopted rules applicable to banks with $10 billion or more in assets, such as the Bank, that establish standards for debit card interchange fees and prohibit network exclusivity and routing restrictions. These rules establish a maximum permissible interchange fee for many types of debit card transactions. In October 2023, the Federal Reserve proposed amendments to these rules that would reduce this maximum permissible interchange fee and establish automatic updates to the maximum permissible interchange fee every other year based on a survey of debit card issuers. The amendments have not been finalized and we will continue to monitor proposed changes to these rules.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA requires the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Furthermore, such assessment is also required of banks that have applied, among other things, to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an insured depository institution, or to open or relocate a branch. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or bank holding company, the record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company is subject to assessment in considering the application. Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial non-compliance.” The Bank was rated “satisfactory” in its most recent CRA evaluation.

In October 2023, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to modernize their respective CRA regulations. The revised rules substantially alter the methodology for assessing compliance with the CRA,

172

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with material aspects taking effect January 1, 2026 and revised data-reporting requirements taking effect January 1, 2027. The final rule is currently enjoined while a federal court considers a lawsuit challenging the rule, and on July 16, 2025, the agencies proposed to rescind the rule and reinstate the prior framework.

Anti-Money Laundering Legislation

The Company is subject to several federal laws that are designed to combat money laundering, terrorist financing, and transactions with persons, companies or foreign governments designated by U.S. authorities (the “AML laws”). This category of laws includes the BSA, USA PATRIOT Act, AMLA and Money Laundering Control Act of 1986. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), a bureau of the U.S. Department of Treasury, has issued the priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism, as required under the AMLA. The priorities include: corruption, cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, transnational crime, drug trafficking organization activity, human trafficking and proliferation financing.

The AML laws and their implementing regulations require insured depository institutions, broker-dealers, and certain other financial institutions to have policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and report potential money laundering and terrorist financing. The AML laws and their regulations also provide for information sharing, subject to conditions, between federal law enforcement agencies and financial institutions, as well as among financial institutions, for counter-terrorism purposes. Federal banking regulators are required, when reviewing bank holding company acquisition and bank merger applications, to take into account the effectiveness of the anti-money laundering activities of the applicants.

In June 2024, FinCEN proposed to amend the anti-money laundering/countering the financing of terrorism (“AML/CFT”) program requirements for all financial institutions subject to the BSA that have AML/CFT program obligations, including us. The proposal would, among other things, require a financial institution’s risk assessment process to identify, evaluate and document the financial institution’s money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activity risks, and update such risk assessments on a periodic basis. In July 2024, the U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies proposed amendments to their respective BSA program rules to align those rules with the FinCEN proposal.

Office of Foreign Assets Control

The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for administering and enforcing economic and trade sanctions against specified foreign parties, including countries and regimes, foreign individuals, and other foreign organizations and entities. OFAC publishes lists of prohibited parties that are regularly consulted by the Company in the conduct of its business in order to assure its compliance. The Company is responsible for, among other things, blocking the accounts of, and transactions with, prohibited parties identified by OFAC, avoiding unlicensed trade and financial transactions with such parties, and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with OFAC requirements could have serious legal, financial, and reputational consequences for the Company.

Privacy

Several laws, including the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978, and related regulations issued by the federal bank regulatory agencies also provide protections against the transfer and use of customer information by financial institutions. A financial institution must provide to its customers information regarding its policies and procedures with respect to the handling of customers’ personal information. Each institution must conduct an internal risk assessment of its ability to protect customer information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated parties without prior notice to and approval from the customer.

In October 2024, the CFPB adopted a final rule requiring providers of payment accounts or products, such as the Bank, to make data available to consumers upon request regarding the products or services they obtain from the provider, and to third parties, with the consumer’s express authorization, for the purpose of such third parties providing the consumer with financial products or services requested by the consumer. Data required to be made available under the rule includes transaction information, account balance, account and

173

TABLE OF CONTENTS

routing numbers, terms and conditions, upcoming bill information, and certain account verification data. For banks with at least $10 billion and less than $250 billion in total assets, such as the Bank, compliance with the rule is required by April 1, 2027.

Additionally, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLBA”) includes privacy requirements for financial institutions, including obligations to protect and safeguard consumers’ nonpublic personal information and records, and limitations on the re-disclosure and re-use of such information. The GLBA requires administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality, integrity, and the proper disposal of nonpublic personal information. It limits a financial institution’s disclosure of nonpublic personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless certain notice requirements are met and the consumer does not elect to prevent or “opt out” of the disclosure and requires that financial institutions provide privacy notices to their customers.

Incentive Compensation

The federal bank regulatory agencies have issued final Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of financial institutions do not undermine the safety and soundness of such institutions by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies is based upon the key principles that a financial institution’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the institution’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the financial institution’s board of directors.

The Federal Reserve reviews, as part of the regular risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of financial institutions, such as the Company, that are not “large complex banking organizations.” These reviews are tailored to each financial institution based on the scope and complexity of the institution’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives are included in reports of examination. Deficiencies are incorporated into the institution’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the institution’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a financial institution if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the institution’s safety and soundness and the financial institution is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

In accordance with an SEC rule, securities exchanges have adopted rules mandating, in the case of a restatement, the recovery or “clawback” of excess incentive-based compensation paid to current or former executive officers and requiring listed issuers to disclose any recovery analysis where recovery is triggered by a restatement.

Cybersecurity

The federal bank regulatory agencies have issued guidance and standards regarding cybersecurity intended to enhance cyber risk management among financial institutions. Financial institutions are expected to comply with such guidance and standards and to accordingly develop appropriate security controls and risk management processes. If we fail to observe such regulatory guidance or standards, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties.

Banking organizations are required to notify their primary bank regulatory agency within 36 hours of determining that a “computer-security incident” has materially disrupted or degraded, or is reasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade, the banking organization’s ability to carry out banking operations or deliver banking products and services to a material portion of its customer base, its businesses and operations that would result in material loss, or its operations that would impact the stability of the United States.

Certain state regulators have also implemented privacy and cybersecurity standards and regulations. For example, several states have recently adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and many states have also recently implemented or modified their data breach notification, information security and data privacy requirements.

174

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Future Legislation and Regulation

Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although the enactment of proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which the Company and the Bank operate and may significantly increase costs, impede the efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory capital, require modifications to business strategy, and limit the ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company and the Bank.

175

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth biographical information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:

Name	Age		Position with the Company
Executive Officers:
S. Bryan Cook		74	Executive Chairman of the Board
John “JR” Ross		55	President, Chief Executive Officer & Director
James K. Ciroli		60	Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Daniel H. Westhues		54	Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Customer Officer
Eric Hallgren		41	Executive Vice President & Chief Credit Officer
Jeremy W. Colbert		48	Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
Russell “Russ” L. Goldammer		69	Executive Vice President & Chief Information Officer
Scott M. Kellett		57	Executive Vice President of Wealth Management
Carey D. Schoeneberg		48	Senior Vice President & Chief Risk Officer
Tristan A. Thompson		43	Senior Vice President & Chief Commercial Banking Services and Payments Officer
Directors (Other Than Executive Officers):
Robert M. Robuck		83	Vice Chairman of the Board
Charles W. Digges, Jr.		76	Director
Michael Kirk Farmer, Jr.		46	Director
Robert R. Hermann, Jr.		73	Director
E. Stanley Kroenke		78	Director
Charles E. Kruse		80	Director
Richard H. McClure		71	Director
Edward D. “Chip” Robertson, Jr.		73	Director
Bradley N. Sprong		61	Director

Executive Officers

176

TABLE OF CONTENTS

177

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from 2017 to 2021. His background spans roles at regional and community banks as well as in management consulting. Mr. Thompson holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and Finance from the University of Florida.

Directors (Other Than Executive Officers)

Robert M. Robuck has served as the Vice Chairman of the Company and the Bank since 2010, and a director of the Company since 1987. He served as interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank from April to June 2025. Mr. Robuck has worked for the Company since its formation in 1970 and has held multiple positions with both the Company and the Bank, including Chief Financial Officer and President and Chief Operations Officer. Mr. Robuck holds a Certified Public Accountant certificate (inactive) and a Bachelor of Science in Administration and Accounting at the University of Missouri. Mr. Robuck’s experience in banking and his institutional knowledge of, and commitment to, the Company and the Bank qualify him to serve as the Vice Chairman of the Board.

Charles W. Digges, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since 2013. Mr. Digges served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of The Insurance Group Inc., an independent insurance agency, from 1985 to 2021. He served on the board of directors of Central Bank of Boone County, a division of the Bank, for 35 years from 1986 to 2021, including on numerous board committees. Mr. Digges also serves on the boards of various community organizations, such as the Columbia Chamber of Commerce, for which he was Chair in 1986, and the Regional Economic Council, for which he was Chair in 1987. Mr. Digges’ business experiences in insurance and banking, longstanding service with the Bank, and commitment to the local community qualify him to serve on our Board.

Michael Kirk Farmer, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since April 2025 and of the Bank since 2015. He has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Farmer Holding Company, with portfolio businesses in construction, logistics and real estate since March 2023, where he previously served as Vice President since 2014. Mr. Farmer’s business experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

Robert R. Hermann, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since 1997. He is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hermann Companies, Inc., a privately held investment and management consulting firm based in St. Louis that offers capital and organizational expertise to venture-stage and middle-market companies, since August 2001. He was also the Chairman and CEO of Anchor Packaging, the largest polypropylene food container manufacturer in North America. Mr. Hermann also serves on the boards of various community organizations, such as St. Louis Children’s Hospital, Saint Louis Zoo, and the Municipal Theatre Association of St. Louis. Mr. Hermann graduated from Princeton University with a degree in economics. His business and investment experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

E. Stanley Kroenke has served as a director of Company since 1994. Mr. Kroenke is the Chairman of The Kroenke Group, a real estate development firm that builds and owns retail shopping centers, apartment buildings, and warehouses throughout North America and in Europe. In addition, Mr. Kroenke founded Kroenke Sports & Entertainment in 1999 and is the owner of Arsenal Football Club, Arsenal Women Football Club, the Los Angeles Rams, the Denver Nuggets, the Colorado Avalanche, the Colorado Rapids and their venues. Recent investments that Mr. Kroenke has led include the Hollywood Park project near Los Angeles, one of the largest privately financed real estate projects in the country, which includes SoFi Stadium and a substantial amount of retail, residential, office, and hotel development. SoFi Stadium was the host to the 2022 Super Bowl and the 2023 College Football National Championship Game, and is scheduled to host the 2028 Olympics opening and closing ceremonies. Mr. Kroenke’s business and investment experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

Charles E. Kruse has served as a director of the Company since 2003. Mr. Kruse served as the President of the Missouri Farm Bureau from 1992 to 2010 and the Director of the Missouri Department of Agriculture from 1985 to 1991. He also served on the American Farm Bureau board of directors from 1995 to 2010 and on the board of the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation from 2001 and 2008. Previously in his career, Mr. Kruse served in the Missouri Army National Guard, from which he retired as a brigadier general with 26 years of service in 1993. In addition, Mr. Kruse has received three U.S. presidential appointments and served on numerous national boards and commissions. Since 1976, Mr. Kruse has been the President of Charles Kruse Farms, Inc. Mr. Kruse holds a Bachelor of Science in Agronomy from Arkansas State

178

TABLE OF CONTENTS

University and a Master of Science Degree in Agronomy from the University of Missouri. Mr. Kruse’s experience in business, financial services, and public service, and knowledge about the Missouri market, qualifies him to serve on our Board.

Richard H. McClure has served as a director of the Company since 2003. He retired from UniGroup, Inc., a leading corporate transportation company in 2014, where he served as the President and Chief Executive Officer from 2002-2014. He has served as Lead Independent Director of World Wide Technology, a $20 billion leading technology solutions provider since 2018. His business experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

Edward “Chip” D. Robertson, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since 2013. Mr. Robertson was the Chief Justice of the Missouri Supreme Court for 14 years. From 1998 to 2023, he was a shareholder of Bartimus, Frickleton, Robertson, Rader P.C., a boutique litigation firm. He served as a special consultant to the Attorney General of the United States from 2001 to 2002. He holds a Bachelor of Arts from Westminster University, a Juris Doctor from the University of Missouri—Kansas City and a Master of Laws from the University of Virginia School of Law. Mr. Robertson’s experience in law and public service qualifies him to serve on our Board.

Bradley N. Sprong has served as a director of the Company since August 2025. Mr. Sprong founded BNS Advisors, LLC, a consulting firm which provides financial advice and leadership guidance to small companies, in October 2024. Prior to founding BNS Advisors, LLC, he was a partner of KPMG LLP from August 1986 to October 2024, serving as a Senior Lead Tax Partner from December 2019 to October 2024. He also served as National Industry Tax Leader for KPMG LLP’s private enterprise practice. He has served on the board of directors of Euronet Worldwide, Inc., a leading global financial technology solutions and payments provider, since 2024, and he also serves on the boards of various other companies and community organizations, such as GN Bank, Midwest Trust Company, William Jewell College and the Kansas City Metropolitan Crime Commission, among others, and has served on the audit committee for several of those organizations. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from William Jewell College and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Sprong’s business experience and accounting expertise qualifies him to serve on our Board.

Controlled Company Exemptions

After the completion of this offering, the Voting Trust will continue to beneficially own shares representing more than 50% of the voting power of our shares eligible to vote in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules. Under such rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or by another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements that (i) a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors, (ii) the board of directors has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors, and (iii) that director nominations be made, or recommended to the full board of directors, by independent directors or by a nominations committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and that the company adopt a written charter or board resolution addressing the nominations process.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize the exemptions from the requirements that each of our compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. As a result, following this offering, we will not have compensation or nominating and corporate governance committees that are composed entirely of independent directors. In addition, as long as we remain a “controlled company,” we may elect in the future to take advantage of any or all of the other available exemptions. As a result of any such election, our Board may not have a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock—Upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and, as a result, will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, and our shareholders will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.”

In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods. If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we intend to take all action necessary to comply with the corporate

179

TABLE OF CONTENTS

governance requirements, including by ensuring we have compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee that are each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to the applicable transition periods.

Director Independence

Our Board has affirmatively determined that each of Charles W. Digges, Jr., Michael K. Farmer Jr., Robert R. Hermann Jr., E. Stanley Kroenke, Charles E. Kruse, Richard H. McClure, Edward D. Robertson, Jr. and Bradley N. Sprong qualify as independent directors under Nasdaq listing standards.

Lead Independent Director

Our Board has adopted corporate governance guidelines, to be effective prior to the completion of the offering, that provide that our independent directors shall designate a lead independent director. Our Board has appointed Richard H. McClure to serve as our lead independent director at such time. As lead independent director, Mr. McClure will have the following powers and duties:

•

presiding at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman is not present;

•

presiding at executive sessions of the independent directors;

•

reviewing and approving meeting agendas, meeting schedules and information sent to the Board;

•

serving as a liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors;

•

having the authority to call meetings of the independent directors; and

•

being available for consultation and direct communication with shareholders, as appropriate.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Board Structure and Committees

Under our Articles and Bylaws, our Board shall consist of at least three members and the number of directors may be fixed from time to time by the Board. Currently, the Board consist of 11 members. Our Articles and Bylaws further provide that the Board shall be divided into three classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as possible. The initial classification of the three classes is as follows:

•

Class I, which consists of Michael Kirk Farmer, Jr., E. Stanley Kroenke, Charles E. Kruse, and Bradley N. Sprong, whose terms will expire at our meeting of shareholders to be held in 2026;

•

Class II, which consists of Charles W. Digges, Jr., Edward D. “Chip” Robertson, Jr., and Robert M. Robuck, whose terms will expire at our meeting of shareholders to be held in 2027; and

•

Class III, which consists of S. Bryan Cook, Robert R. Hermann, Jr., Richard H. McClure, and John “JR” Ross, whose terms will expire at our meeting of shareholders to be held in 2028.

Upon the expiration of the initial term of office for each class of directors, each director in such class shall be elected for a term of three years and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified and until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

The standing committees of our Board will consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Governance Committee, a Risk Committee, and an Executive Committee. Our Board may also establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulations and our corporate governance documents.

Our Board has adopted written charters, to be effective prior to the completion of the offering, that, among other things, specify the scope of the rights and responsibilities of each standing committee, which are described below. The charter of each standing committee will be available on our website following the completion of this offering. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

180

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other matters, assisting the Board’s oversight of:

•

the integrity of our financial statements;

•

our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

•

the independent auditors’ qualifications; and

•

the performance of the independent auditors and our internal audit function.

In addition, the Audit Committee will prepare an audit committee report for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Audit Committee will consist of Richard H. McClure (Chair), Charles W. Digges, Jr., Charles E. Kruse, Edward D. Robertson, Jr., and Bradley N. Sprong. Our Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee (i) are “independent” under the listing standards of the Nasdaq and meet the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and (ii) meet the financial literacy requirements under the rules of the Nasdaq. Additionally, our Board has determined that Bradley N. Sprong qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•

reviewing and approving executive officer compensation goals, objectives and plans, including any incentive-compensation plans and equity-based plans;

•

overseeing the administration of our compensation plans;

•

overseeing, in consultation with management, legal and regulatory compliance with respect to compensation matters;

•

reviewing and approving with respect to any severance or termination agreements between us and our executive officers;

•

reviewing and recommending to the Board for approval a succession plan, addressing the policies and principles for selecting a successor Chief Executive Officer; and

•

preparing an annual compensation committee report to be included in our annual proxy statement in accordance with applicable SEC rules and regulations.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will consist of Robert R. Hermann, Jr. (Chair), S. Bryan Cook, E. Stanley Kroenke, Edward D. Robertson, Jr., and Robert M. Robuck. Although as a “controlled company” we intend to utilize the exemption from the requirement that our Compensation Committee be composed entirely of independent directors, our Compensation Committee charter that will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering will require that a majority of the members of our Compensation Committee be independent. Our Board has determined that each of Robert R. Hermann, Jr., E. Stanley Kroenke, and Edward D. Robertson, Jr. qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the Nasdaq.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our Board, consistent with criteria developed by the Nominating and Governance Committee and approved by the Board;

•

reviewing our corporate governance policies and practices, such as our insider trading policy and code of conduct and ethics;

•

overseeing the size, composition and organization of our Board and its committee structure;

•

establishing procedures to exercise oversight of the evaluation of the Board and management;

181

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us, including standards in determining the independence of directors; and

•

assisting in the preparation of the disclosure in our annual proxy statement regarding director independence and the Nominating and Governance Committee’s operations.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Nominating and Governance Committee will consist of Edward D. Robertson, Jr. (Chair), S. Bryan Cook, Robert Hermann, Jr., and Richard H. McClure as voting members and Robert M. Robuck and John “JR” Ross as non-voting members. Although as a “controlled company” we intend to utilize the exemption from the requirement that our Nominating and Governance Committee be composed entirely of independent directors, our Nominating and Governance Committee charter that will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering will require that a majority of the voting members of our Nominating and Governance Committee be independent. Our Board has determined that each of Edward D. Robertson, Jr., Robert Hermann, Jr., and Richard H. McClure qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of the Nasdaq.

Risk Committee

The Risk Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•

assessing whether the risk management functions provide proper oversight of the Company’s risk profile consistent with the Board’s established risk appetite;

•

ensuring issues and concerns are elevated to the Board and the Company’s Audit Committee, as appropriate;

•

assisting the Board in defining the Company’s risk appetite in the Company’s Risk Appetite Statement, including by reviewing the Company’s Risk Appetite Statement and recommending to the Board any changes thereto;

•

reviewing, and assessing the effectiveness of, the Company’s Enterprise Risk Management program (as established and described in the Company’s Enterprise Risk Management Policy), including management’s implementation thereof, and recommending to the Board any changes thereto;

•

monitoring regulatory matters, including regulatory developments and results of examinations; and

•

evaluating the adequacy of resource allocations to the risk management functions.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Risk Committee will consist of Richard H. McClure (Chair), S. Bryan Cook, Charles W. Digges, Jr., Michael Kirk Farmer, Jr., Charles E. Kruse, and John “JR” Ross.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee will be empowered to exercise the authority of the Board between meetings, except as limited by our written charter, Missouri law, our Articles, our Bylaws or other applicable laws and regulations.

Upon the completion of this offering, our Executive Committee will consist of Edward D. Robertson, Jr. (Chair), S. Bryan Cook, Robert Hermann, Jr., Richard H. McClure, and John “JR” Ross.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

Our Board believes that effective risk management and control processes are critical to our safety and soundness, our ability to predict and manage the challenges that we face and, ultimately, our long-term corporate success. Our Board, both directly and through its committees, is responsible for overseeing our risk management processes, with each of the committees of our Board assuming a different and important role in overseeing the management of the risks we face.

The Risk Committee reviews, and assesses the effectiveness of, the Company’s enterprise risk management program, which is designed to assist the Board, management, and our business lines in identifying and monitoring major risks to mitigate potential losses or adverse impacts to the Company’s position. The Risk

182

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committee also reviews the strategies, policies, procedures, reports, models and systems established by management to identify, assess, measure, and manage the major risks facing the Company. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing risks associated with financial matters (particularly financial reporting, accounting practices and policies, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting) and, through its oversight of our internal audit function, assessing the overall effectiveness of our risk management framework.

The Compensation Committee has primary responsibility for risks and exposures associated with our human resources, compensation policies, plans and practices, regarding both executive compensation and the compensation structure generally. In particular, our Compensation Committee reviews and approves all human resources and talent-related components of our risk metrics, Further, the Compensation Committee, in conjunction with our Chief Human Resources Officer and other members of our senior management as appropriate, is responsible for reviewing our incentive compensation arrangements to ensure these programs are consistent with our compensation philosophy and applicable laws and regulations, including safety and soundness requirements, and do not encourage imprudent or excessive risk-taking by our employees. The Governance and Nominating Committee oversees risks associated with the independence of our Board and potential conflicts of interest.

Our senior management is responsible for implementing and reporting to our Board regarding our risk management processes, including by assessing and managing the risks we face, including strategic, operational, regulatory, investment and execution risks, on a day-to-day basis. Our senior management is also responsible for creating and recommending to our Board for approval appropriate risk appetite metrics reflecting the aggregate levels and types of risk we are willing to accept in connection with the operation of our business and pursuit of our business objectives.

The role of our Board in our risk oversight is consistent with our leadership structure, with our senior management having responsibility for assessing and managing our risk exposure, and our Board and its committees providing oversight in connection with those efforts. We believe this division of risk management responsibilities presents a consistent, systemic and effective approach for identifying, managing and mitigating risks throughout our operations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Other than S. Bryan Cook, Robert M. Robuck and John “JR” Ross, no member of our Board or the Compensation Committee was at any time during the last completed fiscal year, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees.

None of our officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the Board or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation Committee.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

Our Board has adopted a code of conduct that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of conduct will be posted on our website. If we amend or grant any waiver from any provision of our code of conduct that applies to our directors or executive officers, we will publicly disclose such amendment or waiver as required by applicable law, and we intend to disclose any such amendments or waivers on our website.

Clawback Policy

Our Board has adopted an incentive compensation clawback policy that will become effective upon and subject to the completion of this offering that complies with the listing standards of the Nasdaq.

183

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2024 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation earned by our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2024 for services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2024. These individuals are referred to as our named executive officers (the “NEOs”).

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)(1)		Bonus ($)(2)		Stock Awards ($)(3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(4)		All Other Compensation ($)(5)		Total ($)
S. Bryan Cook Executive Chair		2024		928,077		930,000		400,181		—		395,967		2,654,225
John “JR” Ross President & Chief Executive Officer		2024		908,077		—		574,769		1,000,000		129,449		2,612,295
Piyush Agarwal Chief Financial Officer(6)		2024		536,538		560,000		452,492		—		12,376		1,561,406

(1)

The amounts reported represent the NEO’s base salary earned during the fiscal year covered.

(2)

The amounts reported represent, for Messrs. Cook and Agarwal, bonuses earned for 2024 and, for Mr. Agarwal, a retention bonus of $110,000 paid in January 2024, as described below under the Narrative Disclosure to 2024 Summary Compensation Table.

(3)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards and restricted stock awards granted in 2024 to the NEOs, which have been calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 as discussed in “Stock-Based Compensation,” Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 7 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

(4)

The amount reported represents, for Mr. Ross, the bonus earned for 2024 pursuant to pre-defined performance metrics.

(5)

The amounts in this column consist of the following: for Mr. Cook, the incremental cost to the Company of personal use of a Company vehicle ($955), reimbursement of club membership fees ($198,883), the incremental cost to the Company of personal use of the Company’s aircraft ($45,829), 401(k) matching contributions ($10,350), director fees ($85,800) and advisory board fees ($54,150); for Mr. Ross, the incremental cost to the Company of personal use of a Company vehicle ($1,409), reimbursement of club membership fees ($29,890), 401(k) matching contributions ($10,350), director fees ($82,800) and advisory board fees ($5,000); and for Mr. Agarwal, the incremental cost to the Company of personal use of a Company vehicle ($526), 401(k) matching contributions ($10,350) and advisory board fees ($1,500).

(6)

Mr. Agarwal resigned from his role as Chief Financial Officer, effective May 2, 2025.

Narrative Disclosure to 2024 Summary Compensation Table

Agreements with NEOs.

The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Ross and, during his employment with the Company, Mr. Agarwal was also subject to an employment agreement with the Company. Mr. Cook is not party to an employment agreement.

The employment agreement with Mr. Ross generally provides for the terms of his compensation arrangements, including salary and variable compensation, vacation, perquisites, and eligibility for other health and welfare benefits. Mr. Agarwal’s agreement included the terms of his compensation arrangements, including eligibility for an annual bonus with a target of 56% of base salary and maximum of 67% of base salary, subject to performance. Mr. Agarwal’s agreement also included a retention bonus of $110,000 payable on each of the first three anniversaries of January 29, 2021, subject to his continued employment on each payment date. The final installment of the retention bonus was paid in January 2024. Each of Messrs. Ross and Agrawal are subject to non-competition covenants and customer and employee non-solicitation covenants that apply for 24 months following a termination of employment for any reason, along with mutual non-disparagement obligations.

Mr. Ross’s agreement provides that, in the event of termination by the Company without “cause” or by the executive with “good reason,” he would be entitled to severance equal to (i) 12 months of base salary plus (ii) an amount equal to the monthly employer subsidy for health insurance premiums and disability premiums

184

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for then active employees for 12 months, subject to the execution and non-revocation of a release in favor of the Company. In the event of a termination by the Company without cause or resignation by Mr. Ross with “good reason” within 12 months following a “change of control,” he would be entitled to severance consisting of: two times the sum of (i) his base salary in effect on the date of termination, (ii) the annual bonus paid for the calendar year immediately preceding the termination of employment, plus (iii) the annualized amount of the monthly employer subsidy for health insurance premiums and disability premiums for then active employees. Mr. Ross’s agreement includes a cutback in the event amounts would be an excess parachute payment under Code Section 280G.

“Cause” under Mr. Ross’s employment agreement includes: (i) a material breach of the terms of the executive’s employment agreement; (ii) executive’s conduct that amounts to fraud, dishonesty, disloyalty or willful misconduct; (iii) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere or entry into a pre-trial diversion program) for the commission of a crime involving a breach of trust or moral turpitude; (iv) conduct on the part of the executive that amounts to gross and willful insubordination or failure to perform his duties in a material respect, which is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within 15 days after the executive receives written notice of such failure; (v) a good faith determination by a human resources committee that termination of the executive could materially advance the Company’s compliance with a regulatory action; and (vi) the executive’s removal or permanent prohibition from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)). Mr. Ross’s right to cure any breach will not apply if there are habitual or repeated breaches by the executive involving the same or similar conduct.

“Good Reason” under Mr. Ross’s employment agreement includes: (i) a material diminution in the executive’s base salary other than a general reduction in base salary that affects all similarly situated colleagues; (ii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from his current principal place of employment, without the executive’s consent; (iii) a material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; or (iv) a material breach of the executive’s employment agreement by the Company.

Mr. Agarwal’s employment agreement included the same severance provisions and entitlements as Mr. Ross’s agreement. Due to his resignation, Mr. Agarwal did not receive any severance benefits from the Company.

Base Salary. Base salary represents the fixed portion of an NEO’s compensation and is intended to provide compensation for expected day-to-day performance. Salaries are reviewed periodically and may be increased based on a number of factors, including the assumption of additional responsibilities and other factors that demonstrate an NEO’s increased value to the Company and review of competitive market data. The base salary rates for Messrs. Cook, Ross and Agarwal as of December 31, 2024 were $935,000, $915,000 and $545,000, respectively, which reflect increases effective as of March 1, 2024 in connection with our annual review of our NEOs’ base salaries.

2024 Bonuses and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. For Mr. Ross, in order to motivate achievement of short-term performance objectives, the Company determines his annual bonus based on achievement of predefined performance metrics. For fiscal year 2024, Mr. Ross’s bonus was formula-based, with his earned bonus equal to one percent of shareholder value added in excess of a ten percent return on risk-based capital, subject to a maximum bonus opportunity of $1,000,000. Based on the Company’s fiscal year 2024 performance, Mr. Ross received a payout equal to his maximum bonus opportunity.

For Messrs. Cook and Agarwal, fiscal 2024 annual bonuses were determined on a discretionary basis. For fiscal year 2024, we took into account the Company’s performance and, in particular, the increase in earnings, along with individual performance when determining bonus amounts. The Company also considered a peer compensation study performed by AON, the Company’s compensation consultant.

Equity Awards. We believe that providing a meaningful equity stake in our business is essential to create compensation opportunities so that we can compete for talent, on a risk-adjusted basis, with the wide range of banks in the competitive market. In addition, we believe that ownership shapes behavior, and that by providing compensation in the form of equity awards, it aligns NEO incentives with shareholder interests in a manner that supports superior performance over time.

The Company has granted equity awards to key employees, excluding the NEOs, in the form of restricted stock awards or stock awards pursuant to the Central Bancompany, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan (the “Restricted

185

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Plan”). The Restricted Stock Plan is designed to attract, retain, and reward employees while aligning the interest of the employees with the success of the Company.

The Company has granted equity awards to the NEOs in the form of restricted stock awards for Messrs. Ross and Agarwal, and stock awards for Mr. Cook. Awards of restricted stock granted to Messrs. Ross and Agarwal vest over three years based on their continued service, subject to earlier vesting in the event of a change in control or the death of the NEO, and dividend rights are received upon grant of such awards, but are not paid out until vesting of the underlying award. Stock awards granted to Mr. Cook prior to this offering vested immediately upon grant.

Retirement Plans.

401(k) Plan. We offer a tax-qualified 401(k) plan to our U.S. employees, including our NEOs. Employees may contribute a maximum of 75% of their base salary, subject to certain IRS limits. The Company’s matching contribution is equal to one-half of an employee’s contribution, up to a maximum of 6% of the employee’s base pay. The Company also makes a voluntary contribution of 4% of base salary for all active employees.

Retirement Plan. The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, the Central Bancompany, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”), which was frozen to new participants as well as to future accruals, effective as of December 31, 2018. Following such date, participants in the Retirement Plan stopped accruing additional benefits for future service or compensation, but will retain benefits accumulated as of December 31, 2018, in accordance with the terms of the plan, which provides for a payment upon separation from service of 60% of the average of the five highest years of base salary prior to the date the Retirement Plan was frozen, less 50% of the participant’s social security benefit. Mr. Cook is the only NEO who participates in the Retirement Plan.

SERP. Certain executives, including Mr. Cook, participate in the Central Bancompany Nonqualified Supplemental Retirement Plan C (“SERP”), which provides for benefits upon a participant’s termination of employment due to death, disability, or qualifying retirement. Additionally, participants who are active employees at the time of a “change in control” (as defined in the SERP) will receive their benefits in the form of a lump sum payment within 60 days of the date of such change in control.

The SERP was frozen to new participants and accruals, effective as of December 31, 2018. Following such date, participants stopped accruing additional benefits under the SERP, but will retain benefits accumulated as of December 31, 2018, in accordance with the terms of the SERP.

Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company maintains the Central Bancompany, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan I (“Incentive Plan I”) and the Central Bancompany, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan II (“Incentive Plan II”), which provide for the deferral of compensation in the form of grants of phantom share awards which notionally track the value of the Company’s equity. Incentive Plan I provides for payment of a participant’s accrued benefit upon reaching retirement age (or an earlier separation from service) and Incentive Plan II provides for payment of a participant’s accrued benefit upon separation from service. Both Incentive Plan I and Incentive Plan II provide for payment of a participant’s accrued benefit upon the termination of such participant’s employment due to death or disability. Additionally, in the event of a “change in control” (as defined in Incentive Plan I and Incentive Plan II), any unvested benefits accrued by an active participant will vest in full as of the date of the change in control, and will be paid out to the participant in the form of a lump sum payment within 60 days of the date of such change in control. Mr. Cook previously received awards in both Incentive Plan I and Incentive Plan II and is currently receiving annual distributions under Incentive Plan I through 2026, which became payable upon him reaching retirement age. Mr. Cook will be entitled to begin receiving distributions under Incentive Plan II upon his separation from service. Mr. Cook did not receive any grants under Incentive Plan I or Incentive Plan II in 2024.

Benefits: Our NEOs receive health coverage, life insurance, disability benefits and, generally, other similar benefits in the same manner as our U.S. employees.

Perquisites: We provide our NEOs with perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe to be reasonable and competitive with those offered by comparable companies to their executive officers including, for each NEO, use of a vehicle selected by the Company (and related expenses, but excluding gas expenses for travel not related to the business of the Company) and for Messrs. Cook and Ross, personal use of our

186

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corporate aircraft when not needed for business purposes, and subject to a cap based on a percentage of miles flown, and club memberships, which our NEOs also use for business purposes.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2024

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2024.

	Stock Awards
Name	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)(1)		Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(2)
S. Bryan Cook		—		—
John “JR” Ross		85,500		1,152,540
Piyush Agarwal(3)		59,800		806,104

(1)

Reflects shares of unvested restricted stock, which are vest in equal annual installments over three years. Accordingly, for Mr. Ross, 42,250 shares vested on March 1, 2025, 28,600 shares are scheduled to vest on March 1, 2026 and 14,650 shares are scheduled to vest on March 1, 2027; and for Mr. Agarwal, 27,250 shares vested on March 1, 2025, 21,050 shares were scheduled to vest on March 1, 2026, and 11,500 shares were scheduled to vest on March 1, 2027. Mr. Cook has historically received fully vested shares, and therefore had no outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2024.

(2)

Calculated based on a per share value as of December 31, 2024 of $13.48, which is determined based on the value of shares of our Class A common stock quoted on the OTC Markets.

(3)

Mr. Agarwal forfeited his outstanding restricted stock awards upon his resignation from the Company.

Termination and Change in Control Provisions

As discussed above, the Company previously entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Ross and Agarwal, which include severance entitlements in the event of certain qualifying terminations. Additionally, the restricted stock award agreements with the NEOs provide that the awards will become fully vested upon a change in control, or upon the death of the employee. NEOs who participate in the SERP, Incentive Plan I or Incentive Plan II may also be entitled to payment of their vested benefits under such plans in the event of a change in control, as discussed in further detail above.

Assessing Risk in Our Compensation Programs

Our Board has evaluated our compensation policies and practices in place in 2024, including with the advice of AON, the Company’s compensation consultant, and has concluded that none of the Company’s incentive plans were likely to motivate behavior that would result in a material adverse impact to the Company.

Post-IPO Compensation Arrangements

We intend to develop executive compensation programs to incentivize our NEOs in the long-term and short-term following the completion of this offering. In connection with the IPO, we have entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Ross. We also adopted a new equity incentive plan to provide for grants of awards following the completion of this offering, which will replace the Restricted Stock Plan with respect to future grants.

New Agreement with Mr. Ross.

In connection with this offering, we amended and restated Mr. Ross’s employment agreement. Mr. Ross’s amended and restated employment agreement contains the same terms described above, except for the following key changes. First, Mr. Ross’s base salary is set at $960,000. Second, Mr. Ross will be eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 100% of his base salary, which will no longer be subject to preset minimum and maximum thresholds, but rather will be subject to minimum and maximum thresholds to be developed by the compensation committee from time to time. Third, the amended and restated employment agreement provides for greater flexibility for the compensation committee to determine the

187

TABLE OF CONTENTS

vesting terms and any performance criteria applicable to annual equity incentive awards. Lastly, Mr. Ross’s amended and restated agreement includes a “net better” cutback, which provides that, in the event of a change in control, payments to Mr. Ross will be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to avoid an excise tax under Code Section 4999, if such reduction would result in Mr. Ross receiving a higher net after-tax amount.

2025 Equity Incentive Plan.

General. The Board has adopted the 2025 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”), which will be effective as of immediately prior to the commencement of this offering, and which will have the features described below. We do not expect to grant any equity awards in connection with the IPO.

Share Reserve. Subject to the capitalization adjustment provisions set forth in the 2025 Plan, the number of shares of our Class A common stock initially available for issuance under our 2025 Plan will initially be 2,500,000 shares, which may be increased by the compensation committee on January 1st of each year commencing on January 1, 2026 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2035, by a number of shares determined by the compensation committee, which will be no greater than 1% of the total number of shares outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Shares subject to an award under the 2025 Plan that expires, is forfeited, is cancelled or is settled in cash will become available for future awards under the 2025 Plan. Shares tendered or withheld in payment of taxes or an exercise price will not again become available for awards. Shares of our Class A common stock subject to awards that are assumed, converted or substituted under the 2025 Plan as a result of our acquisition of another company will not count against the number of shares that may be granted under the 2025 Plan subject to stock exchange requirements.

Administration. The 2025 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee or its delegates (collectively, the “administrator”). Subject to the terms of the 2025 Plan, the administrator will grant, or recommend to the Board for approval to grant, awards and determine the terms of such awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting. In addition, the administrator has the authority to determine whether any award may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, other securities or other awards or property. The administrator has the authority to interpret the 2025 Plan and may adopt any rules and regulations governing the 2025 Plan, including rules governing the administrator’s own operations. The administrator may also delegate any of its powers, responsibilities or duties to any person who is not a member of the administrator or any administrative group within the company. The Board may also grant awards under or administer the 2025 Plan.

Eligibility; Limits on Compensation to Non-Employee Directors. Employees, directors and consultants will be eligible to participate in our 2025 Plan. Pursuant to the 2025 Plan, no non-employee director may be granted (in any calendar year) compensation with a value in excess of $300,000 (with the value of any equity-based awards based on the grant date value), subject to certain exceptions for the first year of service and directors who are former employees.

Types of Awards. The 2025 Plan provides for the grant of “non-qualified stock options” that do not meet the requirements of “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (RSUs), dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based, equity-related or cash-based awards. All of the awards described above are subject to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions determined by the administrator, in its sole discretion, subject to certain limitations provided in the 2025 Plan. The vesting conditions placed on any award need not be the same with respect to each grantee and the administrator will have the sole discretion to accelerate, waive or amend any vesting terms. Each award granted under the 2025 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award’s terms and conditions. In the case of any conflict or potential inconsistency between the 2025 Plan and a provision of any award or award agreement with respect to an award, the 2025 Plan will govern.

Stock Options. An award of a stock option gives a grantee the right to purchase a certain number of shares of our Class A common stock during a specified term in the future, after a vesting period, at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The exercise price of any stock option may be paid using cash, check or certified bank check; shares of our Class A common stock; a net exercise of the stock option; other legal consideration approved by the company and permitted by applicable law and any combination of the foregoing.

188

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Stock Appreciation Rights. A SAR entitles the grantee to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of the SAR (which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date), multiplied by the number of shares subject to the SAR. The term of a SAR may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Payment to a grantee upon the exercise of a SAR may be either in cash, shares of our Class A common stock or other securities or property, or a combination of the foregoing, as determined by the administrator.

Restricted Stock. A restricted stock award is an award of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed or other vesting conditions have been satisfied, as determined by the administrator, and which will be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. The administrator will issue a certificate in respect to the shares of restricted stock, unless the administrator elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of such shares. During the period that any restrictions apply, the transfer of restricted stock awards is generally prohibited. Grantees have full voting rights with respect to their restricted stock. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, all ordinary cash dividend payments or other ordinary distributions paid upon any restricted stock will be paid to the relevant grantee only upon the vesting of the underlying restricted stock.

Restricted Stock Units. An RSU is an award representing the right to receive, on the applicable delivery or payment date, one share of our common stock for each granted unit, cash or other securities or property equal in value to such share of common stock or a combination thereof that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed or other vesting conditions, including performance-based vesting conditions, have been satisfied, as determined by the administrator, and which will be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. During the period that any restrictions apply, the transfer of RSUs is generally prohibited.

Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights entitle the grantee to receive amounts equal to all or any of the ordinary cash dividends that are paid on the shares underlying a grant while the grant is outstanding. Dividend equivalent rights may be paid in cash, in shares of our common stock or in another form. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of dividend equivalent rights; however, unless the administrator determines otherwise in an award agreement, no such dividend equivalent rights may be paid unless and until the award to which they relate vests.

Other Stock-Based or Cash-Based Awards. Under the 2025 Plan, the administrator may grant other types of equity-based, equity-related or cash-based awards, including awards subject to performance-based criteria, subject to such terms and conditions that the administrator may determine. Such awards may include the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of our common stock, performance share awards and performance units settled in cash.

Adjustments. In connection with a recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, spinoff, split up, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, rights offering, separation, reorganization or liquidation, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares, including any extraordinary dividend or extraordinary distribution, the administrator will make adjustments as it deems appropriate to (i) the type of property or securities, and the number, that may be granted under the 2025 Plan and (ii) any other terms of the 2025 Plan and the terms of any outstanding awards, including the number of shares subject to the award and exercise or strike price, if applicable.

Amendment; Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the 2025 Plan at any time, provided that no such amendment may materially adversely impair the rights of an award without the grantee’s consent. Our shareholders must approve any amendment to the extent required to comply with the Internal Revenue Code, applicable laws or applicable stock exchange requirements. Unless terminated sooner by the Board or extended with shareholder approval, the 2025 Plan will terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the date on which our shareholder approved the 2025 Plan, but any outstanding award will remain in effect until the underlying shares are delivered or the award lapses.

Change in Control. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, or as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, if a participant’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the 2025 Plan), or if the participant resigns their employment for “good reason” (as defined in the 2025 Plan), in either case, on or within one year after a “change in control” (as defined in the 2025 Plan), (i) all outstanding awards will become fully vested (including lapsing of all restrictions and conditions), and, as applicable, exercisable,

189

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with any outstanding performance-based awards deemed earned at target performance and (ii) any shares deliverable pursuant to RSUs will be delivered promptly following the termination. As of the change in control date, any outstanding performance-based awards will be deemed earned at the greater of the target and actual performance level and will continue to be subject to time-based vesting. In the event of a change in control, the administrator may (i) provide for the assumption of or the issuance of substitute awards, (ii) provide that for a period of at least 20 days prior to the change in control, stock options or SARs that would not otherwise become exercisable prior to a change in control will be exercisable as to all shares of common stock, as the case may be, subject thereto and that any stock options or SARs not exercised prior to the consummation of the change in control will terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the consummation of the change in control, (iii) modify the terms of awards to add events, conditions or circumstances (including termination of employment within a specified period after a change in control) upon which the vesting of such awards will accelerate or (iv) settle awards for an amount of cash or securities equal to their value (in the case of stock options and SARs that are settled in cash, the amount paid will be equal to the in-the-money spread value, if any, as determined in the sole discretion of the administrator).

Clawback: Repayment If Conditions Not Met. All awards, shares of common stock or benefits received or outstanding under the 2025 Plan will be subject to any clawback or recapture policy that we may adopt from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s Clawback Policy Regarding the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Incentive-Based Compensation). If the administrator determines that the terms of an award were not satisfied and the failure to satisfy the terms was material, then the grantee will be obligated to repay the fair market value of the shares issued or delivered in respect of the award or, in the case of options or SARs, the award’s spread value.

190

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth the amount of compensation we paid to each of our directors (other than directors who are NEOs, whose compensation is reflected in the 2024 Summary Compensation Table, above) during the 2024 fiscal year for their service on the Company’s Board and the Central Trust Bank Boards of Directors. Directors are paid an annual fee of $50,000 for services as a member of our Board, a fee of $900 for each Board meeting attended and a fee of $600 for each committee meeting attended.

2024 Director Compensation

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)		All Other Compensation ($)(1)		Total ($)
Charles W. Digges, Jr.		56,600		—		56,600
Michael K. Farmer, Sr.(2)		51,500		—		51,500
Robert R. Hermann, Jr.		56,900		—		56,900
E. Stanley Kroenke		50,000		—		50,000
Charles E. Kruse		56,600		—		56,600
Richard H. McClure		90,150		9,900		100,050
Edward D. “Chip” Robertson, Jr.		56,000		—		56,000
Robert M. Robuck		85,800		905,456		991,256

(1)

The amount in this column for Mr. Robuck includes his compensation as an employee of the Company for 2024, including base salary, bonus, restricted stock award, personal use of a Company vehicle, reimbursement of club membership fees, 401(k) matching contributions and fees for serving on market advisory boards. The amount in this column for Mr. McClure represents fees for serving on market advisory boards.

(2)

Mr. Farmer resigned from his role as a member of our Board, effective April 16, 2025.

We intend to continue to provide compensation to non-employee members of our Board for their services following the completion of this offering. Following a review of peer practices, the Board determined that, following the completion of this offering, independent directors will receive an annual retainer of $60,000 for services as a member of our Board and a fee of $5,000 for each Board meeting attended. In addition, the Board’s lead independent director will receive an annual fee in the amount of $15,000 and committee chairs will receive an annual fee in the amount of $10,000.

191

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

This section sets forth information, as of October 30, 2025, regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock by our principal shareholders, executive officers and directors.

A person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a share of common stock if such person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such share, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such share. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any shares of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under this definition, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same shares.

The percentage ownership set forth below immediately prior to the completion of this offering is based on 220,664,900 shares of Class A common stock and no shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of October 30, 2025 (including 605,650 shares of restricted stock awards and excluding treasury stock).

Applicable percentage ownership after the offering assumes the issuance of 17,778,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering (or 20,444,700 shares if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us). This does not include up to an additional 4,088,940 shares of our Class A common stock that have been registered with the SEC and may be issued if the number of shares in this offering is increased, including a corresponding increase in the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us.

In addition, at our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to our directors, executive officers, certain employees and other designated persons. The table below does not reflect any purchases by these potential purchasers. If any shares are purchased by our existing principal shareholders, executive officers, directors, or their affiliated entities, the number and percentage of shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by such persons after this offering will be higher than those set forth in the table below.

The following table sets forth information, as of October 30, 2025, regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering by:

•

each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our outstanding common stock;

•

each of our named executive officers;

•

each of our directors; and

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each shareholder listed below is c/o Central Bancompany, Inc., 238 Madison Street, Jefferson City, MO 65101.

192

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Name	Shares beneficially owned prior to this offering				Shares beneficially owned following this offering
	Number		%		Number		%
							Assuming underwriters’ option is not exercised		Assuming underwriters’ option is exercised in full
Greater than 5% Shareholders
Voting Trust(1)		156,873,186		71.09%		156,873,186		65.79%		65.06%
Central Trust Bank(2)		47,071,400		21.33%		47,071,400		19.74%		19.52%
Charles A. Weber(3)		24,473,450		11.09%		24,473,450		10.26%		10.15%
John D. Schaperkotter(4)		24,437,200		11.07%		24,437,200		10.25%		10.14%
Steven W. Cook(5)		20,485,950		9.28%		20,485,950		8.59%		8.50%
Morgan W. Cook(6)		20,428,700		9.26%		20,428,700		8.57%		8.47%
Catherine O. Cook(7)		20,238,600		9.17%		20,238,600		8.49%		8.39%
Anne W. Cook(8)		19,945,200		9.04%		19,945,200		8.36%		8.27%
Sarah Cook Tryhus(9)		18,881,150		8.56%		18,881,150		7.92%		7.83%
Nelson C. Grumney, Jr.(10)		18,639,400		8.45%		18,639,400		7.82%		7.73%
Mary Blair Cook Sage(11)		14,738,500		6.68%		14,738,500		6.18%		6.11%
Andrew Gregg Curtin Sage III(12)		14,664,800		6.65%		14,664,800		6.15%		6.08%
Samuel Winston Brune(13)		14,664,800		6.65%		14,664,800		6.15%		6.08%
Nelson C. Grumney, III(14)		13,684,400		6.20%		13,684,400		5.74%		5.68%
Andrew C. Grumney(15)		13,630,800		6.18%		13,630,800		5.72%		5.65%
Cynthia Cook Grumney(16)		12,292,150		5.57%		12,292,150		5.16%		5.10%
Directors and Named Executive Officers
S. Bryan Cook(1)(17)		157,115,186		71.20%		157,115,186		65.89%		65.16%
Robert R. Hermann, Jr.(1)(18)		157,484,986		71.37%		157,484,986		66.05%		65.32%
Robert M. Robuck(1)(19)		156,912,136		71.11%		156,912,136		65.81%		65.08%
Piyush Agarwal(20)		174,000		*		174,000		*		*
James K. Ciroli		—		—		—		—		—
Charles W. Digges, Jr.(21)		1,740,000		*		1,740,000		*		*
Michael Kirk Farmer, Jr.		—		—		—		—		—
Richard H. McClure(22)		8,300		*		8,300		*		*
E. Stanley Kroenke		—		—		—		—		—
Charles E. Kruse(23)		5,000		*		5,000		*		*
Edward D. “Chip” Robertson, Jr.		—		—		—		—		—
John “JR” Ross(24)		518,600		*		518,600		*		*
Bradley N. Sprong		—		—		—		—		—
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (19 persons)(25)		158,476,536		71.82%		158,476,536		66.46%		65.73%

Represents less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust of which S. Bryan Cook, Robert R. Hermann, Jr. and Robert M. Robuck are the Trustees. The Trustees, acting by a simple majority, exercise sole voting discretion over all of the shares held in the Voting Trust. See “Certain Relationships and Other Related Party Transactions—Voting Trust Agreement.” Each Trustee disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held within the Voting Trust, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

193

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)

Consists of (a) 39,571,600 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of accounts under the advice of Central Trust Company in its ordinary course of business and for which Central Trust Company may be deemed to have investment power and (b) 7,499,800 shares held by accounts under the advice of Central Trust Company in its ordinary course of business and for which Central Trust Company may be deemed to have voting or investment power. Central Trust Company is a division of the Bank and provides trust, wealth management and other fiduciary services. Voting and investment decisions regarding these shares are made in accordance with Central Trust Company’s fiduciary duties. Central Trust Bank does not have any pecuniary interest in the shares held by or for the benefit of the foregoing accounts under the advice of Central Trust Company, and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(3)

Consists of (a) 220 shares held by trusts for which Charles A. Weber may deemed to have voting or investment power and (b) 24,473,230 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts and a charitable foundation for which Charles A. Weber serves as co-trustee and for which he may be deemed to have investment power. Charles A. Weber disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by or for the benefit of the foregoing trusts and charitable foundation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(4)

One Metropolitan Square, 211 North Broadway, Suite 3600, St. Louis, Missouri 63102. Consists of (a) 50 shares held by a trust for which John D. Schaperkotter may be deemed to have voting or investment power and (b) 24,437,150 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts and a charitable foundation for which John D. Schaperkotter may be deemed to have investment power. John D. Schaperkotter disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trusts and charitable foundation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(5)

Consists of 20,485,950 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of Steven W. Cook and for which he may be deemed to have investment power.

(6)

Consists of (a) 20,057,250 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts for which Morgan W. Cook may be deemed to have investment power and (b) 371,450 shares held by a trust for which Morgan W. Cook may be deemed to have voting or investment power. Morgan W. Cook disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by or for the benefit of the foregoing trusts, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(7)

Consists of (a) 19,981,050 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of Catherine O. Cook and a trust for which Catherine O. Cook may be deemed to have investment power and (b) 257,550 shares held by Catherine O. Cook. Catherine O. Cook disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(8)

Consists of 19,945,200 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of a trust for which Anne W. Cook may be deemed to have investment power. Anne W. Cook disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(9)

c/o Grayhawk Development, 7377 East Doubletree Ranch Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85258. Consists of 18,881,150 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts for which Sarah Cook Tryhus may be deemed to have investment power. Sarah Cook Tryhus disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trusts, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(10)

Consists of (a) 18,384,400 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts for which Nelson C. Grumney, Jr. may be deemed to have investment power and (b) 255,000 shares held by trusts for which Nelson C. Grumney, Jr. may be deemed to have voting or investment power. Nelson C. Grumney, Jr. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by or for the benefit of the foregoing trusts, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(11)

Consists of 14,738,500 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of Mary Blair Cook Sage and a trust for which Mary Blair Cook Sage may be deemed to have investment power. Mary Blair Cook Sage disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(12)

Consists of 14,664,800 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of a trust for which Andrew Gregg Curtin Sage III may be deemed to have investment power. Andrew Gregg Curtin Sage III disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(13)

Consists of 14,664,800 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of a trust for which Samuel Winston Brune may be deemed to have investment power. Samuel Winston Brune disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(14)

Consists of (a) 12,905,500 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts for which Nelson C. Grumney, III. may be deemed to have investment power and (b) 778,900 shares held by trusts for which Nelson C. Grumney, III may be deemed to have voting or investment power. Nelson C. Grumney, III disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by or for the benefit of the foregoing trusts, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(15)

Consists of (a) 13,378,950 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of trusts for which Andrew C. Grumney may be deemed to have investment power, (b) 250,300 shares held by Andrew C. Grumney and trusts for which Andrew C. Grumney may be deemed to have voting or investment power and (c) 1,550 shares of unvested restricted stock awards held by Andrew C. Grumney for which he may be deemed to have voting power. Andrew C. Grumney disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by or for the benefit of the foregoing trusts, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(16)

Consists of 12,292,150 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of a trust for which Cynthia Cook Grumney may be deemed to have investment power. Cynthia Cook Grumney disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(17)

Consists of (a) 109,950 shares held indirectly through Central Trust Company for the benefit of S. Bryan Cook for which he may be deemed to have voting or investment power, (b) 132,000 shares held jointly by S. Bryan Cook and his mother. (c) 50 shares held by a trust for which S. Bryan Cook may be deemed to have voting or investment power and (d) 156,873,186 shares held by the Voting Trust for which S. Bryan Cook may be deemed to have voting power. The Voting Trust includes 45,063,600 shares held for the benefit of S. Bryan Cook, trusts and a charitable foundation for which he may also be deemed to have investment power. S. Bryan Cook disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Voting Trust, including for the benefit of the foregoing trusts and charitable foundation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Of the shares for which S. Bryan Cook may be deemed to have voting or investment power, 820,000 shares are pledged as collateral to secure certain financings with the Bank in the ordinary course of its business. See “Certain Relationships and Other Related Party Transactions—Ordinary Banking Relations.”

194

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(18)

Consists of (a) 156,873,186 shares held by the Voting Trust for which Robert R. Hermann, Jr. serves as co-trustee and for which he may be deemed to have voting power and (b) 611,800 shares held by a charitable foundation for which Robert R. Hermann, Jr. may be deemed to have voting or investment power. Robert. R. Hermann, Jr. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Voting Trust and the foregoing charitable foundation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Of the shares for which Robert R. Hermann, Jr. may be deemed to have voting or investment power, 820,000 shares are pledged as collateral to secure certain financings with the Bank in the ordinary course of its business. See “Certain Relationships and Other Related Party Transactions—Ordinary Banking Relations.”

(19)

Consists of (a) 38,900 shares of unvested restricted stock awards held by Robert M. Robuck for which he may be deemed to have voting power, (b) 50 shares held by a trust for which Robert M. Robuck may be deemed to have voting or investment power and (c) 156,873,186 shares held by the Voting Trust for which Robert M. Robuck may be deemed to have voting power. The Voting Trust includes 18,625,900 shares held for the joint benefit of Robert M. Robuck and his spouse and for the benefit of Robert M. Robuck and trusts and a charitable foundation for which he may also be deemed to have investment power. Robert M. Robuck disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Voting Trust, including for the benefit of the foregoing charitable foundation, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Of the shares for which Robert M. Robuck may be deemed to have voting or investment power, 820,000 shares are pledged as collateral to secure certain financings with the Bank in the ordinary course of its business. See “Certain Relationships and Other Related Party Transactions—Ordinary Banking Relations.”

(20)

Consists of 174,000 shares held indirectly through Central Trust Company for the joint benefit of Piyush Agarwal and his spouse for which Piyush Agarwal may be deemed to have voting or investment power.

(21)

Consists of 1,740,000 shares held indirectly through the Voting Trust for the benefit of a trust for which Charles W. Digges, Jr. may be deemed to have investment power. Charles W. Digges, Jr. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held for the benefit of the foregoing trust, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(22)

Consists of 8,300 shares held by a trust for which Richard H. McClure may be deemed to have voting or investment power. Richard H. McClure disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the foregoing trust, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.

(23)

Consists of 5,000 shares held jointly by Charles E. Kruse with his spouse.

(24)

Consists of (a) 401,450 shares held indirectly through Central Trust Company for the joint benefit of John “JR” Ross and his spouse for which John “JR” Ross may be deemed to have voting or investment power and (b) 117,150 shares of unvested restricted stock awards held by John “JR” Ross for which he may be deemed to have voting power.

(25)

Does not include shares beneficially owned by Piyush Agarwal, who resigned from his role as Chief Financial Officer, effective May 2, 2025.

195

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described in “Executive and Director Compensation” above, this section describes each transaction since January 1, 2022, and each proposed transaction, in which:

•

we have been or are to be a participant;

•

the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

•

any of our directors, executive officers or persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding of our Class A common stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals (other than tenants or employees) (collectively, “principal shareholders”), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Ordinary Banking Relationships

Certain of our directors and executive officers, along with their immediate family members and affiliates, are clients of, or have had transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include deposits, loans, and other financial services-related transactions, including certain trust and wealth management services. These transactions are made in the ordinary course of business, are made available on terms, including interest rates and collateral, consistent with those available to the general public under similar conditions at the time of the transactions, and do not present more than the normal risk of collectability or any unfavorable features. As of the date of this prospectus, none of these loans were categorized as nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans.

Our directors and executive officers, along with their immediate family members and their affiliated organizations, and affiliates, had credit outstanding with the Bank of $251.9 million as of September 30, 2025. We expect to continue to enter into transactions in the ordinary course of business on similar terms with our directors and executive officers, as well as with their immediate family members and affiliates.

SBC Financings

On April 13, 2021, the Company issued a revolving line of credit (as amended from time to time, the “Original SBC Line of Credit”) in an amount of up to $10 million to SBC Central Holdings Partnership (the “SBC Partnership”) to fund certain tax liabilities in connection with the estate of Sam B. Cook, the father of S. Bryan Cook, our Executive Chairman. On August 8, 2025, the SBC Partnership was wound down as part of the Sam B. Cook estate termination process. The limited partners of the SBC Partnership consisted of trusts for the benefit of S. Bryan Cook and certain of his immediate family members and the Sam B. Cook Foundation (the “SBC Foundation”), a charitable foundation of which S. Bryan Cook is a co-trustee. The Original SBC Line of Credit had an interest rate equal to the prime rate minus 0.5% per annum payable quarterly with a maturity date of May 1, 2022 and was secured by shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the SBC Partnership. As of April 11, 2025, the Company had increased the Original SBC Line of Credit to $38.5 million and extended the maturity date to May 1, 2026.

On June 20, 2025, in connection with the anticipated wind-down of the SBC Partnership, the Company replaced the Original SBC Line of Credit with an interim revolving line of credit in an amount of up to $38.5 million issued to the Sam B. Cook Interim Trust (the “Interim Trust Line of Credit”) for the benefit of S. Bryan Cook and his immediate family members and the SBC Foundation. The Interim Trust Line of Credit had an interest rate of the prime rate minus 0.5% per annum payable quarterly with a maturity date of September 1, 2025 and is secured by shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the borrower. As of June 20, 2025, at time of its replacement, the outstanding balance on the Original SBC Line of Credit was $37.0 million. Promptly following the replacement of the SBC Line of Credit with the Interim Trust Line of Credit, the Sam B. Cook Interim Trust made a $17.3 million payment, reducing the balance on the Interim Trust Line of Credit to $19.7 million, and on August 19, 2025, the Company decreased the Interim Trust Line of Credit to $19.7 million.

On August 29, 2025, the Company refinanced the remaining outstanding principal balance of the Interim Trust Line of Credit into six individual loans to S. Bryan Cook, certain of his immediate family members,

196

TABLE OF CONTENTS

trusts for the benefit of certain of his immediate family members and the Foundation with an aggregate principal amount of $19.7 million (each, an “Individual SBC Loan” and, together with the Original SBC Line of Credit and the Interim Trust Line of Credit, the “SBC Financings”) and terminated the Interim Trust Line of Credit. Each individual SBC Loan had an interest rate equal to prime rate minus 0.5% per annum, with a maturity date of September 10, 2025 and was secured by shares of our common stock beneficially owned by the respective borrower. As of August 29, 2025, each of the Individual SBC Loans was repaid in full.

The largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding on the SBC Financings since January 1, 2022 was $37.0 million and all SBC Financings were repaid in full as of August 29, 2025. We have received $3.8 million of interest and $37.0 million of principal payments on the SBC Financings between January 1, 2022 and August 29, 2025.

Employee Relationship

Andrew C. Grumney, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock and the nephew of our Executive Chairman S. Bryan Cook, is employed in a non-executive role by the Company and received compensation in excess of $120,000 for each of 2024, 2023 and 2022, consistent with that of similarly situated employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities.

Voting Trust Agreement

Currently, approximately 71.09% of our outstanding Class A common stock is held in the Voting Trust, governed by the voting trust agreement among the Company, the Voting Trust Members and S. Bryan Cook, Robert M. Robuck and Robert R. Hermann, Jr., as trustees (the “Trustees”). The Voting Trust Members consist of extended members of the Sam Baker Cook family and certain employees, descendants of former employees and other shareholders party thereto. S. Bryan Cook is our Executive Chairman, and Robert M. Robuck and Robert R. Hermann, Jr. are our directors.

The Trustees, acting by a simple majority, exercise sole voting discretion over Class A common stock held in the Voting Trust. Voting Trust Members are entitled to receive any cash dividends or other cash distributions made in respect of the shares underlying their respective interests in the Voting Trust. To the fullest extent permitted by Missouri law, which governs the Voting Trust Agreement, the Voting Trust Members have waived any and all fiduciary duties of the Trustees. We have also agreed to indemnify the Trustees against certain liabilities arising out of or in connection with their action or inaction under the Voting Trust Agreement.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Voting Trust Agreement, Voting Trust Members may transfer their interests in the Voting Trust or withdraw their Class A Common Stock from the Voting Trust (i) in connection with a third party sale, subject to a right of first refusal by us and (ii) as otherwise permitted by the Trustees in their sole and absolute discretion.

In addition, the Voting Trust Agreement obligates us to enter into a registration rights agreement prior to the completion of this offering, in customary and reasonable form granting registration rights to the Voting Trust Members in connection with this offering and such other follow-on offerings of our Class A common stock as agreed upon among the parties. See “—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Further, the Voting Trust Members have agreed through agreements set forth in the Voting Trust, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer the shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A common stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Under the Voting Trust Agreement, the underwriters are intended third-party beneficiaries of these “market stand-off” provisions and may enforce such provisions.

The Voting Trust will terminate on December 31, 2035, which date may be extended for one or more additional ten-year terms with the approval of the Trustees, the Company and Voting Trust Members representing at least 60% of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the Voting Trust. In addition, the Voting Trust may be terminated at any time by the unanimous vote of the Trustees. The Voting Trust may only be amended

197

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with the written consent of Voting Trust Members representing at least 60% of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the Voting Trust.

Registration Rights Agreement

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Voting Trust, as required by the Voting Trust Agreement described above. The registration rights agreement will provide, among other things and subject to certain exceptions and conditions, that we are required to register shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by certain eligible Voting Trust Members under the Securities Act.

Directed Share Program

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Parties

Transactions by us with related parties are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation W, which governs certain transactions by us with our affiliates, and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O, which governs certain loans by us to executive officers, directors and principal shareholders. We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions.

Our Board has adopted a written policy, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, governing the review and approval of transactions with related parties that will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year. The policy calls for potential related party transactions to be reported to and reviewed by the Corporate Secretary and, if deemed to be a related party transaction, submitted to our Audit Committee for review, approval or ratification. Upon the determination by the Corporate Secretary that a transaction requires review under the policy, the material facts are required to be presented to the Audit Committee. In determining whether or not to approve a related party transaction, our Audit Committee will take into account, all relevant facts and circumstances, including the related party’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction, the amount involved, our benefits from the transaction, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services and whether the terms are comparable to terms available from unrelated parties. In the event a member of our Audit Committee is not disinterested with respect to the related party transaction under review, that member may not participate in the review, approval or ratification of that related party transaction.

Certain decisions and transactions are not subject to the related party transaction approval policy, including: (i) decisions on compensation or benefits relating to directors or executive officers and (ii) indebtedness to us in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to us and not presenting more than the normal risk of collectability or other unfavorable features.

198

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our Articles and Bylaws, and of the GBCL. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our Articles and Bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of:

•

500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share;

•

50,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share; and

•

50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

As of October 30, 2025, there are 220,664,900 shares of Class A common stock (including 605,650 shares of restricted stock awards and excluding treasury stock) held by 455 holders of record (including the Voting Trust, which is the record holder of 156,873,186 shares of Class A common stock held on behalf of the Voting Trust Members, and Cede & Co., which is the holder of record of 21,097,000 shares of Class A common stock held in “street name” through a broker or bank). Currently, there are no shares of Class B common stock or preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

We have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, other than as set forth below.

Voting Rights

Under our Articles, each holder of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each holder of our Class B common stock is entitled to no vote per share, unless otherwise required by the GBCL.

Under the GBCL, even if shares of a particular class or series of stock, such as our Class B common stock, are not otherwise entitled to a vote on any matter submitted to the shareholders, amendments to the articles of incorporation of a corporation which adversely affect those shares require a vote of the class or series of which such shares are a part, including amendments which would:

•

increase or decrease the aggregate number or par value of authorized shares of the class or series;

•

create a new class of shares having rights and preferences prior or superior to the shares of the class or series;

•

increase the rights and preferences, or the number of authorized shares, of any class having rights and preferences prior to or superior to the rights of the class or series; or

•

alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of such class or series so as to affect such shares adversely.

Under our Bylaws, there is no cumulative voting for the election of directors.

No Conversion Rights

Our common stock has no conversion rights.

Economic Rights

Dividends. Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock then issued and outstanding, the holders of shares of the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor, without distinction as

199

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to class of common stock (except as provided below). No dividend payable in shares of stock of the Company will be declared or paid to the holders of outstanding shares of the Class A common stock unless a dividend payable in shares of stock of the Company is declared and paid at the same time and at the same rate per share to all of the holders of outstanding shares of the Class B common stock; and no dividend payable in shares of stock of the Company will be declared or paid to the holders of outstanding shares of Class B common stock unless a dividend payable in shares of stock of the Company is declared and paid at the same time and at the same rate per share to all of the holders of outstanding shares of Class A common stock; provided, that any such stock dividend will be payable only as follows: (a) the shares of stock of the Company to be paid as a stock dividend in respect of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock will consist only of shares of Class A common stock, and the shares of stock of the Company to be paid as a stock dividend in respect of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will consist only of shares of the Class B common stock or (b) said stock dividend will be payable solely in shares of Class B common stock or preferred stock as to both outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Liquidation or Dissolution. Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock then issued and outstanding, in the event of a voluntary or an involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the holders of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be entitled pro rata to all of the net assets of the Company without distinction as to class of stock.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.

Fully Paid and Non-assessable

All of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Under our Articles, our Board is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series or classes without shareholder approval, unless otherwise required by the Articles, by law or by any stock exchange. Our Board has the discretion to determine the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of each series or class of preferred stock.

Our Board may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our Company that may otherwise benefit holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Stock

We may issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock without shareholder approval, subject to applicable rules of the Nasdaq, for a variety of corporate purposes, including raising additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of unissued and unreserved common and preferred stock may enable us to issue shares to persons who are friendly to current management, which could discourage an attempt to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and protect the continuity of management and possibly deprive you of opportunities to sell your shares at prices higher than the prevailing market prices. We could also use additional shares to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of us.

200

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Applicable Law and Our Articles and Bylaws

Missouri Corporate Law

Shareholders’ Votes Required for Mergers. Under the GBCL, a Missouri corporation must generally obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of two thirds of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote thereon to approve a merger or consolidation. This requirement cannot be lowered by the articles of incorporation or bylaws of a Missouri corporation.

Control Share Acquisition Statute. The GBCL has a “control share acquisition statute,” which may limit the rights of a shareholder to vote some or all of its shares. Pursuant to our Articles, the “control shares acquisition statute” in the GBCL does not apply to us.

Business Combination Statute. The GBCL contains a “business combination statute,” which restricts certain “business combinations” (as defined below) between a corporation and an “interested shareholder” (as defined below) or affiliates of the interested shareholder, for a period of five years after the date of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless either such transaction or the interested shareholder’s acquisition of stock is approved by the board of directors on or before the date the interested shareholder obtains such status.

The statute also provides that, after the expiration of such five-year period, business combinations are prohibited except for:

•

a business combination approved by the corporation’s board of directors prior to the date on which the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder, or where the purchase of stock that caused the interested shareholder to become an interested shareholder was approved in advance by the corporation’s board of directors;

•

a business combination approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested shareholder, or by any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder (as defined in the statute) at a meeting called for such purpose no earlier than five years after the date on which the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder; or

•

a business combination that satisfies certain fairness and procedural requirements prescribed in the statute.

For this purpose, a “business combination” includes a mergers or consolidation, some sales, leases, exchanges, pledges and similar dispositions of corporate assets or stock and any reclassifications or recapitalizations that generally increases the proportionate voting power of the interested shareholder. Under the GBCL, an “interested shareholder” means any person who owns or controls twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding shares of the corporation’s voting stock, or who is an affiliate or associate of the corporation (as defined in the statute) and at any time within the 5-year period prior to the date in question previously owned or controlled twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding shares of the corporation’s voting stock.

Although a corporation may opt out of the business combination statute through a provision in its articles of incorporation or bylaws, we have not opted out. Accordingly, the Missouri business combination statute applies to acquisitions of our Class A common stock.

Takeover Bid Disclosure Statute. The GBCL contains a “takeover bid disclosure statute,” which requires that, under some circumstances, before making a tender offer that would result in the offeror acquiring control of us, the offeror must file certain disclosure materials with the Missouri Commissioner of Securities.

Federal and Missouri Banking Law

The ability of a third party to acquire our stock is also limited under applicable U.S. banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements. The BHC Act requires any “bank holding company” to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring, directly or indirectly, more than five percent (5%) of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Any “company” (as defined in the BHC Act) other than a bank holding company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring “control” of us. “Control” generally means (i) the ownership or control of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of a class of voting

201

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities, (ii) the ability to elect a majority of the directors or (iii) the ability otherwise to exercise a controlling influence over management and policies. The interpretation of these control attributes is subject to interpretation by the Federal Reserve through regulation and practice. A person, other than an individual, that controls us for purposes of the BHC Act is subject to regulation and supervision as a bank holding company under the BHC Act. In addition, under the Change in Bank Control Act and the Federal Reserve’s regulations thereunder, any person, either individually or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, is required to provide notice (or rebut control) to the Federal Reserve prior to acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock (or any other class of our voting securities).

Board Classification

The GBCL permits classification of a Missouri corporation’s board of directors with as equal of number in each class as possible if the corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws so provide. Our Articles and Bylaws provide for a classified board of directors comprised of three classes as equal in size as possible.

The GBCL permits a corporation to elect each director to a term of between one (1) and three (3) years. Our Articles and Bylaws provide that directors are elected to a three (3) year term.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

The GBCL provides that, unless the articles of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, one or more directors of a corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. The GBCL also provides that any director may be removed for cause by action of a majority of the entire board of directors if the director, at the time of removal, fails to meet the qualifications stated in the articles of incorporation or bylaws for election as a director or is in breach of any agreement between such director and the corporation relating to such director’s services as a director or employee of the corporation.

Our Articles provide that directors may be removed only (a) for cause, by a majority of the Board, as provided by law, in the event a director fails to meet the qualifications stated in the Bylaws for election as a director or in the event such director is in breach of any agreement between such director and the Company relating to such director’s service as a director or employee of the Company, or (b) with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of two thirds of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting as a single class. Any such vote by the shareholders shall be in addition to the separate vote of any particular class or series of our capital stock required by or pursuant to law, our Articles or otherwise.

The GBCL provides that, unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws, the board of directors can fill vacancies by a majority vote until the next election of directors by shareholders at a regular or special meeting. Our Articles and Bylaws do not contain any provision that alters this standard.

No Cumulative Voting

Our Bylaws provide that there shall be no cumulative voting for our directors. The absence of cumulative voting may make it more difficult for shareholders owning less than a majority of our common stock to elect any directors to our Board.

Limitations on Shareholder Action by Written Consent

The GBCL provides that any action by written consent of shareholders in lieu of a meeting must be unanimous.

Limitations on Calling Shareholder Meetings

Under our Bylaws, special meetings of shareholders may be called only by a majority of our Board, the Chairman of the Board, our President, or the holders of not less than 85% of our voting stock.

202

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shareholder Proposals and Notice

Our Bylaws provide advance notice procedures for shareholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of shareholders. Our Bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our shareholders from bringing matters before our shareholders at our annual meeting of shareholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our Articles limit the liability of our directors to us or any of our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted under the GBCL.

Under the GBCL, a corporation may indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to any legal proceeding (including, any suit by or in the name of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any such capacity with respect to another enterprise, against expenses and other amounts reasonably incurred by him in connection with such legal proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The foregoing notwithstanding, no indemnification may be made in respect to any claim brought by or in the name of the corporation as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that a proper court determines that in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court deems proper. A corporation is required to indemnify its directors or officers, and its employees or agents, to the extent that such persons have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending an action, suit or proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, unless the corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise. These indemnification rights are not exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification is entitled and do not limit a corporation’s right to provide further indemnification.

Our Articles provide rights of indemnification generally as set forth in the GBCL as described above.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Equiniti Trust Company, LLC.

Securities Exchange

We intend to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq under the symbol “CBC.”

203

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 238,442,900 shares of Class A common stock outstanding (or 241,109,600 shares if the underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us). This does not include up to an additional 4,088,940 shares of our Class A common stock that have been registered with the SEC and may be issued if the number of shares in this offering is increase, including a corresponding increase in the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

All of the 17,778,000 shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering (or 20,444,700 shares if underwriters elect to exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased or held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 220,664,900 shares of Class A common stock will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 and may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144 and Rule 701. Of these shares, 158,476,536 shares of Class A common stock will be subject to a contractual 180-day lock-up period described below under “—Lock-Up Agreements” and will be available for sale in the public market only after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to registration or an exemption from registration). The remaining 62,188,364 shares of Class A common stock that are not subject to the contractual lock-up may be sold in the public market if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701.

The Voting Trust Members may divest their ownership interest in us over time, subject to market conditions and other considerations. Shares held by the Voting Trust Members will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities; provided that, (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during, the 90 days preceding the sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. A person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell such securities without regard to the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

On April 28, 2025, our Articles became effective, which, among other things, automatically reclassified and converted each share of Class B common stock then outstanding (excluding treasury stock) into one share of Class A common stock. We believe that all holders who receive Class A common stock in the Reclassification will be permitted to “tack” the holding period of their Class B common stock to their own holding periods with respect to their Class A common stock for purposes of establishing the requisite six-month or one-year holding period.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale would be subject to additional restrictions by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•

one percent (1%) of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 2,384,429 shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

204

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rule 701

In general, and subject to expiration of the applicable lock-up restrictions and, in the case of the Voting Trust Members, the applicable restrictions under the Voting Trust Agreement, any of our employees, directors or officers who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date (subject to the lock-up agreements referred to below, as applicable), which qualify under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act upon consummation of this offering to register for the purposes of United States federal securities laws the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plan. These registration statements are expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the effective date of this offering. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets in the United States, subject to the lock-up agreements and, if applicable, to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

The Voting Trust Members have agreed, through agreements set forth in the Voting Trust Agreement, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer the shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A common stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Under the Voting Trust Agreement, the underwriters are intended third-party beneficiaries of these “market stand-off” provisions and may enforce such provisions.

In addition, we and our executive officers and directors (holding 1,603,350 shares of our Class A common stock outside of the Voting Trust) will agree that, subject to certain limited exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

•

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock;

•

file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock; or

•

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Upon the completion of this offering, 158,476,536 shares of our Class A common stock (71.82% of the shares of our Class A common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering) will be subject to the contractual 180-day lock-up period described above.

205

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our Class A common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock.

Registration Rights Agreement

After this offering, and subject to the lock-up agreements and restrictions under the Voting Trust Agreement, the Voting Trust, on behalf of the Voting Trust Members, who will hold approximately 65.79% (or 65.06% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our Class A common stock after completion of this offering, may require us to register shares of our Class A Common Stock that certain eligible Voting Trust Members beneficially own under the Securities Act. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” After such registration, these shares of our Class A common stock will become freely tradeable without restrictions under the Securities Act. These sales could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

206

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

This section summarizes certain United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder. You are a non-U.S. holder if you are, for United States federal income tax purposes:

•

a nonresident alien individual;

•

a foreign corporation; or

•

an estate or trust that in either case is not subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis on income or gain from Class A common stock.

This section does not consider the specific facts and circumstances that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder and does not address the treatment of a non-U.S. holder under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction. This section is based on the tax laws of the United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

•

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

•

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

•

tax-qualified retirement plans;

•

qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund) or any other person that is subject to special rules or exemptions under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act;

•

dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

•

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•

traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

•

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

•

entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

•

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

•

persons that acquired our Class A common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

•

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and

•

persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.

If an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding our Class A common stock should consult its tax advisor with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of an investment in our Class A common stock.

207

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You should consult a tax advisor regarding the United States federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock in your particular circumstances, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock) in respect of our Class A common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, on a share-by-share basis, to the extent of your tax basis in our Class A common stock (and will reduce your basis in such our Class A common stock), and, to the extent such portion exceeds your tax basis in our Class A common stock, the excess will be treated as gain from the taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “Gain on Disposition of Our Class A common stock.”

Except as described below, distributions treated as dividends paid to you on our Class A common stock are subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, the withholding agent will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have furnished to the withholding agent:

•

a valid Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-United States person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments; or

•

in the case of payments made outside the United States to an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the United States), other documentary evidence establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing a refund claim with the United States IRS.

If dividends paid to you are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, withholding agents are generally not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to the withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that:

•

you are a non-United States person; and

•

the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income.

“Effectively connected” dividends are taxed at rates applicable to United States citizens, resident aliens and domestic United States corporations.

If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A common stock

You generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

•

the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, if that is

208

TABLE OF CONTENTS

required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis;

•

you are an individual, you hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions exist; or

•

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” (as described below), at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, you are not eligible for a treaty exemption, and either (i) our Class A common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs or (ii) you owned or are deemed to have owned, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than five percent (5%) of our Class A common stock.

If the gain from the taxable disposition of shares of our Class A common stock is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by a tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States), you will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale at rates applicable to United States citizens, resident aliens and domestic United States corporations. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above, you will be subject to a flat 30% tax (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though you are not considered a resident of the United States.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we will be a United States real property holding corporation at any time that the fair market value of our “United States real property interests,” as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for the U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming in the foreseeable future, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we were to become a United States real property holding corporation, gain arising from your sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our Class A common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and you owned, actually and constructively, five percent (5%) or less of our Class A common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or your holding period.

FATCA Withholding

Pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, commonly known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax (“FATCA withholding”) may be imposed on certain payments to you or to certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons receiving payments on your behalf if you or such persons fail to comply with certain information-reporting requirements. Payments of dividends that you receive in respect of our Class A common stock could be affected by this withholding if you are subject to the FATCA information-reporting requirements and fail to comply with them or if you hold our Class A common stock through a non-U.S. person (e.g., a foreign bank or broker) that fails to comply with these requirements (even if payments to you would not otherwise have been subject to FATCA withholding). You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the relevant U.S. law and other official guidance on FATCA withholding.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We and other payors are required to report payments of dividends on our Class A common stock on IRS Form 1042-S even if the payments are exempt from withholding. Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to you may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply if you provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-ECI, or

209

TABLE OF CONTENTS

otherwise establish an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Payment of the proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale effected at a foreign office of a broker could be subject to information reporting in the same manner as a sale within the United States (and in certain cases may be subject to backup withholding as well) if (i) the broker has certain connections to the United States, (ii) the proceeds or confirmation are sent to the United States or (iii) the sale has certain other specified connections with the United States.

210

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of our Class A common stock indicated below:

Name	Number of Shares
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
BofA Securities, Inc.
Piper Sandler & Co.
Stephens Inc.
Total(1)		17,778,000

(1)

Does not include up to an additional 4,088,940 shares of our Class A common stock that have been registered with the SEC and may be issued if the number of shares in this offering is increased, including a corresponding increase in the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The number of shares each underwriter has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, will increase proportionally to the extent the number of shares in this offering is increased.

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of our Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ overallotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of our Class A common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of our Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,666,700 additional shares of our Class A common stock at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of our Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 2,666,700 shares of Class A common stock.

Total

Per Share

No Exercise

Full Exercise

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

211

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $3.9 million. In addition, the underwriters are expected to reimburse us for approximately $2.0 million (or $2.3 million, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full) certain of our expenses in connection with this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $22.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by them.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq under the trading symbol “CBC.”

Lock-Up Agreements

The Voting Trust Members have agreed through agreements set forth in the Voting Trust, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer the shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A common stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Under the Voting Trust Agreement, the underwriters are intended third-party beneficiaries of these “market stand-off” provisions and may enforce such provisions.

•

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Class A common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our Class A common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph will be subject to certain specified exceptions.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the Class A common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

Price Stabilization; Short Positions

In order to facilitate the offering of our Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Class A common stock. Specifically, the

212

TABLE OF CONTENTS

underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the overallotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the overallotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the overallotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our Class A common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of our Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of our Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, although shares of our Class A common stock are currently quoted on the OTC Markets under the symbol “CBCY”. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives and will not be based on the prices reported on the OTC Markets. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, executive officers, certain employees and other designated persons. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations

213

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in the United States. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement we will enter into with the underwriters, the sales will be made by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Certain participants in the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC in connection with the directed share program, including for the failure of any participant to pay for its shares. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area (“EEA”)

This prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, as amended (the “Prospectus Regulation”).

In relation to each Member State of the EEA, no offer of shares of our Class A common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public may be made in that Member State of the EEA other than:

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Member State of the EEA means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of our Class A common stock.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is not a prospectus for the purposes of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law in the United Kingdom (the “UK Prospectus Regulation”).

The communication of this prospectus and any other document or materials relating to the offer of our shares of Class A common stock contemplated hereby is not being made, and this prospectus and such other documents and/or materials have not been approved, by an authorized person for the purposes of Section 21 of the United Kingdom’s Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (the “FSMA”). This prospectus may not be distributed or circulated to any person in the United Kingdom other than to (i) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order or (iii) other persons to whom it may otherwise lawfully be communicated or distributed under the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus is directed only at relevant persons. Other persons should not act on this prospectus or any of its contents.

In relation to the United Kingdom, no offer of shares of our Class A common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public may be made in the United Kingdom other than:

214

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the UK Prospectus Regulation;

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of our Class A common stock.

All applicable provisions of the FSMA must be complied with in respect to anything done by any person in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of our Class A common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of our Class A common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the account or benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption as described below from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors (“QII”)

Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock. The shares of our Class A common stock may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock. The shares of our Class A common stock may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares of our Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of our Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

215

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to Section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of our Class A common stock have not been and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong (the “SFO”) and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the “C(WUMP)O”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the C(WUMP)O. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of our Class A common stock has been or will be issued or has been or will be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the shares of our Class A common stock described herein. The shares of our Class A common stock may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of our Class A common stock constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of our Class A common stock may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, nor the Company nor the shares of our Class A common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. The shares of our Class A common stock are not subject to the supervision by any Swiss regulatory authority, e.g., the Swiss Financial Markets Supervisory Authority FINMA, and investors in the common stock will not benefit from protection or supervision by such authority.

VALIDITY OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The validity of the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP, St. Louis, Missouri. John D. Schaperkotter, a partner of Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP, is a co-trustee of certain trusts and a charitable foundation that indirectly hold 24,437,200 shares of our Class A common stock through the Voting Trust. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York and for the underwriters by Sidley Austin LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Central Bancompany, Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

216

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and shares of our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy or form of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. You may inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

We maintain an internet site at https://www.centralbank.net. The information on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect copies of these materials without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our common shareholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

217

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
	Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm					F-2
	Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023					F-3
	Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023					F-5
	Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023					F-7
	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023					F-8
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements					F-9

	Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
	Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024					F-63
	Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024					F-65
	Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024					F-67
	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024					F-68
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements					F-69

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

KPMG LLP
Suite 1100
1000 Walnut Street
Kansas City, MO 64106-2162

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors
Central Bancompany, Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Central Bancompany, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for the recognition and measurement of credit losses as of January 1, 2023 due to the adoption of ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1973.

Kansas City, Missouri

March 31, 2025, except for Notes 21 and 22, as to which the date is April 28, 2025, and Note 23, as to which the date is October 10, 2025.

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

	2024			2023
Assets
Cash and due from banks		$	265,209		233,476
Short-term interest-bearing deposits			969,416		1,447,487
Interest-bearing deposits			699		1,188
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			7,183		3,665
Investment securities:
Available for sale (AFS)			5,603,723		5,029,305
Held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses of $21 and $26 (fair value of $3,231 and $4,060 in 2024 and 2023, respectively.)			3,225		4,033
Equity			48,770		50,246
Trading			666		—
Total investment securities			5,656,384		5,083,584
Loans held for investment			11,624,091		11,485,288
Less allowance for credit losses			(154,279)		(154,809)
Net loans			11,469,812		11,330,479
Loans held for sale			34,264		35,442
Land, buildings, and equipment, net			215,316		217,931
Deferred tax assets			23,332		56,635
Foreclosed assets held for sale			3,695		4,344
Goodwill			348,237		348,237
Core deposit and other intangibles			6,653		10,042
Mortgage servicing rights			30,423		33,876
Bank owned life insurance			24,522		24,758
Other assets			187,398		189,361
Total assets		$	19,242,543		19,020,505

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2024 and 2023
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

	2024			2023
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	5,245,705		5,378,324
Savings and interest-bearing demand			8,043,244		7,943,456
Time			1,696,899		1,547,730
Total deposits			14,985,848		14,869,510
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			1,007,295		1,226,167
Total customer funds			15,993,143		16,095,677
Other liabilities			138,739		181,030
Total liabilities			16,131,882		16,276,707
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued for both 2024 and 2023, respectively			—		—
Class A voting common stock, $0.01 par value. 500,000,000 shares authorized; 297,802,850 shares issued for both 2024 and 2023, respectively			2,978		2,978
Class B nonvoting common stock, $0.01 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued for both 2024 and 2023, respectively			—		—
Capital surplus			13,319		10,630
Retained earnings			3,333,669		3,085,304
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(139,925)		(267,592)
			3,210,041		2,831,320
Less treasury stock of 77,418,100 and 76,847,300 shares of Class A voting common stock in 2024 and 2023, respectively			(99,380)		(87,522)
Total stockholders’ equity			3,110,661		2,743,798
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	19,242,543		19,020,505

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

	2024			2023
Interest income:
Loans		$	708,386		646,923
Investment securities			151,489		129,740
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			45,102		23,989
Total interest income			904,977		800,652
Interest expense:
Deposits			190,432		128,694
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			27,221		38,779
Total interest expense			217,653		167,473
Net interest income			687,324		633,179
Provision for credit losses			14,587		16,252
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			672,737		616,927
Other income:
Service charges and commissions			56,137		50,441
Payment services revenue			67,531		67,414
Brokerage services			25,739		22,433
Fees for fiduciary services			45,897		40,197
Mortgage banking revenues, net			42,080		37,113
Other income			9,667		8,176
Investment securities losses, net			(36,661)		(18,894)
Total other income			210,390		206,880
Other expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits			281,087		271,508
Net occupancy and equipment			47,131		44,253
Computer software and maintenance			20,318		19,490
Marketing and business development			19,990		19,053
FDIC and bank exam fees			5,583		5,671
Legal and professional fees			26,290		19,095
Bankcard processing, rewards and related cost			32,002		36,031
Other expenses			57,006		53,969
Total other expenses			489,407		469,070
Income before income taxes			393,720		354,737
Income taxes			87,910		81,044
Net income		$	305,810		273,693
Net income per common share – basic		$	1.39		1.24
Net income per common share – diluted		$	1.39		1.24

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(Dollars in thousands)

	2024			2023
Net income		$	305,810		273,693
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on AFS securities included in net income, net of taxes			39,031		15,204
Unrealized gain on AFS securities, net of income taxes			70,574		107,416
Change in pension loss, net of income taxes			18,061		6,701
Other comprehensive income			127,667		129,321
Total comprehensive income		$	433,477		403,014

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

	Class A Common Stock			Capital Surplus		Retained Earnings		Treasury Stock		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss		Total
Balance at December 31, 2022		$	2,978		8,912		2,858,291		(86,868)		(396,913)		2,386,400
Adoption ASU 2016-13							5,241						5,241
Balance at January 1, 2023, adjusted		$	2,978		8,912		2,863,532		(86,868)		(396,913)		2,391,641
Net income							273,693						273,693
Other comprehensive income (loss)											129,321		129,321
Purchase of treasury stock									(959)				(959)
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.235 per share)							(51,921)						(51,921)
Stock-based compensation					2,023								2,023
Issuance under equity compensation plans					(305)				305				—
Balance at December 31, 2023		$	2,978		10,630		3,085,304		(87,522)		(267,592)		2,743,798
Net income							305,810						305,810
Other comprehensive income (loss)											127,667		127,667
Purchase of treasury stock									(12,143)				(12,143)
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.26 per share)							(57,445)						(57,445)
Stock-based compensation					3,458								3,458
Issuance under equity compensation plans					(769)				285				(484)
Balance at December 31, 2024		$	2,978		13,319		3,333,669		(99,380)		(139,925)		3,110,661

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
(Dollars in thousands)

	2024			2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income		$	305,810		273,693
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			19,204		19,565
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, net			7,640		15,322
Deferred income taxes			(6,660)		2,633
Provision for credit losses			14,587		16,252
Gain on sale of loans, net			(28,964)		(23,648)
Purchases of trading securities			(2,347)		(5,273)
Sales of trading securities			1,677		5,288
Investment securities losses, net			36,661		18,894
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale			(1,278,005)		(1,163,209)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale			1,302,861		1,180,076
Stock-based compensation			3,458		2,023
(Decrease) increase in other assets			8,312		(4,925)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities			(20,937)		8,401
Net cash provided by operating activities			363,297		345,092
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of available-for-sale securities			(3,761,831)		(1,008,046)
Purchase of equity securities			(10,590)		—
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities			1,044,686		662,970
Proceeds from sales of equity securities			26,654		103
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities			2,227,755		1,916,907
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities			836		669
Net change in interest-bearing deposits			489		250
Net increase in loans			(148,660)		(268,625)
Purchase of land, buildings, and equipment			(25,158)		(25,890)
Proceeds from sale of land, buildings, and equipment			11,911		1,489
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities			(633,908)		1,279,827
Cash flows from financing activities:
Decrease in deposits			(53,155)		(1,102,186)
Increase in time deposits			169,493		410,500
Decrease in federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			(218,872)		(90,780)
Dividends paid			(57,532)		(51,870)
Purchase of treasury stock			(12,143)		(959)
Net cash used in financing activities			(172,209)		(835,295)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			(442,820)		789,624
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year			1,684,628		895,004
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year		$	1,241,808		1,684,628
Cash and due from banks		$	265,209		233,476
Short-term interest-bearing deposits			969,416		1,447,487
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			7,183		3,665
Total cash and cash equivalents		$	1,241,808		1,684,628
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid		$	216,063		161,178
Income taxes paid			92,020		71,342
Loans transferred to foreclosed assets held for sale			4,938		1,124

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2024 and 2023

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition or disclosure through March 31, 2025, the date on which the consolidated financial statements were issued. While the U.S. economy continued to be strong in 2024, continued record levels of inflation forced the Federal Reserve to maintain tight monetary conditions. High inflation and interest rates may adversely affect our business activities, financial condition, and results of operations. Such effects will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict. Meanwhile, continued risk from the uncertain geopolitical climate may cause stress to the economic conditions in the U.S. and globally.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks, short-term interest-bearing deposits maturing within 90 days, and federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell maturing within 90 days to be cash equivalents. Interest-bearing deposits are held at other financial institutions and are not considered cash and cash equivalents.

Investment Securities

Held-to-maturity securities (“HTM”) are those that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. HTM securities are recorded at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses. Trading account securities (“Trading”) are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Equity securities (“Equity”) include common and preferred stock with readily determinable fair value as well as certain equity securities without a readily determinable fair value. All other debt securities held by the Company are classified as available-for-sale (“AFS”). Trading, Equity, and AFS securities are recorded at fair value. For both Trading and Equity securities, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, are included in earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of related tax effect, on AFS securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Realized gains and losses upon disposition of AFS securities are included in income using the specific-identification method for determining the cost of the securities sold.

Purchased premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized/accreted into interest income using the constant yield method based upon the remaining contractual maturity of the asset, adjusted for any expected prepayments.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Available-for-Sale Debt Securities

For AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the entire loss in fair value is required to be recognized in current earnings if the Company intends to sell the securities or believes it more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery. Any time the Company does not expect to recover

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the amortized cost basis, a credit loss is deemed to have occurred and an allowance for credit losses is recorded. The allowance for credit losses is limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis.

Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as a provision for (or reversal of) credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. Losses are charged against the allowance for credit losses on securities when management believes the uncollectibility of an AFS security is confirmed or when either of the conditions regarding intent or requirement to sell is met.

Accrued interest receivable on AFS debt securities is excluded from the estimate of credit losses.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are accounted for at fair value pursuant to the fair value option permitted by ASC 825, Financial Instruments. The Company elected to take the fair value option for loans held for sale permitted by ASC 825, Financial Instruments beginning January 1, 2020. The fair value is based on secondary market prices for loans with similar characteristics, including an adjustment for embedded servicing value. Gains and losses from the changes in fair value are included in mortgage banking revenues, net. Deferred fees and costs related to these loans are recognized as part of the cost basis of the loan at the time it is sold. Interest income related to loans held for sale is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and the loan’s contractual interest rate.

Loans

For purposes of these financial statements, the loan portfolio collectively includes all loans and leases the Company holds for investment, hereinafter referred to as “loans.” Loans that the Company intends and has the ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are carried at amortized cost. Amortized cost represents the outstanding principal balance of loans, net of any deferred origination fees and related costs. The Company has elected to exclude all accrued interest receivable from the disclosures of amortized cost and has opted not to establish an allowance for credit losses related to accrued interest receivables.

Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding, using primarily a simple interest calculation. Loan and commitment fees, net of associated costs, are deferred and amortized over the life of the loans, shown as an adjustment to interest income. The Company applies the straight-line method for amortization, which approximates the level yield method. Amortization does not anticipate loan prepayments, and any unamortized fees are recognized in full at the time of payoff.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in management’s judgment, the interest is uncollectible in the normal course of business. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income, and the loan is charged off to the extent uncollectible. Principal and interest payments received on non-accrual loans are generally applied to principal. Interest is included in income only after all previous loan charge-offs have been recovered and is recorded only as received. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has brought all past-due principal and interest payments current and, in the opinion of management, has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.

The Company may renegotiate the terms of existing loans during the normal course of business. When modifications are made to the terms of an existing loan, the Company assesses whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. In making this assessment, the Company considers whether the borrower is currently in default on any of its debt and evaluates whether it is probable that the borrower would default on its obligations in the foreseeable future absent the loan modification. The Company also considers whether the borrower could obtain comparable financing from another lender at market terms for similar debt, without the modification. Modifications of loans to borrowers in these situations may indicate that the borrower is facing financial difficulty.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the loans. The allowance for credit losses on loans is measured using relevant information about past events, including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk characteristics, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flow over the contractual term of the loans. An allowance will be created upon origination or acquisition of a loan and is updated at subsequent reporting dates. The methodology is applied consistently for each reporting period and reflects management’s current expectations of credit losses. Changes to the allowance for credit losses on loans resulting from periodic evaluations are recorded through increases or decreases to the credit loss expense for loans, which is recorded in provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. Loans that are deemed to be uncollectible are charged off against the related allowance for credit losses on loans. The allowance for credit losses on loans is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics including borrower type, collateral type, and expected credit loss patterns. The Company maintains a policy to reverse accrued and unpaid interest when a loan is placed on non-accrual. Therefore, an allowance is not recorded for accrued interest.

Liability for Unfunded Lending Commitments

The Company’s accrual for credit risk associated with unfunded lending commitments is maintained at a level that is appropriate to cover estimated losses associated with credit instruments that are not currently recognized as assets such as loan commitments, standby letters of credit or guarantees that are not unconditionally cancellable by the bank. This accrual is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with changes to the liability recorded through increases or decreases to the provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. The methodology used to measure credit losses for unfunded lending commitments is the same as the methodology used for loans, however, the estimate of credit risk for unfunded lending commitments takes into consideration the likelihood that funding will occur. The liability for unfunded lending commitments excludes any exposures that are unconditionally cancellable by the Company.

Land, Buildings, and Equipment

Land, buildings, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line or declining balance method depending upon the type of asset. The Company generally assigns depreciable lives of 25-30 years for buildings; 15 years for building improvements; 15 years for land improvements; and 3-7 years for furniture, equipment, and software. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are individually considered and are capitalized or expensed as the facts dictate.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over equity in net assets of entities acquired. The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather tested at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be amortized over 7 to 20 years. The Company performs an annual qualitative evaluation of goodwill. Based on the results of this qualitative assessment, if the Company concludes it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative analysis is performed. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment has occurred and is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company has not recorded impairment resulting from goodwill impairment tests during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed assets represent property that has been repossessed following default on a loan. These assets primarily consist of commercial and residential real estate, as well as other non-real estate property such as automobiles. Upon foreclosure, the assets are initially recognized at fair value, less estimated costs to sell, with any necessary valuation adjustments reflected in the allowance for credit losses.

The fair value of foreclosed assets is generally determined based on independent appraisals, third-party price opinions, or internally developed pricing models. These fair value estimates are reviewed and updated periodically to help ensure they accurately reflect market conditions.

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subsequent declines in fair value below the carrying amount are recognized through valuation allowances, which may be reversed if future increases in fair value occur. Any adjustments to the carrying value, along with realized gains or losses on the sale of foreclosed assets, as well as net operating expenses related to these assets, are recorded within other expenses.

Income Taxes

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. State and local income tax returns are filed on a combined, consolidated, or separate return basis based upon each jurisdiction’s laws and regulations. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based upon the differences between the values of assets and liabilities as recognized in the financial statements and their related tax basis using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of changes in statutory tax rates on the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized through income tax expense in the period the change is enacted. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the entire deferred tax asset may not be realized.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity (net assets) of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. For the Company, this includes net income, changes in unrealized gains and losses on AFS investment securities, and the net periodic benefit cost related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, net of applicable tax effects. The amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the defined benefit pension plan are adjusted out of accumulated other comprehensive loss when they are subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost.

Mortgage Banking

The fair value of retained mortgage servicing rights related to loans originated and sold is capitalized as an asset in accordance with ASC 860, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, thereby increasing the gain on sale of the loan by the amount of the asset. Such mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, considering appropriate prepayment assumptions. Any remaining unamortized amount is charged to expense if the related loan is repaid prior to maturity.

Management monitors the capitalized mortgage servicing rights on a disaggregated basis by stratum for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Any impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance.

Derivative Financial Instruments

ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. Accordingly, the Company records all derivatives at fair value.

The Company enters into interest rate lock commitments on certain mortgage loans related to mortgage banking operations on a best-efforts basis, which are commitments to originate loans where the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. The Company also originates and sells certain loans related to mortgage banking operations on a mandatory delivery basis. To hedge interest rate risk, the Company sells short positions in mortgage-backed securities related to the loans sold on a mandatory delivery basis. The commitments to originate and short positions are accounted for as derivatives and carried at fair value in other assets and other liabilities with changes in fair value recorded in mortgage banking revenues, net.

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

available to customers who wish to modify their interest rate sensitivity. The Company offsets the interest rate risk of these swaps by purchasing matching contracts with offsetting pay/receive rates from other financial institutions.

Customer Repurchase Agreements

The Company engages in customer transactions involving the sale of securities under agreements to repurchase as of a specified future date. Such repurchase agreements are considered collateralized financing transactions, not as a sale of the underlying securities. The obligation to repurchase assets sold is reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company at the amount of cash received in the transaction. The fair value of collateral provided to a counterparty is monitored daily, and collateral is returned or provided by the Company in order to maintain full collateralization for these transactions.

Stock Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-based compensation plan, as detailed in Note 11, “Stock-Based Compensation” is accounted for in accordance with the guidance set forth in ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Specifically, the Company adheres to the provisions outlined in ASC 718-10-30-3 and ASC 718-10-35-2, which require the measurement of stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards granted at the grant date.

The fair value for restricted stock awards (RSAs) is based on the weighted average market price of the Company’s Class B common stock during a specified period that is within 30 days before or 30 days after grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. The cost of stock-based compensation is recognized over the requisite service period, which is typically the vesting period, in accordance with the principles of ASC 718.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of income within “Salaries and Benefits.” The expense is recognized over the vesting period, with the total expense being adjusted for forfeitures only when they occur, in line with the policy outlined under ASC 718. Forfeitures are accounted for on an actual basis, and no estimated forfeitures are included in the initial measurement of compensation cost.

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method, as outlined in ASC 505-30, Equity—Treasury Stock. Purchases of the Company’s common stock are recorded at cost, which includes all direct costs associated with the acquisition. When treasury stock is reissued, the carrying value of treasury stock is reduced based on the average cost basis of the shares held in treasury.

Income Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method for the computation of income per share, as prescribed by ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines income per share for common stock and for participating securities, according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings.

The Company’s nonvested share-based awards vest based on the satisfaction of service conditions and are subject to forfeiture until such conditions are met. These nonvested share-based awards are not considered participating securities for the purpose of calculating income per share and as such do not participate in undistributed earnings. However, dividends or dividend equivalents declared or paid on nonvested share-based awards with forfeitable dividend rights are deducted from the income available to common stockholders. Such amounts reflect dividends that have been allocated to other-than-common stockholders and reduce the amount of income available for distribution to common stockholders.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Credit Losses—In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The update replaces the current incurred loss methodology for recognizing credit losses with a

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

current expected loss model, which requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the report date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The amendment broadens the information that the entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimates. Additionally, the update amends the accounting for credit losses on AFS debt securities. The update requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimated credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of a company’s loan portfolio. Discussion of the impact of adoption is included below, as well as in Note 3, Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses and Note 2, Investment Securities.

On March 31, 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-02, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326):Troubled Debt Restructuring and Vintage Disclosures, which eliminated the accounting guidance on troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) for creditors in ASC 310-40. ASU 2022-02 requires that an entity evaluate whether the modification represents a new loan or a continuation of an existing loan. The amendments also enhance existing disclosure requirements and introduce new requirements related to certain modifications of receivables made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Further, it requires entities to disclose gross write-offs recorded in the current period by year of origination in the vintage disclosures on a year-to-date basis. The guidance was effective January 1, 2023. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company. The new required disclosures have been included in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes—In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740)— Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. This update establishes additional disclosure requirements regarding rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. This update also removes certain existing disclosure requirements. This update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied on a prospective basis, though retrospective application is permitted. Other than the inclusion of additional disclosures, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting—In November 2023 the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280), Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendments in this update are intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures related to significant segment expenses. The amendments do not change how an entity identifies its operating segments, aggregates those operating segments, or applies the quantitative thresholds to determine its reportable segments and all existing segment disclosure requirements in ASC 280 and other Codification topics remain unchanged. The amendments in this update are incremental and require entities that report segment information to disclose, on an annual and interim basis, significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) and included within each reported measure of segment profit or loss as well as other segment items. Annual disclosure of the title and position of the chief operating decision maker and how the reported measures of segment profit or loss are used to assess performance and allocation of resources is also required. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company has determined that the adoption of ASU 2023-07 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, other than the inclusion of additional disclosures.

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures—In March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method. The amendments in this update allow reporting entities to elect to account for qualifying tax equity investments—beyond those in low-income housing tax credit (LIHTC) structures—using the proportional amortization method, if certain conditions are met. This update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those annual periods. Other than the inclusion of additional disclosures, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(2) Investment Securities

The table below includes the fair value of equity securities as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. Equity investments with no readily determinable fair value are carried at cost. Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock represent equity interests the Company is required to hold in the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank. These amounts are also carried at cost as they do not have a readily determinable fair value because ownership of these shares is restricted, and they lack a market.

(in thousands) Equity Securities	12/31/2024			12/31/2023
Common and preferred stock with readily determinable fair value		$	724		2,212
Federal Home Loan Bank stock			10,708		10,830
Federal Reserve Bank stock			26,057		26,057
Other–no readily determinable fair value			11,281		11,147
Total equity securities		$	48,770		50,246

As of December 31, 2023, the Company held 66,020 shares of Visa Inc. Class B-1 common stock that had a carrying value of zero as there had not been observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments. On January 23, 2024, Visa, Inc.’s shareholders approved an exchange offer that allowed holders of Class B-1 shares to convert up to 50% of their holdings into Visa Class C shares, which could later be converted into freely transferable Visa Class A common shares, subject to certain restrictions and holding period conditions (the “Exchange Offer”). The Exchange Offer opened on April 8, 2024, and expired on May 3, 2024. The Company tendered all of its 66,020 Class B-1 Visa shares under the offer, receiving 33,010 Visa Class B-2 shares and 13,100 Visa Class C shares. The Visa Class C shares automatically convert into four Visa Class A shares upon transfer to anyone other than a Visa member or affiliate.

In the second quarter of 2024, the Company sold 34,928 Visa Class A shares, recognizing $9.7 million in pre-tax gains. An unrealized gain of $4.6 million was recognized on the remaining Visa Class C shares based on the closing price of Visa Class A shares, reflecting market transactions involving similar Visa securities. The Company sold the remaining Visa Class C shares, equating to 17,472 Visa Class A shares, in the third quarter, realizing a pre-tax gain of $4.5 million. The 33,010 of Visa Class B-2 shares retain the same restrictions as the former Class B-1 shares and have a carrying value of zero, as there have not been observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.

During 2024 and including the gain on VISA shares outlined above, $14.7 million in net gains were recorded on common and preferred stock, consisting of $16 million in gains realized on sales during 2024 and a $1.3 million decrease in unrealized gains on the portfolio. In 2023, $1.1 million in net gains were recorded on common and preferred stock, consisting of $2.8 million in gains realized on sales during 2023 and $1.7 million decrease in unrealized gains on the portfolio.

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables show the carrying amount, gross unrealized holding gains, gross unrealized holding losses, and fair value of AFS and HTM securities by security type at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(in thousands)	Amortized cost			Gross unrealized gains		Gross unrealized losses		Fair values		Allowance for credit losses		Net carrying amount
2024
Available for sale:
United States treasuries		$	1,291,137		752		(22,336)		1,269,553		—		1,269,553
United States debentures			373,869		54		(4,635)		369,288		—		369,288
United States agency mortgage-backed securities			4,078,956		6,535		(170,739)		3,914,752		—		3,914,752
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			21,274		79		(212)		21,141		—		21,141
Other securities			29,648		12		(671)		28,989		—		28,989
		$	5,794,884		7,432		(198,593)		5,603,723		—		5,603,723
Held to maturity:
United States agency mortgage-backed securities		$	25		1		—		26		—		26
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			3,221		—		(16)		3,205		(21)		3,184
		$	3,246		1		(16)		3,231		(21)		3,210

(in thousands)	Amortized cost			Gross unrealized gains		Gross unrealized losses		Fair values		Allowance for credit losses		Net carrying amount
2023
Available for sale:
United States treasuries		$	1,634,429		—		(85,117)		1,549,312		—		1,549,312
United States debentures			1,065,318		57		(53,253)		1,012,122		—		1,012,122
United States agency mortgage-backed securities			2,592,784		1,501		(197,095)		2,397,190		—		2,397,190
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			34,764		114		(341)		34,537		—		34,537
Other securities			37,087		15		(958)		36,144		—		36,144
		$	5,364,382		1,687		(336,764)		5,029,305		—		5,029,305
Held to maturity:
United States agency mortgage-backed securities		$	36		—		—		36		—		36
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			4,023		4		(3)		4,024		(26)		3,998
		$	4,059		4		(3)		4,060		(26)		4,034

Accrued interest receivable totaled $22.0 million and $16.9 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amortized cost and fair value of AFS and HTM securities at December 31, 2024, by contractual maturity, are shown below:

	United States government obligations and government- sponsored enterprises					Obligations of states and political subdivisions				Other securities*
(in thousands)	Amortized cost			Fair value		Amortized cost		Fair value		Amortized cost		Fair value
Available for sale:
Within 1 year		$	739,848		730,909		4,780		4,767		20,614		20,145
After 1 but within 5 years			925,158		907,932		15,810		15,706		3,500		3,360
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—		259		247		—		—
After 10 years			—		—		425		421		—		—
Mortgage–and asset-backed securities			4,078,956		3,914,752		—		—		5,534		5,484
		$	5,743,962		5,553,593		21,274		21,141		29,648		28,989
Held to maturity:
Within 1 year		$	—		—		1,539		1,537		—		—
After 1 but within 5 years			—		—		1,647		1,632		—		—
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—		35		36		—		—
After 10 years			—		—		—		—		—		—
Mortgage–and asset-backed securities			25		26		—		—		—		—
		$	25		26		3,221		3,205		—		—

Other securities consist primarily of corporate bonds.

Proceeds from sales of AFS securities in 2024 and 2023 were $1 billion and $663 million, respectively. Net losses of $51.2 million and net losses of $20 million were recognized on the sale of AFS securities in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Management did not record an ACL on the remaining securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024 because scheduled coupon payments have been made and management anticipates that the entire principal balance will be collected as scheduled.

Investment securities and money market obligations with a carrying value of approximately $3.9 billion and $3.9 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, and borrowed funds at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Allowance for credit losses on investment securities:

The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments on January 1, 2023. The principles for expected credit losses apply to all financial assets valued at cost, including our portfolio of HTM debt securities. The expected credit losses for these assets are determined based on the likelihood of default and the potential loss in the event of default, using assumptions that correspond to loans with similar credit profiles. The Company recorded an allowance for credit losses on its HTM securities of $21 thousand and $26 thousand at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

All AFS securities not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises are subject to a quarterly review to test for impairment. This process requires the Company to adequately test for a range of credit and loss assumptions and does not rely primarily on credit ratings. This revealed no matters that would warrant impairment and result in an allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company determined that all unrealized losses in its available-for-sale portfolio are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and current market conditions.

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

monitored for further developments. At December 31, 2024, the fair value of securities on this watch list was $2.2 million compared to $2.8 million at December 31, 2023.

The table below summarizes debt securities AFS in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by length of impairment period, for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded. Unrealized losses on these AFS securities have not been recognized as income because after review, the securities were deemed not to be impaired. The unrealized losses on these securities are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and current market conditions. Additionally, management does not intend to sell the securities, and it is more likely than not that management will not be required to sell the securities prior to the anticipated recovery.

Gross unrealized losses on AFS investment securities and the fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
(in thousands)	Fair value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
2024
Available for sale:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	1,468,478		(14,293)		2,757,421		(183,418)		4,225,899		(197,711)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			2,239		(16)		9,618		(195)		11,856		(211)
Other securities			717		—		26,691		(671)		27,409		(671)
		$	1,471,434		(14,309)		2,793,730		(184,284)		4,265,164		(198,593)

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
(in thousands)	Fair value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
2023
Available for sale:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	260,209		(1,669)		4,544,915		(333,796)		4,805,124		(335,465)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			3,952		(11)		19,535		(330)		23,487		(341)
Other securities			—		—		32,442		(958)		32,442		(958)
		$	264,161		(1,680)		4,596,892		(335,084)		4,861,053		(336,764)

Gross unrealized losses on HTM investment securities and the fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
(in thousands)	Fair value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
2024
Held to maturity:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	—		—		—		—		—		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			1,278		(15)		149		(1)		1,427		(16)
		$	1,278		(15)		149		(1)		1,427		(16)

	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
(in thousands)	Fair value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
2023
Held to maturity:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	—		—		33		—		33		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			449		(3)		—		—		449		(3)
		$	449		(3)		33		—		482		(3)

For obligations of states and political subdivisions, the Company’s holdings are primarily in general obligation and revenue bonds. The Company monitors credit risk, including both pre-purchase and ongoing post-purchase credit reviews and analysis. The Company monitors credit ratings of all bond issuers in these segments and reviews available financial data, including market and sector trends. The underlying bonds are evaluated for credit losses in conjunction with management’s estimate of the allowance for credit losses.

The following table shows the amortized cost basis by credit rating of the Company’s HTM obligations of states and political subdivisions at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(in thousands) 2024			Non-Rated						A						AA						AAA						Grand Total
Obligations of states and political subdivisions				$	35						40						2,996						150						3,221

2023			Non-Rated						A						AA						AAA						Grand Total
Obligations of states and political subdivisions				$	39						80						3,274						630						4,023

All HTM securities were current and not past due at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(3) Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans consisted of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Construction and development		$	867,349		987,548
Commercial non-real estate			1,874,906		1,906,260
Multifamily residential real estate			825,755		894,770
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,372,010		2,195,757
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,572,955		1,556,839

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Commercial real estate			4,770,720		4,647,366
Home equity lines of credit			349,011		307,113
All other residential real estate			2,791,087		2,471,151
Residential real estate			3,140,098		2,778,264
Consumer credit card			93,825		89,724
All other consumer			903,452		1,109,007
Consumer			997,277		1,198,731
Total unpaid principal balance			11,650,350		11,518,169
Less unearned income, net			26,259		32,881
Total Loans		$	11,624,091		11,485,288

Accrued interest receivable totaled $45.9 million and $45.0 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

No loans were acquired by the Company in 2024 or 2023.

Loans made to officers and directors of the Company are summarized below. They were made in the ordinary course of business and otherwise on terms consistent with those available to all customers.

(in thousands)	2024
Balance at beginning of year		$	276,615
New loans			41,611
Repayments			(43,614)
Other changes			191
Balance at end of year		$	274,803

Mortgage loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled approximately $34.3 million and $35.4 million, respectively. The Company determines at the time of origination whether mortgage loans will be held for the Company’s portfolio or sold to the secondary market. Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are recorded using the fair value option. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for these loans with the related economic hedges discussed in Note 18.

The Company has outstanding commitments to provide loans to customers and also has issued letters of credit. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as is involved in extending loan facilities to customers. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had unfunded loan commitments of $2.9 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively. Outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 amounted to $89.1 million and $93.3 million, respectively.

The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. The Company’s banking markets are located throughout the states of Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, Iowa, Oklahoma, Colorado, North Carolina, Tennessee, Florida, and Arkansas and the Company’s loan portfolio has no unusual geographic concentrations of credit risk beyond its market areas.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is measured using an average historical loss model which incorporates relevant information about past events (including historical credit loss experience on loans with similar risk

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

characteristics), current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the remaining cash flows over the contractual term of the loans. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis. Loans are aggregated into pools based on similar risk characteristics including borrower type and collateral type—construction and development, commercial non-real estate, multifamily residential real estate, non-owner-occupied real estate, owner-occupied real estate, home equity lines of credit, all other residential real estate, consumer credit card, and all other consumer credit. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics, primarily large loans on non-accrual status are evaluated on an individual basis.

For loans evaluated for credit losses on a collective basis, an average historical loss rate is calculated for each pool using the Company’s historical net charge-offs (combined charge-offs and recoveries by observable historical reporting period) and outstanding loan balances during a lookback period. Lookback periods can be different based on the individual pool and represent management’s credit expectations for the pool of loans over the remaining contractual period. Due to changes in portfolio composition, the Company’s own historical loss rates are not fully reflective of loss expectations and have been augmented by industry and peer data. Therefore, the historical loss rates are augmented by peer data. The calculated average net charge-off rate is then adjusted for current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. These adjustments increase or decrease the average historical loss rate to reflect expectations of future losses given a single path economic forecast of key macroeconomic variables including GDP, unemployment rate, various interest rates, HPI, and CREPI. The adjustments are based on results from various regression models projecting the impact of the macroeconomic variables to loss rates. The forecast is used for four quarters and then reverts back to historical averages using a four-quarter straight-line reversion method. The forecast adjusted loss rate is applied to the amortized cost of loans over the remaining contractual lives, adjusted for expected prepayments. The contractual term excludes expected extensions (except for contractual extensions at the option of the customer), renewals and modifications. Credit cards and certain similar consumer lines of credit, included in the individual loan totals, do not have stated maturities and therefore, for these loan classes, remaining contractual lives are determined by estimating future cash flows expected to be received from customers until payments have been fully allocated to outstanding balances. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses considers other qualitative factors not included in historical loss rates or macroeconomic forecast such as changes in portfolio composition, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions.

Key model assumptions in the Company’s allowance for credit loss model include the economic forecast, the reasonable and supportable forecast period, prepayment assumptions and qualitative factors applied for portfolio composition changes, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions. The assumptions utilized in estimating the Company’s allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 are discussed below.

Key Assumption	December 31, 2024	December 31, 2023
Overall economic forecast	• Forecast provided by Oxford Economics • Uncertainty around economic forecasts prior to the change in administration. • Forecasted GDP growth with expectations that imports will be front-loaded ahead of tariffs. • Path of monetary policy is uncertain with anticipation of rate cuts skewing towards fewer.	• Forecast provided by Oxford Economics • Expect the economy to experience a slowdown as consumer spending levels are believed to be unsustainable. • Inflation remains above targeted levels resulting in high interest rates and the first rate cut not occurring until later in the supportable period.
Reasonable and supportable period and related reversion period	• 4 quarter reasonable and supportable period • 4 quarter reversion to historical average loss rates using straight line method	• 4 quarter reasonable and supportable period • 4 quarter reversion to historical average loss rates using straight line method

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Assumption	December 31, 2024	December 31, 2023
Forecasted macro-economic variables	• Unemployment between 4.2% and 4.3% • GDP of 2.6% • Prime rate is 7.5%, with a 25 basis point decline each quarter of the supportable forecast period	• Unemployment ranging from 3.8% to 4.5% • GDP of 1.2% • Prime rate is 8.5%, declining to 8.25% at the end of the supportable forecast
Prepayment assumptions	• Commercial loan prepayment speeds of 14.4% • Mortgage and HELOC prepayment speeds of 18.3% • Consumer loan and credit card prepayment speeds of 15%	• Commercial loan prepayment speeds of 18.8% • Mortgage and HELOC prepayment speeds of 17.5% and 13.3% respectively • Consumer loan and credit card prepayment speeds of 15%
Qualitative factors	Qualitative adjustments for: • Economic uncertainty related to geopolitical risks and upcoming change in administration • Ongoing impact of inflation and increased rate environment on customer ability to repay • Changes in portfolio composition, concentrations, and underwriting standards	Qualitative adjustments for: • Impact of inflation and ongoing high rate environment on customer ability to repay • Increasing delinquencies, particularly in the consumer portfolio • Changes in portfolio composition, concentrations, and underwriting standards

The liability for unfunded lending commitments utilizes the same model as the allowance for credit losses on loans, however, the liability for unfunded lending commitments incorporates an assumption for the portion of unfunded commitments that are expected to be funded. The unfunded commitments allowance is included within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Sensitivity in the Allowance for Credit Loss Model

The allowance for credit losses is an estimate that requires significant judgment including projections of the macro-economic environment. The forecasted macro-economic environment continuously changes which can cause fluctuations in estimated expected losses.

The following is a summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses on loans and the liability for unfunded lending commitments during the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Included within commercial loans are the following pools—real estate development & construction, commercial real estate (CRE), owner-occupied CRE, commercial & industrial (C&I), and multifamily residential loans. Included within residential real estate are 1-4 family residential and home equity loans. Included within individual loans are consumer and credit card loans.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

						Commercial real estate						Residential real estate				Consumer
(in thousands)	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate		Multifamily residential real estate		Non-owner- occupied commercial real estate		Owner- occupied commercial real estate		Home equity Lines of Credit		All other residential real estate		Consumer credit card		All other consumer credit		Total
For the year ended December 31, 2024:
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of year		$	24,505		21,180		8,983		14,481		9,626		4,885		32,280		8,071		30,798		154,809
Provision for credit losses on loans			(2,829)		6,043		(631)		3,787		(201)		(388)		4,510		3,437		948		14,676
Loans charged off			(950)		(6,900)		—		(1,821)(5)		(11)		(355)		(3,894)		(10,929)		(24,865)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			125		3,592		—		16		520		19		304		685		4,398		9,659
Balance at end of year			20,851		23,915		8,352		16,463		9,940		4,505		36,739		8,299		25,215		154,279
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of year			152		206		5		9		8		188		—		—		—		568
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			20		(45)		(3)		(5)		2		(53)		—		—		—		(84)
Balance at end of year			172		161		2		4		10		135		—		—		—		484
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	21,023		24,076		8,354		16,467		9,950		4,640		36,739		8,299		25,215		154,763

						Commercial real estate						Residential real estate				Consumer
(in thousands)	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate		Multifamily residential real estate		Non-owner- occupied commercial real estate		Owner- occupied commercial real estate		Home equity Lines of Credit		All other residential real estate		Consumer credit card		All other consumer credit		Total
For the year ended December 31, 2023:
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of year		$	36,973		28,763		16,908		13,384		9,329		4,205		27,785		3,944		16,338		157,630
Adoption of ASU 2016-13			(15,043)		(6,453)		(8,483)		1,469		242		(413)		3,568		2,903		16,241		(5,971)
Balance at January 1, 2023, adjusted			21,930		22,310		8,424		14,853		9,571		3,792		31,353		6,847		32,579		151,659
Provision for credit losses on loans			2,241		525		430		(487)		(597)		1,135		2,044		4,103		7,822		17,216
Loans charged off			(56)		(4,096)		—		—		—		(50)		(1,247)		(3,387)		(14,880)		(23,716)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			391		2,440		128		115		652		9		130		509		5,276		9,650
Balance at end of year			24,505		21,180		8,983		14,481		9,626		4,885		32,280		8,071		30,798		154,809
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of year			975		337		7		14		10		175		—		—		6		1,525
Adoption of ASU 2016-13			4		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		4
Balance at January 1, 2023, adjusted			979		337		7		14		10		175		—		—		6		1,529
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			(827)		(131)		(2)		(5)		(2)		13		—		—		(6)		(961)
Balance at end of year			152		206		5		9		8		188		—		—		—		568
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	24,657		21,386		8,988		14,490		9,634		5,073		32,280		8,071		30,798		155,377

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Age Analysis of Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

The Company considers loans past due on the day following the contractual repayment date if the contractual repayment was not received by the Company as of the end of the business day. The following table provides aging information on the Company’s past due and accruing loans, in addition to the balances of loans on non-accrual status, at December 31, 2024 and 2023. Balances in the tables below represent total unpaid principal balances gross of unearned and unamortized loan fees and costs.

(in thousands)	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due		90 Days past due and still accruing		Nonaccrual		Total
At December 31, 2024:
Construction and development		$	863,163		1,850		—		2,336		867,349
Commercial non-real estate			1,856,053		15,636		256		2,961		1,874,906
Multifamily residential real estate			825,189		99		—		467		825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,358,045		7,543		—		6,422		2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,567,254		1,561		—		4,140		1,572,955
Commercial real estate			4,750,488		9,203		—		11,029		4,770,720
Home equity lines of credit			346,367		1,458		149		1,037		349,011
All other residential real estate			2,759,401		16,235		2,745		12,706		2,791,087
Residential real estate			3,105,768		17,693		2,894		13,743		3,140,098
Consumer credit card			91,539		1,957		329		—		93,825
All other consumer			883,940		13,587		—		5,925		903,452
Consumer			975,479		15,544		329		5,925		997,277
Total		$	11,550,951		59,926		3,479		35,994		11,650,350

(in thousands)	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due		90 Days past due and still accruing		Nonaccrual		Total
At December 31, 2023:
Construction and development		$	985,983		1,353		—		212		987,548
Commercial non-real estate			1,899,114		5,682		310		1,154		1,906,260
Multifamily residential real estate			894,770		—		—		—		894,770
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,195,061		659		—		37		2,195,757
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,549,377		3,033		—		4,429		1,556,839
Commercial real estate			4,639,208		3,692		—		4,466		4,647,366
Home equity lines of credit			305,730		781		10		592		307,113
All other residential real estate			2,458,296		4,392		1,773		6,690		2,471,151
Residential real estate			2,764,026		5,173		1,783		7,282		2,778,264
Consumer credit card			88,732		848		144		—		89,724
All other consumer			1,088,214		15,542		1		5,250		1,109,007
Consumer			1,176,946		16,390		145		5,250		1,198,731
Total		$	11,465,277		32,290		2,238		18,364		11,518,169

Nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled approximately $36 million and $18.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had $11.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively, of

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

non-accrual business loans that had no allowance for credit loss. The interest income recorded on nonaccrual loans was approximately $1.2 million and $1.1 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table provides information about the credit quality of the loan portfolio using the Company’s internal rating system reflecting management’s risk assessment. The pass category consists of a range of loan grades that reflect low to moderate, though still acceptable, risk. Loans are placed on watch status when (1) one or more weaknesses which could jeopardize timely liquidation exists; or (2) the margin or liquidity of an asset is sufficiently tenuous that adverse trends could result in a collection problem. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified may have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the repayment of the debt. Such loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when (1) deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower exists for which payment of full principal and interest is not expected, or (2) upon which principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more and the asset is not both well secured and in the process of collection.

Loans are analyzed for risk rating updates as part of the annual credit review process. For larger loans, rating assessments may be more frequent if relevant information is obtained earlier through debt covenant or overall relationship management. Smaller loans are monitored as identified by the loan officer based on the risk profile of the individual borrower or if the loan becomes past due related to credit issues. Loans rated Watch, Substandard or Non-accrual may be subject to more frequent review and monitoring processes. In addition to the regular monitoring performed by the market lending personnel and credit committees, loans are subject to review by the Loan Review Department which verifies the appropriateness of the risk ratings for the loans chosen as part of its risk-based review plan.

The risk category of loans in the portfolio as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 are as follows:

At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
At December 31, 2024:	2024			2023		2022		2021		2020		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
(in thousands)
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	320,004		176,393		164,289		104,744		10,987		13,752		55,897		846,066
Watch			248		3,824		11,509		—		—		—		2		15,583
Substandard			1,194		—		1,615		—		8		547		—		3,364
Non-accrual			—		1,632		142		459		89		14		—		2,336
Total Commercial			321,446		181,849		177,555		105,203		11,084		14,313		55,900		867,349
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			399,016		252,671		235,271		178,160		90,397		184,191		494,970		1,834,676
Watch			219		877		5,160		9,378		39		210		401		16,285
Substandard			1,137		1,989		4,036		1,035		522		12,110		157		20,985
Non-accrual			48		2,222		275		53		89		122		152		2,961
Total Commercial			400,419		257,760		244,741		188,626		91,047		196,633		495,680		1,874,906
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			83,545		52,922		174,686		147,178		113,582		182,284		3,272		757,469
Watch			—		500		20,230		1,338		11,164		26,855		690		60,777
Substandard			—		—		—		—		3,524		3,518		—		7,042

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
At December 31, 2024:	2024			2023		2022		2021		2020		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
(in thousands)
Non-accrual			—		—		—		467		—		—		—		467
Total Commercial			83,545		53,422		194,916		148,984		128,269		212,657		3,962		825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			245,902		217,321		474,737		312,812		206,200		823,284		24,262		2,304,517
Watch			—		—		8,016		12,405		—		26,879		226		47,526
Substandard			—		—		6,219		585		—		6,742		—		13,545
Non-accrual			—		—		—		26		—		6,395		—		6,422
Total Commercial			245,902		217,321		488,971		325,828		206,200		863,300		24,488		2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			135,833		121,103		212,907		270,841		127,911		552,786		100,158		1,521,540
Watch			638		6,155		5,673		2,854		5,867		4,477		1,390		27,054
Substandard			1,752		229		5,076		464		2,519		8,405		1,777		20,222
Non-accrual			—		329		568		281		688		2,256		18		4,140
Total Commercial			138,223		127,817		224,225		274,440		136,984		567,923		103,343		1,572,955
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual			1,176		692		207		—		—		2,929		342,970		347,974
Non-accrual			—		—		—		124		—		—		913		1,037
Total Residential Real Estate			1,176		692		207		124		—		2,929		343,883		349,011
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual			640,678		525,271		621,285		455,146		192,331		342,663		1,006		2,778,381
Non-accrual			1,055		2,001		3,649		1,776		594		3,631		—		12,706
Total Residential Real Estate			641,733		527,272		624,934		456,922		192,926		346,294		1,006		2,791,087
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current			—		—		—		—		—		—		91,539		91,539
30–89 days			—		—		—		—		—		—		1,957		1,957
90+ days			—		—		—		—		—		—		329		329
Total Consumer			—		—		—		—		—		—		93,825		93,825
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current			328,142		175,298		169,605		91,594		48,299		20,552		50,451		883,941
30–89 days			1,305		3,608		4,220		2,639		1,141		674		—		13,587
Non-accrual			291		1,206		2,055		1,147		651		575		—		5,925
Total Consumer			329,739		180,111		175,880		95,380		50,091		21,801		50,451		903,452
Total loans		$	2,162,183		1,546,243		2,131,428		1,595,506		816,602		2,225,849		1,172,537		11,650,350

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2023:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
At December 31, 2023:	2023			2022		2021		2020		2019		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
(in thousands)
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	278,091		381,401		172,535		53,096		17,070		17,413		61,805		981,411
Watch			558		1,406		—		—		—		—		32		1,995
Substandard			730		1,251		—		60		—		1,889		—		3,930
Non-accrual			—		—		—		98		—		113		—		212
Total Commercial			279,378		384,058		172,535		53,254		17,070		19,416		61,837		987,548
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			372,134		339,981		273,357		125,867		53,965		179,353		520,968		1,865,626
Watch			2,403		2,995		2,913		561		204		14,332		7,757		31,165
Substandard			2,369		1,835		76		1,033		18		2,128		506		7,964
Non-accrual			44		481		252		111		22		242		353		1,505
Total Commercial			376,952		345,291		276,598		127,572		54,208		196,054		529,584		1,906,260
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			62,571		158,300		224,596		118,289		68,599		194,416		5,765		832,536
Watch			6,574		20,566		—		6,931		18,773		2,040		—		54,883
Substandard			—		—		—		3,629		214		3,508		—		7,351
Non-accrual			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total Commercial			69,145		178,866		224,596		128,849		87,586		199,963		5,765		894,770
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			186,485		431,319		319,314		235,343		261,927		704,889		30,963		2,170,240
Watch			—		1,186		89		—		—		7,492		100		8,867
Substandard			—		—		—		—		—		16,613		—		16,613
Non-accrual			—		—		27		—		—		10		—		37
Total Commercial			186,485		432,504		319,430		235,343		261,927		729,004		31,063		2,195,757
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			144,781		217,935		291,047		139,026		139,176		503,529		74,241		1,509,735
Watch			2,172		10,050		4,464		4,724		4,110		5,348		2,559		33,428
Substandard			50		1,584		534		—		1,055		5,001		1,024		9,247
Non-accrual			—		247		1,617		496		106		1,963		—		4,429
Total Commercial			147,003		229,815		297,662		144,246		144,447		515,841		77,825		1,556,839
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual			1,189		—		180		—		—		3,189		301,963		306,521
Non-accrual			—		—		—		—		—		—		592		592
Total Residential Real Estate			1,189		—		180		—		—		3,189		302,555		307,113

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At December 31, 2023:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis
At December 31, 2023:	2023			2022		2021		2020		2019		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
(in thousands)
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual			624,146		693,026		508,076		219,624		114,454		299,596		5,539		2,464,461
Non-accrual			431		855		2,138		333		309		2,625		—		6,690
Total Residential Real Estate			624,577		693,880		510,214		219,957		114,763		302,220		5,539		2,471,151
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current			—		—		—		—		—		—		88,732		88,732
30–89 days			—		—		—		—		—		—		848		848
90+ days			—		—		—		—		—		—		144		144
Total Consumer			—		—		—		—		—		—		89,724		89,724
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current			468,016		273,605		161,536		88,960		26,189		30,989		38,920		1,088,214
30–89 days			2,982		5,405		3,998		1,926		505		726		—		15,542
90+ days			—		—		—		—		—		—		1		1
Non-accrual			559		1,659		1,270		982		242		537		—		5,250
Total Consumer			471,557		280,669		166,804		91,868		26,936		32,252		38,921		1,109,007
Total loans		$	2,156,286		2,545,084		1,968,020		1,001,089		706,937		1,997,940		1,142,813		11,518,169

Collateral-dependent loans

The Company’s collateral-dependent loans are comprised of loans where repayment of the loan is dependent on the sale or operation of the collateral. The Company requires that collateral-dependent loans be either over-collateralized or carry collateral equal to the amortized cost of the loan. The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, by the expected source of repayment.

(in thousands) At December 31, 2024:	Real Estate			Business Assets		Total
Construction and development		$	1,417		—		1,417
Commercial non-real estate			341		—		341
Multifamily residential real estate			467		—		467
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			6,772		—		6,772
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,800		—		3,800
All other residential real estate			2,777		47		2,824
Total		$	15,576		47		15,623

(in thousands) At December 31, 2023:	Real Estate			Business Assets		Total
Construction and development		$	1,358		—		1,358
Commercial non-real estate			237		167		405
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			60		—		60
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,850		—		3,850
All other residential real estate			2,144		57		2,201
Total		$	7,648		225		7,873

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty

The Company adopted ASU 2022-02 on January 1, 2023 which required that the Company evaluate whether modifications represent a new loan or a continuation of existing loans. When borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty, the Company may agree to modify the contractual terms of a loan to a borrower to assist the borrower in repaying principal and interest owed to the Company.

The Company’s modification of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are generally in the form of term extensions, repayment plans, payment deferrals, forbearance agreements, interest rate reductions, forgiveness of interest and/or fees, or any combination thereof. Commercial loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are primarily loans that are substandard or non-accrual, where the maturity date was extended. Modifications on personal real estate loans are primarily those placed on forbearance plans, repayment plans, or deferral plans where monthly payments are suspended for a period of time or past due amounts are paid off over a certain period of time in the future or set up as a balloon payment at maturity. Modifications to certain credit card and other small consumer loans are often modified under debt counseling programs that can reduce the contractual rate, or, in certain instances, forgive certain fees and interest charges. Other consumer loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty consist of various other workout arrangements with consumer customers.

The following tables present the amortized cost at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 of loans that were modified during the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

(in thousands) December 31, 2024	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Construction and development		$	2,710		—		—		2,126		556		5,392		0.62%
Commercial non-real estate			3,927		—		—		185		—		4,112		0.22%
Multifamily residential real estate			1,263		—		690		—		—		1,953		0.24%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			10,268		2,869		—		5,663		—		18,800		0.79%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			6,015		610		—		—		—		6,625		0.42%
Commercial real estate			17,547		3,479		690		5,663		—		27,379		0.57%
Home equity lines of credit			876		—		—		—		—		876		0.25%
All other residential real estate			3,167		1,217		1,036		—		—		5,419		0.19%
Residential real estate			4,043		1,217		1,036		—		—		6,295		0.20%
All other consumer			586		317		78		—		—		981		0.11%
Total		$	28,812		5,013		1,804		7,974		556		44,159		0.38%

(in thousands) December 31, 2023	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Construction and development		$	3,045		—		—		—		—		3,045		0.31%
Commercial non-real estate			1,603		—		—		1,995		191		3,788		0.20%
Multifamily residential real estate			837		—		—		—		—		837		0.09%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			10,695		—		—		—		—		10,695		0.49%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			4,793		—		—		8,332		268		13,392		0.86%
Commercial real estate			16,325		—		—		8,332		268		24,924		0.54%
Home equity lines of credit			587		—		180		—		—		767		0.25%
All other residential real estate			2,111		2,324		479		—		—		4,914		0.20%

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in thousands) December 31, 2023	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Residential real estate			2,699		2,324		659		—		—		5,682		0.20%
All other consumer			1,033		—		779		204		—		2,016		0.18%
Total		$	24,704		2,324		1,438		10,530		459		39,455		0.34%

The estimate of lifetime expected losses utilized in the allowance for credit losses model is developed using average historical experience on loans with similar risk characteristics, which includes losses from modifications of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. As a result, a change to the allowance for credit losses is generally not recorded upon modification. For modifications to loans made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are placed on nonaccrual status, the Company determines the allowance for credit losses on an individual evaluation, using the same process that it utilizes for other loans on nonaccrual status.

If a loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty is modified and when full and timely collection becomes uncertain, the allowance for credit losses continues to be based on individual evaluation, if that loan is already on nonaccrual status. For those loans, the allowance for credit losses is estimated using discounted expected cash flows or the fair value of collateral. If an accruing loan made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty is modified and subsequently deemed uncollectible, the loan’s risk rating is downgraded to nonaccrual status and the loan’s related allowance for credit losses is determined based on individual evaluation, or if necessary, the loan is charged off and collection efforts begin.

The following tables summarize the financial impact of loan modifications and payment deferrals during the year ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

			Term Extension For the year ended December 31, 2024
Construction and development			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 10.7 months.
Commercial non-real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 9.3 months.
Multifamily residential real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 9.8 months.
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 13.7 months.
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 24.0 months.
Home equity lines of credit			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 11.1 months.
All other residential real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 17.1 months.
All other consumer			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 11.5 months.

			Payment Delay For the year ended December 31, 2024
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			Deferred certain payments by a weighted average of 1 year.
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			Deferred certain payments by a weighted average of 6.1 years.
All other residential real estate			Deferred certain payments by a weighted average of 1.4 years.
All other consumer			Deferred certain payments by a weighted average of 3.0 months.

			Interest Rate Reduction For the year ended December 31, 2024
Multifamily residential real estate			Reduced contractual interest from weighted average of 8.45% to 7.00%.
All other residential real estate			Reduced contractual interest from weighted average of 6.63% to 5.67%.

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Interest Rate Reduction For the year ended December 31, 2024
All other consumer			Reduced contractual interest from weighted average of 9.16 to 7.24%.

			Forgiveness of Interest/Fees For the year ended December 31, 2024
Construction and development			Approximately $5 thousand of interest and fees forgiven
Commercial non-real estate			Approximately $112 thousand of interest and fees forgiven
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			Approximately $1 thousand of interest and fees forgiven

			For the year ended December 31, 2023
Construction and development			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 22.9 months.
Commercial non-real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 15.7 months.
Multifamily residential real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 12.0 months.
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 11.3 months.
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 18.4 months.
Home equity lines of credit			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 18.9 months.
All other residential real estate			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 43.2 months.
Consumer			Extended maturity by a weighted average of 6.0 months.

			For the year ended December 31, 2023
Other residential real estate			Deferred certain payments by a weighted average of 5.0 months

			For the year ended December 31, 2023
Home equity lines of credit			Reduced contractual interest from weighted average 9.25% to 7.75%
All other residential real estate			Reduced contractual interest from weighted average 5.75% to 5.25%
Credit card			Reduced contractual interest rate from a weighted average 22.00% to 6.00%.
All other consumer			Reduced contractual interest rate from a weighted average 10.05% to 5.71%.

			For the year ended December 31, 2023
Construction and development			Approximately $2 thousand of interest and fees forgiven
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			Approximately $16 thousand of interest and fees forgiven
Consumer			Less than $1 thousand of interest and fees forgiven

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that had a payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2024 and were modified on or after January 1, 2024 through December 31, 2024. For purposes of this disclosure, the Company considers “default” to mean 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal.

(in thousands)	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Total
Construction and development		$	238		—		—		238
Commercial non-real estate			32		—		—		32
Multifamily residential real estate			467		—		—		467
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,526		—		—		3,526

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in thousands)	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Total
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,725		—		—		1,725
All other residential real estate			1,575		527		754		2,856
Consumer			34		204		6		244
Total		$	7,598		731		760		9,090

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that had a payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 and were modified on or after January 1, 2023 (the date we adopted ASU 2022-02) through December 31, 2023.

(in thousands)	Term Extension			Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total
Commercial non-real estate		$	919		—		—		191		1,110
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			825		—		365		—		1,190
All other residential real estate			313		479		—		—		792
Consumer			688		—		—		—		688
Total		$	2,744		479		365		191		3,779

The Company had commitments of $975 thousand and $4.2 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively, to lend additional funds to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty and for whom the Company has modified the terms of loans.

(4) Mortgage Banking Activities

The Company originates mortgage loans and sells those loans to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and private investors. Typically, these loans are sold with servicing retained by the Bank. Loans sold with servicing retained in 2024 and 2023 aggregated $255 million and $259.4 million, respectively. Loans serviced for investors aggregated $4.7 billion and $5 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Included in mortgage banking revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for 2024 and 2023 are the following:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Gains on sale of mortgage loans		$	26,090		18,400
Fees on real estate loans sold			3,279		4,028
Gains on interest rate lock commitments (IRLC) and associated hedging*			589		1,980
Servicing fees			12,122		12,705
Mortgage banking revenues, net		$	42,080		37,113

For additional detail on this item see note 18.

Included in gain on sales of mortgage loans during 2024 and 2023 are capitalized mortgage servicing rights aggregating $2.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

The following assumptions were used in determining the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights:

	2024		2023
Discount Rate		9.31%		9.23%
Prepayment Speed		6.80%		7.00%
Delinquency Rate		0.79%		0.93%

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A summary of the mortgage servicing rights is as follows:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Balance at beginning of year		$	33,876		37,788
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights			2,866		2,806
Amortization			(6,319)		(6,718)
Change in valuation allowance			—		—
Balance at end of year		$	30,423		33,876

The valuation allowance at each of December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $0.

The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense based on existing asset balances and the interest rate environment as of December 31, 2024. The Company’s actual amortization expense in any given period may be different from the estimated amounts depending upon the addition of new intangible assets, changes in mortgage interest rates, prepayment speeds, and other market conditions.

Year:	(in thousands)
2025		$	4,017
2026			3,574
2027			3,204
2028			2,872
Thereafter			16,756

(5) Land, Buildings, and Equipment

A summary of land, buildings, and equipment at December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Land		$	59,321		58,316
Buildings and improvements			294,479		296,157
Equipment			64,649		53,459
Right to use assets, net of amortization			30,187		32,198
			448,636		440,130
Less accumulated depreciation			233,320		222,199
		$	215,316		217,931

The following table shows the estimated future depreciation expense based on existing asset balances as of December 31, 2024:

Year:	(in thousands)
2025		$	15,072
2026			13,441
2027			11,156
2028			10,038
2029			8,784
Thereafter			67,317

Depreciation of buildings charged to operating expense was approximately $8.4 million and $8.5 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included in net occupancy expense on the consolidated statements of income. Depreciation of equipment charged to operating expense was approximately $7.4 million and $7.5 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included in equipment expense on the consolidated statements of income.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(6) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and core deposit intangible assets are summarized in the following table:

	2024							2023
(in thousands)	Gross carrying amount			Accumulated amortization		Net amount		Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Amortizable intangible assets:
Core deposit intangible assets		$	26,052		(20,930)		5,122		26,052		(17,849)		8,203
Trust customer intangible asset			6,100		(4,569)		1,531		6,100		(4,261)		1,839
Total amortizable intangible assets			32,152		(25,499)		6,653		32,152		(22,110)		10,042
Goodwill:
Wealth management segment			11,811		—		11,811		11,811		—		11,811
Community banking segment			336,426		—		336,426		336,425		—		336,425
Total goodwill			348,237		—		348,237		348,237		—		348,237

Aggregate amortization expense on core deposit and other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was $3.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense for the next five years based on existing asset balances and the interest rate environment as of December 31, 2024. The Company’s actual amortization expense in any given period may be different from the estimated amounts depending on the addition of new intangible assets and other market conditions.

Year:	(in thousands)
2025		$	3,227
2026			2,483
2027			280
2028			271
2029			251
Thereafter			141

(7) Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense on operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are as follows:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Current income tax expense:
Federal		$	88,526		69,013
State			6,044		9,398
Total current income tax expense			94,570		78,411
Deferred income tax expense:
Federal			(5,656)		2,339
State			(1,004)		294
Total deferred income tax expense			(6,660)		2,633
Total income tax expense on operations		$	87,910		81,044

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The reasons for the difference between the effective tax rates of 22.3% and 22.9% for 2024 and 2023, respectively, and the current federal statutory income tax rate of 21%, are as follows:

	2024					2023
(in thousands)	Amount			Percent		Amount			Percent
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate		$	82,681		21.0		$	74,495		21.0
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest, net			(2,165)		(0.6)			(1,653)		(0.5)
Other tax-exempt income			(134)		(0.0)			(156)		(0.0)
Dividend exclusion			(41)		(0.0)			(45)		(0.0)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax			10,103		2.6			8,503		2.4
Nondeductible expenses			819		0.2			773		0.2
Federal and State tax credits, net of tax credit partnership amortization			(3,339)		(0.9)			(862)		(0.2)
Other, net			(14)		0.0			(11)		0.0
		$	87,910		22.3		$	81,044		22.9

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are presented below:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Deferred tax assets:
Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses		$	36,901		37,216
Accrued expenses			26,983		26,943
Buildings and equipment			928		2,373
Defined benefit plan			—		3,880
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities			45,573		79,882
Core Deposit Intangible			749		262
Unearned Revenue			526		—
Total gross deferred tax assets			111,660		150,556
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid pension expense			10,602		10,078
Mortgage servicing rights			7,253		8,113
Goodwill			35,924		34,717
Lease financing			29,502		37,945
Unrealized gain on equity securities			698		821
Capitalized Loan Costs			1,214		—
Defined Benefit Plans			1,773		—
Other			1,362		2,247
Total gross deferred tax liabilities			88,328		93,921
Net deferred taxes		$	23,332		56,635

The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance related to the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2024 or 2023 due to historical and expected future earnings of the Company.

The Company classifies interest and penalties on uncertain tax benefits as income tax expense. In the normal course of business, the Company provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and penalties accordingly. Unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $100 thousand during 2024, totaling $1.5 million at December 31, 2024.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Federal net operating loss (NOL) carryovers were acquired in certain acquisitions. The remaining amount of NOL carryover is $603 thousand and $689 thousand as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The NOL expires in 2033. The annual use of the NOL is limited and the Company expects to use the remaining carryover before expiration.

With few exceptions, the Company’s U.S. federal and state tax returns for years prior to 2021 are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.

(8) Deposits

Maturities of time deposits are as follows at December 31, 2024:

Year:	(in thousands)
2025		$	1,602,357
2026			64,364
2027			17,559
2028			7,490
2029			5,039
Thereafter			90
		$	1,696,899

Time deposits include certificates of deposit of $250 thousand and over, totaling approximately $536.7 million and $493.4 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Interest expense on such deposits amounted to $20 million and $19.2 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(9) Customer Repurchase Agreements

The Company’s obligation to repurchase securities sold at December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled $906.8 million and $1.1 billion, respectively. These are short-term borrowings that generally have one day maturities. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase during the year is as follows:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Average monthly balance during the year		$	865,928		1,163,696
Maximum month-end balance during the year			919,153		1,299,276
Average interest rate during the year			2.39%		2.66%

Assets and liabilities relating to securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“Customer repurchase agreements”) are presented gross in the consolidated balance sheet and the Company is not party to any offsetting arrangements associated with these agreements. Resale and repurchase agreements to purchase/sell securities are subject to an obligation to resell/repurchase the same or similar securities and are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions, not as sales and purchases of the securities portfolio. The securities collateral accepted or pledged in resale and repurchase agreements with other financial institutions also may be sold or re-pledged by the secured party but is usually delivered to and held by third party trustees.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below shows the remaining contractual maturities of repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2024, in addition to the various types of marketable securities that have been pledged as collateral for these borrowings.

	Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in thousands) December 31, 2024:	Overnight and continuous			Up to 90 days		Greater than 90 days		Total
Repurchase agreements, secured by:
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$	25,071		—		—		25,071
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations			6,578		—		—		6,578
Mortgage-backed securities			875,147		—		—		875,147
Other			—		—		—		—
Total Repurchase agreements, gross amount recognized		$	906,796		—		—		906,796

(10) Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, the Central Bancompany, Inc. Retirement Plan (the Plan), available to qualified employees, as defined under the Plan. On November 14, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to freeze the Plan, effective December 31, 2018. After December 31, 2018, participants in the Plan stopped accruing additional benefits for future service or compensation. Participants retained benefits accumulated as of December 31, 2018, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

As part of its ongoing strategy to manage pension obligations, the Company purchased two separate group annuity contracts during the year ended December 31, 2024, to settle a portion of its defined benefit pension liability. On August 28, 2024, the Company purchased a group annuity contract from Pacific Life Insurance Company to settle pension liabilities related to approximately 1,104 retirees and beneficiaries. The annuity covered benefits totaling $81.8 million, reducing the Company’s pension obligation by an equivalent amount. On December 5, 2024, the Company purchased an additional group annuity contract from Pacific Life Insurance Company to settle further pension obligations. This annuity covered the benefits of approximately 43 retirees and beneficiaries, with a corresponding reduction in the pension liability of $16.9 million. As of the date of the annuity purchases, the Company has no further obligation for the settled benefits, as the responsibility for payment of benefits now rests with the annuity provider.

In addition to the annuity purchase placements, the Company offered eligible terminated, vested pension plan participants as well as eligible active employee pension plan participants who have reached the age of 59.5 years old, an option to elect a one-time voluntary lump sum window distribution equal to the present value of the participant’s pension benefit, in settlement of all future pension benefits to which they would otherwise have been entitled. Payments were distributed to participants who accepted the lump sum offer in December 2024 from the assets of the Pension Plan. The Company paid out benefits, via lump sum distribution, of approximately 248 terminated vested and eligible active participants resulting in a reduction in the pension liability of $21.6 million.

The annuity purchases and lump sum distributions were made to reduce the Company’s exposure to future pension funding volatility. The settlement related to the annuity purchases and lump sum distributions resulted in a total decrease in the Company’s pension liability by $120.3 million. The Company recognized a gain on settlement of $2.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The gain was actuarially determined based on the acceleration of the recognition of the accumulated unrecognized actuarial gain associated with the Pension Plan. The settlement was recorded under the provisions of ASC 715-30, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans, and is included in the Company’s pension income for the period.

The remaining pension liability after the settlement is $114.9 million, and the Company continues to manage the pension plan’s remaining obligations in accordance with its funding policy.

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company’s funding policy is to contribute funds to an account maintained by the pension plan trustee, as necessary, to provide for the normal cost and amortization of the unfunded actuarial accrued liability. To the extent that these costs are fully covered by assets in the trust, a contribution might not be made in a particular year.

Assets held in the Plan are primarily government and government agency obligations, common stock, corporate bonds, mutual funds, and money market accounts. Certain executives also participate in a supplemental pension plan (the CERP) that the Company funds only as retirement benefits are disbursed. The CERP carries no segregated assets.

Benefit obligations of the CERP are shown in the table immediately below. In all other tables presented, the pension plan and the CERP are presented on a combined basis, even though the CERP is unfunded.

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Projected benefit obligation		$	15,216		16,013
Cumulative contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost			17,862		18,441

The following items are components of net pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		$	11,623		13,366
Expected return on plan assets			(10,431)		(11,386)
Amortization of net (gain) loss			(55)		(56)
Settlement gain recognized			(2,736)		—
Net periodic pension cost		$	(1,599)		1,924

The following table sets forth the pension plans’ funded status, using valuation dates of December 31, 2024 and 2023:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Projected benefit obligation at prior valuation date		$	248,480		247,770
Interest cost			11,623		13,366
Plan settlements			(120,303)		—
Benefits paid			(14,273)		(15,535)
Actuarial (gain) loss			(10,627)		2,879
Other			—		—
Projected benefit obligation at valuation date			114,900		248,480
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year			255,854		246,685
Actual return (loss) on plan assets			26,307		23,119
Employer contributions			1,363		1,585
Plan settlements			(120,303)		—
Benefits paid			(14,273)		(15,535)
Other			—		—
Fair value of plan assets at end of year			148,948		255,854
Funded status and net amount recognized at December 31		$	34,048		7,374

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Amounts recognized on the December 31 balance sheet are as follows:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Prepaid pension asset		$	44,473		42,091
Accrued benefit liability			(10,425)		(34,717)
Net amount recognized at December 31		$	34,048		7,374

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a pretax basis, at December 31, 2024 are as follows:

(in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, pretax	$	7,434
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost		26,614
Net amount recognized on the December 31, 2024 balance sheet	$	34,048

The following weighted average assumptions have been used at December 31, 2024 and 2023:

	2024		2023
Determination of benefit obligation at year-end:
Discount rate		5.70%		5.50%
Determination of net periodic benefit cost for the year ended:
Discount rate		5.50%		5.55%
Expected long-term rate of return on Plan assets		4.50%		4.50%

The expected return on pension plan assets is developed using inflation expectations and risk factors to arrive at a long-term nominal expected return for each asset class. The nominal expected return for each asset class is then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

The following table shows the Company’s employer contributions and benefits paid for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Employer contributions		$	1,363		1,585
Benefits paid			14,273		15,535

The weighted average asset allocations as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, by asset category, are as follows:

	Plan assets as of December 31,
	2024		2023
Equity securities		50%		36%
Fixed income		49		61
Cash and equivalents		1		3
Total		100%		100%

The Plan’s Investment Policy focuses on efficient allocation of capital among various asset classes to create a diversified portfolio in order to achieve the Plan’s investment return objective of 4.5%. In making capital allocation decisions, the Trustee considers the expected return, standard deviation, and correlation of returns of various asset classes, as well as the current term structure of interest rates and current market conditions. In order to generate sufficient returns to meet actuarial estimates of the Plan’s future obligations, the majority of the Plan’s assets are typically invested in asset classes with higher expected rates of return, specifically equity securities. In order to limit risk, a lesser allocation is made to fixed income securities. Within strict policy

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ranges, the Trustee has discretion to increase or decrease the equity and fixed income allocations in response to changing market conditions. The Plan allocates a small percentage to real assets in the form of precious metals trusts.

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:

Year:	(in thousands)
2025		$	6,147
2026			6,533
2027			6,826
2028			7,080
2029			7,263
2030–2034			38,913

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value in the Plan:

Cash equivalents—Money market funds are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the funds are traded.

U.S. government and agency obligations—Federal agencies are priced utilizing industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curves, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market, and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable data, or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace.

Corporate bonds—Corporate securities are valued using a type of matrix, or grid, pricing in which securities are benchmarked against the treasury rate based on credit rating. These model and matrix measurements are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Mutual funds and common stocks—The fair value of these investments is based on quoted market prices from national securities exchanges.

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the pension plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2024:

				Fair value measurements at report date using
(in thousands)	December 31, 2024			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other unobservable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Cash equivalents		$	1,940		1,940		—		—
U.S. government and agency obligations			16,250		—		16,250		—
Common stocks			40,542		40,542		—		—
Corporate bonds			18,385		—		18,385		—
Mutual funds–fixed income			36,958		36,958		—		—
Mutual funds–equities			34,873		34,873		—		—
Total		$	148,948		114,313		34,635		—

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the pension plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2023:

				Fair value measurements at report date using
(in thousands)	December 31, 2023			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other unobservable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Cash equivalents		$	6,875		6,875		—		—
U.S. government and agency obligations			72,238		19,469		52,769		—
Common stocks			42,428		42,428		—		—
Corporate bonds			17,779		—		17,779		—
Mutual funds–fixed income			65,976		65,976		—		—
Mutual funds–equities			50,558		50,558		—		—
Total		$	255,854		185,306		70,548		—

The Company has established a Voluntary Employees Beneficiary Association Trust (VEBA) to fund the employee benefit plan covering medical and dental benefits. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company contributed $16.4 million and $14.9 million, respectively, to the VEBA.

The Company has established an employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code). Under this plan, employees are allowed to contribute a maximum of 75% of their base pay, subject to certain IRS limitations. The Company’s matching contribution is equal to one-half of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 6% of the employee’s base pay. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company contributed $3.9 million and $4 million, respectively, to the 401(k) plan.

In 2019, with the freezing of the defined benefit pension plan effective December 31, 2018, the Company added to the defined contribution plan two additional benefits. Effective January 1, 2019, a Non-Elective Contribution (NEC) of 4% was given to all employees, except employees drawing a pension. Effective December 1, 2024, the plan was amended to allow any participant electing to commence pension benefits as a result of the special election window from October 3, 2024 to November 15, 2024, to continue to be eligible for the NEC contribution. NEC eligibility has an immediate entry date for employees aged 18 or older. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company contributed $8.2 million and $7.7 million, respectively, to the 401(k) plan related to this benefit.

Also, in effect as of January 1, 2019, a Supplemental NEC of an additional 4% was given to employees who had been active for ten plus years as of January 1, 2019 and not drawing a pension. This contribution was given for five years ending in 2023. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company expensed $0 and $2.4 million, respectively, related to the 4% contribution for ten year plus employees.

The Company maintains deferred compensation plans. The liability for the plans, aggregating $35.7 million and $37.8 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, is recorded in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Total expenses under these arrangements, included in salaries and employee benefits, were $3.4 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(11) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company provides stock-based compensation to key employees in the form of restricted stock awards (RSAs) and stock-based performance bonuses. The Company’s restricted stock plan is designed to attract, retain, and reward employees while aligning the interest of the employees with the success of the Company. Awards are determined by the Company’s Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. At December 31, 2024, 2,111,450 shares of Class B common stock remained available for issuance under the plan.

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Restricted stock awards represent a grant of shares of common stock that vests over a specified period, subject to the satisfaction of service conditions. The vesting period for RSAs awarded by the Company is generally 3 or 5 years, but vesting terms may vary in accordance with the specific provisions of the individual award agreements. There are restrictions as to the transferability, sale, pledging, or assigning, among others, prior to the vesting period. Dividend rights are received upon grant of the restricted stock awards but are paid upon vesting.

The fair value of RSAs is determined based on the weighted average selling price of the Company’s Class B common stock during a specified period that is within 30 days before or 30 days after the applicable determination date, as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the awards, based on the fair value at grant date.

The following represents a summary of changes in the Company’s nonvested restricted stock shares as of December 31, 2024.

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2023		88,300		$	11.99
Granted		240,400			13.14
Vested		34,250			11.93
Forfeited		—			—
Nonvested at December 31, 2023		294,450		$	12.94
Granted		295,950			13.08
Vested		91,750			12.69
Forfeited		2,200			13.11
Nonvested at December 31, 2024		496,450		$	13.07

The Company also awards stock bonuses to specified employees. Stock bonuses are granted at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The fair value of stock bonuses is recognized as compensation expense on the date the award is granted as these shares are unrestricted and not subject to a future service requirement.

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the total stock-based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock awards and stock bonuses was $3.5 million and $2 million, respectively. This expense is calculated on the graded vesting method and is included in salaries and employee benefits. The fair value of restricted shares vested totaled $1.2 million and $450 thousand during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The unrecognized compensation cost of nonvested restricted stock totaled $3.1 million at December 31, 2024. The Company expects to recognize compensation expense of $1.7 million in 2025, $874 thousand in 2026, $412 thousand in 2027, $151 thousand in 2028, and $19 thousand in 2029 on the nonvested shares of restricted stock.

(12) Earnings Per Share

The Company, with its two classes of common stock, applies the two-class method of computing income per share. The two-class method requires the calculation of separate income per share amounts for the nonvested share-based awards and for common stock. The income per share attributable to common stock is shown in the following table.

Nonvested share-based awards vest subject to the satisfaction of services conditions and are subject to forfeiture until such service conditions are met. The nonvested share-based awards are not considered securities which participate in undistributed earnings with common stock. However, dividends or dividend equivalents actually declared or paid and charged to retained earnings for unvested awards with forfeitable rights to dividends reduces income available to common shareholders as these amounts reflect dividends that have been allocated to other-than-common-stockholders and reduce the amount available for distribution to the common stockholders.

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Basic income per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted income per share gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the year. Since the nonvested share-based awards are subject to forfeiture, the shares are excluded from both the basic and diluted income per share computation. Presented below is a summary of the components used to calculate basic and diluted income per common share

(In thousands, except per share data)	2024			2023
Basic income per share:
Net income attributable to Central Bancompany, Inc.		$	305,810		273,693
Less: Dividends declared on forfeitable nonvested restricted stock			120		610
Net income allocated to common stock		$	305,690		273,083
Weighted average common shares outstanding			220,589		220,691
Basic income per common share		$	1.39		1.24
Diluted income per common share:
Net income attributable to Central Bancompany, Inc.		$	305,810		273,693
Less: Dividends declared on forfeitable nonvested restricted stock			120		610
Net income allocated to common stock		$	305,690		273,083
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding			220,589		220,691
Diluted income per common share:		$	1.39		1.24

The Company is permitted, by authorization of the Board of Directors, to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock. The most recent authorization in June 2023 approved purchases until June 30, 2025, for a purchase price of not more than $25 million in aggregate. As of December 31, 2024, there was $12 million remaining under such authorization.

The table below shows activity in the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(in thousands)	2024		2023
Shares outstanding at January 1		220,956		220,753
Issuance of stock-based compensation		320		270
Purchases of treasury stock		(889)		(68)
Shares outstanding at December 31		220,387		220,955

(13) Capital Adequacy

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below on a consolidated basis, amounts in thousands) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. At December 31, 2024, the Company met all capital requirements to which it is subject, and the Bank’s capital position exceeded the regulatory definition of well-capitalized.

The Basel III minimum required ratios for well-capitalized banks (under prompt corrective action provisions) are 6.5% for Tier I common capital, 8.0% for Tier I capital, 10.0% for Total capital and 5.0% for the leverage ratio.

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios at December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:

	Actual					Minimum capital adequacy requirement					Well-capitalized requirement
(in thousands)	Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio
As of December 31, 2024:
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company		$	3,083,839		24.88%		$	991,777		8.00%		$	—		—%
Central Trust Bank			1,706,617		13.81			1,028,943		8.00			1,286,179		10.00
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company			2,929,055		23.63			743,833		6.00			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,551,833		12.56			771,707		6.00			1,028,943		8.00
Tier 1 common equity capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company			2,929,055		23.63			557,875		4.50			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,551,833		12.56			578,781		4.50			836,016		6.50
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
Company			2,929,055		15.69			746,578		4.00			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,551,833		8.33			745,433		4.00			931,792		5.00

	Actual					Minimum capital adequacy requirement					Well-capitalized requirement
(in thousands)	Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio		Amount			Ratio
As of December 31, 2023:
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company		$	2,836,024		22.75%		$	997,385		8.00%		$	—		—%
Central Trust Bank			1,677,031		13.48			994,909		8.00			1,243,636		10.00
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company			2,680,621		21.50			748,039		6.00			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,521,628		12.24			746,182		6.00			994,909		8.00
Tier 1 common equity capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company			2,680,621		21.50			561,029		4.50			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,521,628		12.24			559,636		4.50			808,363		6.50
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
Company			2,680,621		14.36			746,740		4.00			—		—
Central Trust Bank			1,521,628		8.16			746,013		4.00			932,516		5.00

(14) Leasing

Leases are recorded at market values at the inception of the lease and may contain escalations based on indexes tied to the consumer price index or other factors for an increase in the amount of the lease payment. Escalators are included in valuing of right to use assets under certain conditions. Lease value cash flows are discounted to present value in recording the right to use asset based on Federal Home Loan Bank advance rates. The Company has made the election not to separate lease and non-lease components for existing real estate leases when determining consideration within the lease contract. All the Company’s lease agreements are classified as operating leases under ASC 842.

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s assets included right to use assets for operating leases that had a weighted average lease term remaining of 25.1 years and 25.1 years and a weighted average discount rate of 3.8% and 3.8%, respectively. The Company’s assets also included right to use assets for finance leases in 2024 and 2023 that had a weighted average lease term remaining of 2.1 years and 3.1 years and weighted average discount rate of 1.49% and 1.49%, respectively.

Operating lease cost recorded in net occupancy amounted to $3.6 million and $3.6 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Operating cash flows from operating leases were $3.6 million and $3.3 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the right to use assets, reported within premises and equipment, net, totaled $30.2 million and $32.2 million respectively. The lease liability, reported within other liabilities, recognized on the financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 totaled $31.5 million and $33.5 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2024, undiscounted operating lease liabilities are scheduled to mature as follows:

Year:	(in thousands)
2024		$	3,314
2025			2,994
2026			2,611
2027			2,353
2028			2,182
Thereafter			36,359

Operating expense and short-term lease costs totaled $3.8 million and $3.8 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Amortization of right to use assets charged to operating expense was approximately $2.4 million and $2.4 million in 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included in net occupancy and equipment expense on the consolidated statements of income.

(15) Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees

In the normal course of business, in order to meet the needs of customers, the Company is subject to off-balance sheet risk which could potentially impact its financial position. These off-balance sheet arrangements include commitments to fund loans and standby letters of credit.

The Company has outstanding commitments to provide loans to, and letters of credit on behalf of customers. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

In addition, the Company may enter into interest rate swap risk participation agreements when certain clients are engaged in interest rate hedging activities in a syndicated loan or a loan in which we are a participant. This is represented as Credit Derivatives in the table below and is the only Credit Derivative activity in which the Company currently participates. Under these agreements, the Company assumes a portion of the counterparty credit risk associated with a client’s interest rate swap transaction with a third-party financial institution, for which the Company receives a fee. If the client fails to meet its payment obligations under the swap, the Company may be required to fulfill those obligations up to its participation level.

The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. The Company’s banking markets are located within the states of Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, Iowa, Oklahoma, Colorado, North Carolina, Tennessee,

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Florida, and Arkansas and the Company’s loan portfolio has no unusual geographic concentrations of credit risk beyond its market areas.

Such commitments and conditional obligations were as follows as of the dates presented.

	Contractual Amount
(in thousands)	12/31/24			12/31/23
Off-balance sheet commitments
Loan commitments		$	2,910,550		3,163,854
Standby letters of credit			87,979		87,605
Commercial letters of credit			1,089		5,719
Credit derivatives			14,720		16,720

The Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in various claims, legal actions, and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company records losses when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changes in circumstances. Due to the inherent subjectivity of assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to the Company from legal proceedings.

(16) Fair Value Disclosures

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Various financial instruments such as AFS and trading securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets and liabilities on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans, loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights, and certain other investment securities. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, the Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value, which are in accordance with ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

•

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•

Level 2—inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly (such as interest rates, yield curves, and prepayment speeds).

•

Level 3—inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value. These may be internally developed, using the Company’s best information and assumptions that a market participant would consider.

When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded or disclosed at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities. When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Valuation Methods for Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value) at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

				Fair value measurements at report date using
(in thousands)	Fair Value December 31, 2024			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Loans held for sale		$	34,264		—		34,264		—
Available-for-sale investment securities:
U.S. government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises			5,553,593		1,269,553		4,284,040		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			21,141		—		21,141		—
Other securities			28,989		614		28,375		—
Equity investments			48,770		724		36,765		11,281
Trading			666				666
Derivatives*			10,312		—		10,312		—
Total assets		$	5,697,735		1,270,891		4,415,563		11,281
Liabilities:
Derivatives*		$	8,842		—		8,842		—
Total liabilities		$	8,842		—		8,842		—

The fair value of each class of derivative is shown in Note 18.

				Fair value measurements at report date using
(in thousands)	Fair Value December 31, 2023			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Loans held for sale		$	35,442		—		35,442		—
Available-for-sale investment securities:
U.S. government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises			4,958,624		1,549,312		3,409,312		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			34,537		—		34,537		—
Other securities			36,144		812		35,332		—
Equity investments			50,246		2,213		36,886		11,147
Derivatives*			10,178		—		10,178		—
Total assets		$	5,125,171		1,552,337		3,561,687		11,147
Liabilities:
Derivatives*		$	9,125		—		9,125		—
Total liabilities		$	9,125		—		9,125		—

The fair value of each class of derivative is shown in Note 18.

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Following is a description of the Company’s valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Securities

Securities are identified as trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity at the time of purchase based on the intent of management.

Trading securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in current period earnings.

AFS securities are accounted for in accordance with ASC 320 and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded, net of deferred income taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. AFS securities are separately identified as pledged to creditors if the creditor has the right to sell or re-pledge the collateral. This portfolio comprises the majority of the assets the Company records at fair value.

The fair value of our securities, which consist primarily of obligations of the U.S. government and government sponsored enterprises (GSEs), is generally based on instrument-level pricing provided to us by a third-party pricing service which utilizes a combination of market quotations in an active market where available, and industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curves, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable data, or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace.

We periodically evaluate the pricing supplied by third-party pricing services by comparing the provided pricing with other sources including, but not limited to, recent transactions in similar instruments, dealer quotes and modeled values using various observable market inputs. Based on the results of such evaluations, management may adjust prices obtained from third-party pricing services to more appropriately reflect its estimate of prices that could be realized in orderly transactions in the current market.

The various portions of the estimated fair value of the Company’s equity securities are based on several inputs. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, the measurements are classified as Level 1. Equity securities which are infrequently traded or restricted, such as equity interests in the Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank, are classified as Level 2. The fair value of equity securities based on unobservable inputs and estimates are classified as Level 3.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are carried at fair value. The portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate loans that are originated with the intent to sell. The Company contracts to sell the loans to FHLMC, FNMA, and other private investors. Fair value measurements on these loans held for sale are based on quoted market prices for similar loans in the secondary market and are classified as Level 2. No write-down was necessary at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Derivatives

The Company’s derivative instruments include interest rate swaps, interest rate lock commitments (IRLC) and to-be-announced (TBA) contracts for hedging our mortgage loan pipeline. Valuations for interest rate swaps are derived from a proprietary model whose significant inputs are readily observable market parameters, primarily yield curves used to calculate current exposure. The results of the model are constantly validated through comparison to active trading in the marketplace. The fair value measurements of interest rate swaps and floors are classified as Level 2 due to the observable nature of the significant inputs utilized. Derivatives relating to residential mortgage loan sale activity include commitments to originate mortgage loans held for sale, forward loan sale contracts, and forward commitments to sell TBA securities. The fair values of loan commitments and sale contracts are estimated using quoted market prices for loans similar to the underlying loans in these instruments. The valuations of loan commitments are further adjusted to include embedded servicing value and the probability of funding. These assumptions are considered Level 2 inputs and are significant to the loan commitment valuation; accordingly, the measurement of loan commitments is classified

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as Level 2. The fair value measurement of TBA contracts is based on security prices published on trading platforms and is classified as Level 2.

Valuation Methods for Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value) at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

				Fair value measurements at report date using
(in thousands)	Fair Value December 31, 2024			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Collateral dependent loans		$	15,376		—		—		15,376
Mortgage servicing rights			60,339		—		—		60,339
Total assets		$	75,715		—		—		75,715

				Fair value measurements at report date using
(in thousands)	Fair Value December 31, 2023			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Collateral dependent loans		$	7,863		—		—		7,863
Mortgage servicing rights			60,888		—		—		60,888
Total assets		$	68,751		—		—		68,751

Following is a description of the Company’s valuation methodologies used for other financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company initially measures its mortgage servicing rights at fair value and amortizes them over the period of estimated net servicing income. They are periodically assessed for impairment based on fair value at the reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated based on a valuation model, which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, market discount rates, cost to service, float earnings rates, and other ancillary income, including late fees. The fair value measurements are classified as Level 3. There was no valuation adjustment recorded on the mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2024.

Collateral Dependent Loans

While the overall portfolio is not carried at fair value, adjustments are recorded on certain loans to reflect partial write-downs that are based on the value of the underlying collateral. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral dependent loans when establishing the allowance for credit losses on loans. In determining the value of real estate collateral, the Company relies on external appraisals and assessment of property values by its internal staff. In the case of non-real estate collateral, reliance is placed on a variety of sources, including external estimates of value and judgments based on the experience and expertise of internal specialists. Because many of these inputs are not observable, the measurements are classified as Level 3.

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed assets consist of loan collateral, which has been repossessed through foreclosure. This collateral is comprised of commercial and residential real estate and other non-real estate property. Foreclosed assets are recorded as held for sale initially at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. After foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically, and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis. Fair value measurements may be based upon appraisals, third-party price opinions, or internally developed pricing methods. These measurements are classified as Level 3.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments held by the Company, in addition to a discussion of the methods used and assumptions made in computing the estimates, are set forth below.

Cash and Due from Banks, Short-term Interest-Bearing Deposits, Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased Under Agreement to Resell, and Accrued Interest Receivable

The carrying amounts for cash and due from banks, short-term interest-bearing deposits, and federal funds sold, and securities purchased under agreements to resell, and accrued interest receivable approximate fair value because they mature in 90 days or less and do not present unanticipated credit concerns.

Time Deposits

The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of cash flows. Discount rates are based on the Company’s approximate cost of obtaining similar maturity funding in the market. Their fair value measurement is classified as Level 3.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

The fair value of our HTM investment securities is generally based on instrument-level pricing provided to us by a third-party pricing service which utilizes a combination of market quotations in an active market where available, and industry standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curves, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable data, or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace.

Loans

The estimated fair value of the Company’s loan portfolio is based on the segregation of loans by type—commercial, residential mortgage, and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable-rate interest categories. In estimating the fair value of each category of loan, the carrying amount of the loan is reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. Such allocation is based on management’s loan classification system, which is designed to measure the credit risk inherent in each classification category.

The estimated fair value for variable rate loans is the carrying value of such loans, reduced by an allocation of the allowance for credit losses based on management’s loan classification system.

The estimated fair value of fixed-rate loans is calculated by discounting the scheduled cash flows for each loan category—commercial, residential real estate, and consumer. The cash flows through maturity for each category of fixed-rate loans are aggregated for the Company. Prepayment estimates for residential real estate and installment consumer loans are based on estimates for similar instruments in the secondary market with

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

similar maturity schedules and interest rates. Discount rates used for each loan category of fixed rate loans represent rates the Company believes are reflective of what the Company could sell loans for based on market conditions and the Company’s assessment of credit quality.

Deposits

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is equal to the amount payable on demand. Such deposits include savings and interest and non-interest-bearing demand deposits. The fair value of demand deposits does not include the benefit that results from the low-cost funding provided by deposit liabilities compared to the cost of borrowing funds in the market. Because they are payable on demand, they are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of cash flows. Discount rates are based on the Company’s approximate cost of obtaining similar maturity funding in the market. Their fair value measurement is classified as Level 3.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The estimated fair value of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximate their carrying values because of the short-term nature of these borrowings.

Accrued Interest Payable

The estimated fair value of accrued interest payable approximates the carrying value because of the short-term nature of the liability.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

	December 31, 2024
				Estimated Fair Value
(in thousands)	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks and short-term interest bearing deposits		$	1,234,625		1,234,625		—		—
Time deposits			699		—		—		699
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			7,183		7,183		—		—
Investment securities
Available for sale			5,603,723		1,270,167		4,333,556		—
Held to maturity			3,225		—		2,554		677
Equity			48,770		724		36,765		11,281
Trading			666				666
Loans
Construction and development			846,497		—		—		845,327
Commercial non-real estate			1,850,992		—		—		1,852,650
Multifamily residential real estate			817,403		—		—		798,336
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,345,722		—		—		2,309,045
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,563,015		—		—		1,535,407
Commercial real estate			4,726,141		—		—		4,642,788
Home equity lines of credit			344,640		—		—		343,842
All other residential real estate			2,752,799		—		—		2,652,339
Residential real estate			3,097,439		—		—		2,996,182

F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31, 2024
				Estimated Fair Value
(in thousands)	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Consumer credit card			85,526		—		—		91,366
All other consumer			863,217		—		—		855,080
Consumer			948,743		—		—		946,446
Total Loans		$	11,469,812		—		—		11,283,393
Loans held for sale		$	34,264		—		34,264		—
Derivatives			10,312		—		10,312		—

	December 31, 2023
				Estimated Fair Value
(in thousands)	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Assets
Cash and due from banks and short-term interest bearing deposits		$	1,680,963		1,680,963		—		—
Time deposits			1,188		—		—		1,187
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			3,665		3,665		—		—
Investment securities
Available for sale			5,029,305		1,550,124		3,479,181		—
Held to maturity			4,059		—		3,361		673
Equity			50,246		2,213		36,886		11,147
Loans
Construction and development			963,043		—		—		953,554
Commercial non-real estate			1,885,081		—		—		1,869,694
Multifamily residential real estate			885,787		—		—		858,803
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,169,300		—		—		2,110,258
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,547,213		—		—		1,499,571
Commercial real estate			4,602,300		—		—		4,468,632
Home equity lines of credit			302,228		—		—		301,221
All other residential real estate			2,437,911		—		—		2,264,727
Residential real estate			2,740,139		—		—		2,565,949
Consumer credit card			81,653		—		—		87,243
All other consumer			1,058,264		—		—		1,039,799
Consumer			1,139,917		—		—		1,127,042
Total Loans		$	11,330,479		—		—		10,984,871
Loans held for sale		$	35,442		—		35,442		—
Derivatives			10,178		—		10,178		—

F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31, 2024
(in thousands)	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	5,245,705		5,245,705		—		—
Savings and interest-bearing demand			8,043,244		8,043,244		—		—
Time deposits			1,696,899		—		—		1,685,000
Total deposits		$	14,985,848		13,288,949		—		1,685,000
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements		$	1,007,295		1,007,295		—		—
Accrued interest payable			10,291		10,291		—		—
Derivatives			8,842		—		8,842		—

	December 31, 2023
(in thousands)	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	5,378,324		5,378,324		—		—
Savings and interest-bearing demand			7,943,456		7,943,456		—		—
Time deposits			1,547,730		—		—		1,529,269
Total deposits		$	14,869,510		13,321,780		—		1,529,269
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements		$	1,226,167		1,226,167		—		—
Accrued interest payable			8,701		8,701		—		—
Derivatives			9,125		—		9,125		—

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective, involve uncertainties and cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

(17) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The table below shows the activity and accumulated balances of components of other comprehensive loss.

(in thousands)	Unrealized Gains/Losses on AFS Securities			Pension Plan		Total
Balance December 31, 2022		$	(377,815)		(19,098)		(396,913)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			141,040		8,799		149,839
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on AFS securities included in net income			19,964		—		19,964
Current period other comprehensive income (loss), before tax			161,004		8,799		169,803
Income tax (expense) benefit			(38,384)		(2,098)		(40,482)
Current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			122,620		6,701		129,321

F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in thousands)	Unrealized Gains/Losses on AFS Securities			Pension Plan		Total
Balance December 31, 2023			(255,195)		(12,397)		(267,592)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications			92,666		23,714		116,380
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on AFS securities included in net income			51,249		—		51,249
Current period other comprehensive income (loss), before tax			143,915		23,714		167,629
Income tax (expense) benefit			(34,309)		(5,653)		(39,962)
Current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax			109,606		18,061		127,667
Balance December 31, 2024		$	(145,589)		5,664		(139,925)

(18) Derivative Instruments

The Company’s mortgage banking originates mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market. The Company does not enter into a commitment to sell these loans at the time of the interest rate lock but instead enters into an agreement to sell the loan(s) after funding. The Company enters into free-standing derivatives to protect against movement in interest rates once the loan commitment is entered into. These derivatives are in the form of commitments to sell to-be-announced (TBA) securities which move in value in the opposite direction of the fixed rate loan commitments thereby economically hedging the Company from movement in interest rates during the period from the interest rate lock to the date the loan is sold into the secondary market.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the amounts reflected in the Company’s balance sheet in assets and liabilities for the value of the interest rate lock commitments, funded loans held for sale, and the corresponding commitments to sell the TBA securities were as follows:

(in thousands)	Notional Value 12/31/2024			Market Value 12/31/2024		Notional Value 12/31/2023		Market Value 12/31/2023
Interest Rate Lock Commitments		$	47,875		366		43,428		736
Loans Closed–Market Value Loans Held for Sale			34,791		946		24,655		981
TBA Derivative Value			61,000		245		59,500		(586)

The market value of the loan commitment pipeline is net of expenses.

The Company maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that permits the use of derivative instruments to modify exposure to interest rate risk. The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy includes the ability to modify the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities to help reduce the risk that changes in interest rates adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Interest rate swaps may be used on a limited basis as part of this strategy. The Company also sells interest rate swap contracts to customers who wish to modify their interest rate sensitivity. The Company offsets the interest rate risk of these swaps by purchasing matching contracts with offsetting pay/receive rates from other financial institutions. The Company’s “Back-to-Back” swaps are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, and changes in their fair value are recorded in current earnings. These Back-to-Back swap contracts comprised a portion of the Company’s swap portfolio at December 31, 2024 and 2023 with total notional amounts of $226.2 million and $206.9 million, respectively.

The Company also employs the use of “Critical Terms” swaps. While this strategy does not directly involve customers of the Bank, Critical Terms are used to swap the interest rate structure of individual loans. By using Critical Terms, the Bank is able to mark-to-market the loan as well. For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. These structures had a notional amount of $11.2 million, with a fair value of $860 thousand and a notional amount of $12.1 million, with a fair value of $904 thousand at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in thousands)	Derivative Assets 12/31/24			Derivative Liabilities 12/31/24		Derivative Assets 12/31/23		Derivative Liabilities 12/31/23
Back-to-Back Swaps		$	9,086		9,086		8,539		8,539
Fair Value Hedges			860		—		904		—

(19) Revenue Recognition

Revenue should be recognized to reflect the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue from financial instruments, including revenue from loans and securities, is not included within this guidance. Noninterest revenue items that are subject to this guidance mainly include fees for bank card, trust, deposit account services, and consumer brokerage services and are discussed below and summarized in the table that follows.

Fees for Fiduciary Services

Trust and asset management income is primarily comprised of fees earned from the management and administration of trusts, settlement of estates, and other similar duties where Central Trust Company serves in a fiduciary capacity. The Company’s performance obligation is generally satisfied over time and the resulting fees are recognized monthly, based upon the average monthly value of the assets under management and the applicable fee rate or otherwise as negotiated as a fee for service. Other transactional-based services, including but not limited to, tax return preparation and financial planning are available. The performance obligation for these services is generally satisfied, and related revenue recognized, at the completion of the service.

Service Charges and Commissions

Service charges on deposit accounts consist of account analysis fees (i.e., net fees earned on analyzed business and public checking accounts), monthly service fees, check orders, and other deposit account related fees. The Company’s performance obligation for account analysis and monthly service fees is generally satisfied, and the related revenue recognized, when the service is provided and received immediately or in the following month.

The Company provides corporate cash management services to its business customers to meet their various transaction processing needs. Such services include deposit and check processing, lockbox, remote deposit, reconciliation, online banking, and other similar transaction processing services. The Company maintains unit prices for each type of service, and the customer is billed based on transaction volumes processed monthly.

Overdraft fees are charged to customers when daily checks and other withdrawals to customers’ accounts exceed balances on hand. The daily overdraft charge is calculated and the fee is posted to the customer’s account each day.

Other deposit related fees such as check orders, foreign ATM processing fees, stop payment fees, and cashier’s checks are largely transactional based, and therefore, the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied, and related revenue recognized, when the transaction is processed.

Payment Services Revenue

Fees, exchange, and other service charges are primarily comprised of debit and credit card income, ATM fees, merchant services income, and other service charges. Debit and credit card income is primarily comprised of interchange fees earned whenever the Company’s debit and credit cards are processed through card payment networks such as MasterCard. The fees earned are established by the settlement network and are dependent on the type of transaction processed but are typically based on a per unit charge. Interchange income is settled daily through the networks.

Brokerage Services

Consumer brokerage services revenue is comprised of commissions received upon the execution of purchases and sales of mutual fund shares and equity securities, in addition to certain limited insurance products in an

F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

agency capacity. Also, fees are earned on managed advisory programs. Payment from the customer is upon settlement for purchases and sales of securities, upon purchase for annuities and insurance products, and upon inception of the service period for advisory programs.

Other Non-Interest Income from Contracts with Customers

Other non-interest income consists of gains on foreclosed assets, bank premises and equipment, official check fees, international currency commissions, and other miscellaneous consumer product fees. Performance obligations for these services consist mainly of the execution of transactions for the sale of various properties. Fees from these revenue sources are recognized when the performance obligation is completed, at which time cash is received by the Company.

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Service charges and commissions
Deposit account and other fees		$	52,419		46,804
Other non-ASC 606 revenue			3,718		3,637
		$	56,137		50,441
Payment services revenue
Bankcard transaction fees		$	67,531		67,414
Brokerage services
Consumer brokerage service fees		$	25,739		22,433
Fees for fiduciary services
Fiduciary service fees		$	45,897		40,197
Other income
Gain on sale of foreclosed assets, bank premises, and equipment		$	4,679		1,189
Other non-ASC 606 revenue			4,988		6,987
		$	9,667		8,176

F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(20) Parent Company Condensed Financial Statements

Following are the condensed financial statements of Central Bancompany, Inc. (Parent only) for the December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC.

Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31, 2024 and 2023

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Assets
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries:
Bank		$	1,727,762		1,597,273
Cash and due from banks			312,447		190,287
Available for sale (AFS)			982		5,530
Loans			18,720		12,947
Note receivable due from bank subsidiary			980,000		980,000
Advances to subsidiaries, net of borrowings			75,120		315
Land, buildings, and equipment, net			1,505		1,530
Deferred tax assets, net			5,945		11,742
Other assets			29,435		4,025
Total assets		$	3,151,916		2,803,649
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Other liabilities			41,255		59,851
Stockholders’ equity			3,110,661		2,743,798
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	3,151,916		2,803,649

F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC.

Condensed Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Income
Dividends received from consolidated subsidiary		$	245,000		335,000
Earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of dividends			20,968		(91,770)
Interest received from consolidated subsidiary			8,720		1,390
Interest income:
Loans			1,370		964
Note to subsidiaries			52,522		45,887
Investment securities			65		1,289
Management fees charged to subsidiaries			850		3,749
Investment securities losses, net			0		(143)
Other income			464		71
Total income			329,959		296,437
Expense
Salaries and employee benefits			9,181		9,901
Net occupancy and equipment			263		572
Legal and professional fees			124		631
Management & data processing fees paid to subsidiaries			897		671
Other expenses			1,234		1,429
Total expense			11,699		13,204
Income taxes			12,450		9,540
Net income		$	305,810		273,693

F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023

(in thousands)	2024			2023
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income		$	305,810		273,694
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of dividends			(20,968)		91,770
Increase in other assets			(17,513)		(5,427)
Net cash provided by operating activities			267,329		360,037
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities			4,662		187,719
Purchases of available-for-sale securities			—		(71,014)
Increase in advances to subsidiaries, net			(74,587)		(319,391)
Other, net			(6,226)		(2,862)
Net cash used in investing activities			(76,151)		(205,548)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Purchase of treasury stock			(12,143)		(959)
Issuance of stock under equity compensation plans			(285)		(305)
Dividends paid			(57,532)		(51,870)
Other, net			942		2,172
Net cash used in financing activities			(69,018)		(50,962)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents			122,160		103,527
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year			190,288		86,761
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year		$	312,448		190,288

Dividends paid by the Parent to its shareholders were substantially provided from Bank dividends. The Bank may distribute dividends without prior regulatory approval, provided that the dividends do not exceed the sum of net income for the current year and retained net income for the preceding two years, subject to maintenance of minimum capital requirements.

At December 31, 2024, the Bank has $980 million of borrowings from the Parent as part of its strategy to manage FDIC insurance premiums. The maturity date of this note extends by 3 months every quarter resulting in an extended maturity date that is never less than 15 months from the last extension. The interest rate is a variable rate equal to the current interest rate on excess reserves, adjusted quarterly.

At December 31, 2024, the fair value of the investment securities held by the Parent consisted of investments of $982 thousand in U.S. agency mortgage backed securities.

(21) Business Segment Reporting

The Company’s reportable segments are determined by its Chief Executive Officer, who is the designated Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The company has strategically aligned its operations into the following two reportable segments: Wealth Management and Community Banking (collectively, the Business Segments). These operating segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services and have different marketing strategies.

F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Company to (1) assess the profitability of a specific business segment by aligning relevant costs with revenue, and (2) evaluate each business segment in a way that reflects its economic impact on consolidated earnings.

Wealth Management

Community Banking

We provide a comprehensive suite of offerings, including a full set of deposit products, state-of-the-art digital banking solutions, a range of consumer lending solutions including HELOCs, and a wholly owned credit card portfolio. Our leading mortgage operation delivers both standard mortgages with in-house servicing available, typically sold to Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae or private investors, and a range of sophisticated mortgage options, including bridge and portfolio lending, and multiple governmental programs. Our long-tenured commercial lending teams originate loans to finance a wide range of our customers’ needs, including commercial, small business and government segments, while striving to maintain conservative underwriting standards. Our deposit and cash management solutions feature a full suite of digital-first tools, treasury management services, and innovative payment and card solutions to complement our comprehensive deposit offering for all client segments.

Segment Financial Information

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in “Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies.” The reportable segments include a number of allocations of income and expense from various support and overhead functions within the Company.

Financial results by operating segment, including significant expense categories provided to the CODM, are detailed below:

	December 31, 2024
Segment Income Statement (in thousands)	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Net Interest Income		$	687,574		(250)		687,324
Provision for credit losses			14,585		2		14,587
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			672,989		(252)		672,737
Noninterest income			141,178		69,212		210,390
Noninterest expense			442,544		46,863		489,407
Income before income taxes			371,623		22,097		393,720
Income taxes			82,604		5,306		87,910
Net Income		$	289,019		16,791		305,810
Assets under management					13,527,632		13,527,632

F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Noninterest Income	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Service charges and commissions		$	56,137		—		56,137
Payment services revenue			67,531		—		67,531
Brokerage services			3,333		22,406		25,739
Fees for fiduciary services			(606)		46,503		45,897
Mortgage banking revenue			42,080		—		42,080
Other income			9,364		303		9,667
Investment securities losses, net			(36,661)		—		(36,661)
Total noninterest income		$	141,178		69,212		210,390

Noninterest Expense	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Salaries and employee benefits		$	248,802		32,285		281,087
Net occupancy and equipment expense			44,326		2,805		47,131
Computer software and maintenance			18,623		1,695		20,318
Marketing and business development			18,426		1,564		19,990
FDIC and bank exam fees			5,582		1		5,583
Legal and professional fees			25,214		1,076		26,290
Bankcard processing, rewards and related cost			32,002		—		32,002
Other expenses(1)			49,569		7,437		57,006
Total noninterest expense		$	442,544		46,863		489,407

(1)

Other expenses includes $4.3M of allocated technology, service, and overhead to Wealth Management

Segment Balance Sheet (in thousands)			Community Banking						Wealth Management						Total
Assets				$	19,217,815						24,728						19,242,543

	December 31, 2023
Segment Income Statement (in thousands)	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Net Interest Income		$	633,402		(223)		633,179
Provision for credit losses			16,252		—		16,252
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			617,150		(223)		616,927
Noninterest income			146,708		60,172		206,880
Noninterest expense			425,582		43,488		469,070
Income before income taxes			338,276		16,461		354,737
Income taxes			77,091		3,953		81,044
Net Income		$	261,185		12,508		273,693
Assets under management					13,190,593		13,190,593

Noninterest Income	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Service charges and commissions		$	50,441		—		50,441
Payment services revenue			67,414		—		67,414
Brokerage services			3,151		19,282		22,433
Fees for fiduciary services			(691)		40,888		40,197

F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Noninterest Income	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Mortgage banking revenue			37,113		—		37,113
Other income			8,174		2		8,176
Investment securities losses, net			(18,894)		—		(18,894)
Total noninterest income		$	146,707		60,173		206,880

Noninterest Expense	Community Banking			Wealth Management		Total
Salaries and employee benefits		$	241,964		29,544		271,508
Net occupancy and equipment expense			40,907		3,346		44,253
Computer software and maintenance			17,752		1,738		19,490
Marketing and business development			18,064		989		19,053
FDIC and bank exam fees			5,669		2		5,671
Legal and professional fees			18,259		836		19,095
Bankcard processing, rewards and related cost			36,031		—		36,031
Other expenses(1)			46,936		7,033		53,969
Total noninterest expense		$	425,582		43,488		469,070

(1)

Other expenses includes $4.0M of allocated technology, service, and overhead to Wealth Management

Segment Balance Sheet (in thousands)			Community Banking						Wealth Management						Total
Assets				$	18,993,096						27,409						19,020,505

(22) Capital Structure and Share Reclassification

In April of 2025, the Company filed a Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation following shareholder approval to amend its capital structure. The amendment, effective April 28, 2025, increased the number of authorized shares of capital stock from 13,000,000 to 600,000,000 shares, allocated as follows: 500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, 50,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. Additionally, the par value of all classes of stock was reduced from $1.00 per share to $0.01 per share.

As part of the amendment, all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock were reclassified into Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. As a result, 143,306,750 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, were converted into Class A Common Stock, and no shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding.

The Company has retroactively adjusted all share and per-share data in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented to reflect the reclassification and revised capital structure as if it had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

On April 16, 2025, the Company announced a one-time dividend of $0.80 per share payable to all common stockholders of record on April 27, 2025. The special dividend will be paid on May 5, 2025, totaling $176.6 million.

(23) Stock Split Effected in the Form of a Stock Dividend

On October 9, 2025, the Company declared a 50-for-1 stock split of the Company’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend, entitling each shareholder of record to receive 49 additional shares of common stock for every one share owned. The record date for the stock dividend is October 20, 2025, with a distribution date for the new shares of October 24, 2025. The par value per share of our common stock remains $0.01 per share. All references made with respect to a number of shares or per share amounts throughout these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split.

F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data

	September 30, 2025			December 31, 2024
Assets
Cash and due from banks		$	217,621		265,209
Short-term interest-bearing deposits			810,571		969,416
Interest-bearing deposits			1,090		699
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			788		7,183
Investment securities:
Available for sale (AFS)			5,966,756		5,603,723
Held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses of $16 and $21 thousand in 2025 and 2024, respectively (fair value of $2,791 and $3,231 in 2025 and 2024, respectively)			2,774		3,225
Equity			48,208		48,770
Trading			—		666
Total investment securities			6,017,738		5,656,384
Loans held for investment			11,323,318		11,624,091
Less allowance for credit losses			(149,459)		(154,279)
Net loans held for investment			11,173,859		11,469,812
Loans held for sale			21,830		34,264
Land, buildings, and equipment, net			214,550		215,316
Deferred tax assets, net			—		23,332
Foreclosed assets held for sale			5,175		3,695
Goodwill			348,237		348,237
Core deposit and other intangibles			4,233		6,653
Mortgage servicing rights			29,488		30,423
Bank owned life insurance			24,614		24,522
Other assets			313,811		187,398
Total assets		$	19,183,605		19,242,543

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)

	September 30, 2025			December 31, 2024
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	5,317,961		5,245,705
Savings and interest-bearing demand			7,767,084		8,043,244
Time			1,704,182		1,696,899
Total deposits			14,789,227		14,985,848
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			958,766		1,007,295
Total customer funds			15,747,993		15,993,143
Deferred tax liabilities, net			1,821		—
Other liabilities			149,377		138,739
Total liabilities			15,899,191		16,131,882
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued for both 2025 and 2024, respectively			—		—
Class A voting common stock, $0.01 par value. 500,000,000 shares authorized; 297,802,850 shares issued for both 2025 and 2024, respectively			2,978		2,978
Class B nonvoting common stock, $0.01 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued for both 2025 and 2024, respectively			—		—
Capital surplus			15,562		13,319
Retained earnings			3,404,016		3,333,669
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(38,984)		(139,925)
			3,383,572		3,210,041
Less treasury stock of 77,137,950 and 77,418,100 shares of Class A voting common stock in 2025 and 2024, respectively			(99,158)		(99,380)
Total stockholders’ equity			3,284,414		3,110,661
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		$	19,183,605		19,242,543

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income
(Unaudited)
Dollars in thousands, except per share data

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2025			2024
Interest income:
Loans		$	533,416		528,552
Investment securities			172,675		106,357
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			28,572		37,372
Total interest income			734,663		672,281
Interest expense:
Deposits			132,066		146,620
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			19,396		20,748
Total interest expense			151,462		167,368
Net interest income			583,201		504,913
Provision for credit losses			6,295		11,968
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			576,906		492,945
Other income:
Service charges and commissions			43,077		41,840
Payment services revenue			50,507		50,467
Brokerage services			20,996		19,110
Fees for fiduciary services			37,741		33,598
Mortgage banking revenues, net			30,163		31,714
Other income			(9,748)		7,020
Investment securities (losses) gains, net			(6,811)		2,596
Total other income			165,925		186,345
Other expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits			221,281		210,149
Net occupancy and equipment			36,259		35,131
Computer software and maintenance			17,316		15,519
Marketing and business development			15,194		14,619
FDIC and bank exam fees			4,051		4,259
Legal and professional fees			16,480		17,785
Bankcard processing, rewards and related cost			23,153		25,748
Other expenses			42,243		41,324
Total other expenses			375,977		364,534
Income before income taxes			366,854		314,756
Income taxes			83,593		70,831
Net income		$	283,261		243,925
Net income per common share–basic		$	1.28		1.10
Net income per common share–diluted		$	1.28		1.10

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Unaudited)
Dollars in thousands

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2025			2024
Net income		$	283,261		243,925
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on AFS securities included in net income, net of tax			5,270		9,146
Unrealized gain on AFS securities, net of tax			86,014		117,099
Change in pension loss, net of tax			9,657		—
Other comprehensive income			100,941		126,245
Total comprehensive income		$	384,202		370,170

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity
Nine Months Ended
(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share data)

	Class A Common Stock			Capital Surplus		Retained Earnings		Treasury Stock		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss		Total
Balance at December 31, 2023		$	2,978		10,630		3,085,304		(87,522)		(267,592)		2,743,798
Net income							243,925						243,925
Other comprehensive income											126,245		126,245
Purchase of treasury stock									(3,002)				(3,002)
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.135 per share)							(29,851)						(29,851)
Stock-based compensation					2,613								2,613
Issuance under equity compensation plans					(638)				287				(351)
Balance at September 30, 2024		$	2,978		12,605		3,299,378		(90,237)		(141,347)		3,083,377
Balance at December 31, 2024		$	2,978		13,319		3,333,669		(99,380)		(139,925)		3,110,661
Net income							283,261						283,261
Other comprehensive income											100,941		100,941
Cash dividends paid on common stock ($0.965 per share)							(212,914)						(212,914)
Stock-based compensation					2,520								2,520
Issuance under equity compensation plans					(277)		—		222				(55)
Balance at September 30, 2025		$	2,978		15,562		3,404,016		(99,158)		(38,984)		3,284,414

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Central Bancompany, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
Dollars in thousands

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
	2025			2024
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income		$	283,261		243,925
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization			14,902		15,081
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums, net			(14,089)		7,325
Deferred income taxes			(6,444)		(5,010)
Provision for credit losses			6,295		11,968
Gain on sale of loans, net			(22,724)		(22,926)
Net change in trading debt securities			666		(52)
Investment securities gains, net			6,811		(2,596)
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale			(941,641)		(917,011)
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale			960,207		936,156
Stock-based compensation			2,520		2,613
Increase in other assets			(141,074)		(727)
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities			22,877		(7,050)
Net cash provided by operating activities			171,567		261,696
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of available-for-sale securities			(1,837,798)		(1,560,868)
Purchase of equity securities			(234)		(153)
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities			315,180		217,779
Proceeds from sales of equity securities			905		16,194
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities			1,286,611		911,753
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities			457		811
Net change in interest-bearing deposits			(391)		476
Net decrease (increase) in loans			306,145		(117,697)
Purchase of land, buildings, and equipment			(4,751)		(13,477)
Proceeds from sale of land, buildings, and equipment			7,059		12,393
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			73,183		(532,789)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Decrease in deposits			(203,904)		(579,165)
Increase in time deposits			7,283		152,740
Decrease in federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements			(48,529)		(315,191)
Dividends paid			(212,428)		(29,876)
Purchase of treasury stock			—		(3,002)
Net cash used in financing activities			(457,578)		(774,494)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents			(212,828)		(1,045,587)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year			1,241,808		1,684,628
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year		$	1,028,980		639,041
Cash and due from banks		$	217,621		256,622
Short-term interest-bearing deposits			810,571		379,084
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			788		3,335
Total cash and cash equivalents		$	1,028,980		639,041
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid		$	150,835		169,472
Income taxes paid			82,158		47,789
Loans transferred to foreclosed assets held for sale			2,659		4,282

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

(1)

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Central Bancompany, Inc., and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Central Bancompany owns all the outstanding capital stock of The Central Trust Bank (the “Bank”), which is headquartered in Missouri. The consolidated financial statements in this report have not been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, but in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position and the results of operations for the interim periods have been made. In addition, all significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheets and revenues and expenses for the periods presented. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

The results of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2025 are not necessarily indicative of results to be attained for the full year or any other interim period. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) for interim financial information. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Management has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition or disclosure.

(2)

Investment Securities

The table below includes the fair value of equity securities as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Equity investments with no readily determinable fair value are carried at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable changes in fair value. Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock represent equity interests the Company is required to hold in the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank. These amounts are also carried at cost as they do not have a readily determinable fair value because ownership of these shares is restricted, and they lack a market. Included in the equity securities portfolio at September 30, 2025 are holdings of 33,010 of Visa Class B-2 shares. These shares have a carrying value of zero, as there have not been observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer.

Dollars in thousands Equity Securities	9/30/2025			12/31/2024
Common and preferred stocks with readily determinable fair value		$	—		724
Federal Home Loan Bank stock			10,641		10,708
Federal Reserve Bank stock			26,057		26,057
Other–no readily determinable fair value			11,510		11,281
Total Equity Securities		$	48,208		48,770

During the first nine months of 2025, $6.8 million in net losses were recorded on common and preferred stock, consisting of $6.1 million in losses realized on sales and a $663 thousand decrease in unrealized gains on the portfolio. Net gains of $2.6 million were recorded on common or preferred stock during the first nine months of 2024. These consisted of $4.0 million in realized gains on sales, offset by a $1.4 million decrease in unrealized gains on the portfolio.

The following tables show the carrying amount, gross unrealized holding gains, gross unrealized holding losses, and fair value of AFS and HTM securities by security type at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Allowance for Credit Losses		Net Carrying Amount
Available-for-Sale:
U.S. Treasury Securities		$	912,828		8,629		(2,043)		919,414		—		919,414
U.S. Agency Debentures			151,701		229		(630)		151,300		—		151,300
U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities			4,948,260		37,366		(114,746)		4,870,880		—		4,870,880
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			17,256		93		(59)		17,290		—		17,290
Other Securities			8,014		—		(142)		7,872		—		7,872
Total		$	6,038,059		46,317		(117,620)		5,966,756		—		5,966,756
Held-to-Maturity:
U.S. Agency RMBS		$	22		—		—		22		—		22
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			2,768		1		—		2,769		(16)		2,753
Total		$	2,790		1		—		2,791		(16)		2,775

	As of December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Amortized Cost			Gross Unrealized Gain		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Allowance for Credit Losses		Net Carrying Amount
Available-for-Sale:
U.S. Treasury Securities		$	1,291,137		752		(22,336)		1,269,553		—		1,269,553
U.S. Agency Debentures			373,869		54		(4,635)		369,288		—		369,288
U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities			4,078,956		6,535		(170,739)		3,914,752		—		3,914,752
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			21,274		79		(212)		21,141		—		21,141
Other Securities			29,648		12		(671)		28,989		—		28,989
Total		$	5,794,884		7,432		(198,593)		5,603,723		—		5,603,723
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Agency RMBS		$	25		1		—		26		—		26
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			3,221		—		(16)		3,205		(21)		3,184
Total		$	3,246		1		(16)		3,231		(21)		3,210

Accrued interest receivable totaled $24.5 million and $22.0 million at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and is included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amortized cost and fair value of AFS and HTM securities at September 30, 2025, by contractual maturity, are shown below:

	United States government obligations and government- sponsored enterprises							Obligations of states and political subdivisions						Other securities*
Dollars in thousands	Amortized Cost			FTE Yield		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		FTE Yield		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		FTE Yield		Fair Value
Available for sale:
Within 1 year		$	149,375		1.34%		147,934		3,418		3.83%		3,415		—		—		—
After 1 but within 5 years			915,154		4.24%		922,780		13,170		4.54%		13,215		2,334		7.84%		2,269
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—		—		257		2.74%		253		—		—		—
After 10 years			—		—		—		411		7.89%		407		—		—		—
Mortgage- and asset- backed securities			4,948,260		4.08%		4,870,880		—		—		—		5,680		5.52%		5,603
		$	6,012,789		4.03%		5,941,594		17,256		4.45%		17,290		8,014		6.32%		7,872
Held to maturity:
Within 1 year		$	—		—		—		1,245		4.64%		1,246		—		—		—
After 1 but within 5 years			—		—		—		1,492		2.75%		1,492		—		—		—
After 5 but within 10 years			—		—		—		31		6.52%		31		—		—		—
After 10 years			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Mortgage- and asset- backed securities			22		6.33%		22		—		—		—		—		—		—
		$	22		6.33%		22		2,768		3.64%		2,769		—		—		—

Proceeds from sales of AFS securities in the nine months ended September 2025 and September 2024 were $315.1 million and $217.8 million, respectively. Net losses of $6.9 million and $12.0 million were recognized on the sale of AFS securities in the nine months ended September 2025 and September 2024, respectively. Both the proceeds and losses resulted from the repositioning of lower-yielding bonds to higher-yielding investments at higher market rates during the periods presented.

All AFS securities not issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, or sponsored enterprises are subject to a quarterly review to test for impairment. This revealed no matters that would warrant impairment and result in an allowance for credit losses as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The Company determined that all unrealized losses in its available-for-sale portfolio are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and current market conditions. Additionally, management does not currently intend to sell the securities, and it is more likely than not that management will not be required to sell the securities prior to the anticipated recovery.

Investment securities and money market obligations with a carrying value of approximately $3.2 billion and $3.9 billion were pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, and borrowed funds at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

Allowance for credit losses on investment securities:

The expected credit losses for HTM debt securities are determined based on the likelihood of default and potential loss, using assumptions that correspond to loans with similar credit profiles. The Company recorded an allowance for credit losses on its HTM debt securities of $16 thousand and $21 thousand at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Every non-U.S. government issued or non-guaranteed AFS securities undergoes a quarterly evaluation for impairment. This evaluation involves testing various credit and loss assumptions, rather than solely relying on credit ratings. As of September 30, 2025, the Company did not identify any such securities for which a credit loss exists, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not recognize a credit loss expense on any AFS securities.

Special emphasis and analysis are placed on securities that have experienced a negative credit rating event, are below investment grade, or have an uncertain financial outlook. These securities are placed on a watch list and monitored for further developments. At September 30, 2025, the fair value of securities on this watch list was $4.9 million compared to $2.2 million at December 31, 2024.

The table below summarizes debt securities AFS in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by length of impairment period, for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Unrealized losses on these AFS securities have not been recognized as income because after review, the unrealized losses on these securities are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and current market conditions. At September 30, 2025 management does not intend to sell the securities, nor is it anticipated that it would be required to sell the securities prior to the anticipated recovery.

	As of September 30, 2025
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
Dollars in thousands	Fair value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
Available for sale:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	232,301		(565)		1,674,057		(116,854)		1,906,358		(117,419)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			—		—		7,187		(59)		7,187		(59)
Other securities			801		—		5,859		(142)		6,660		(142)
		$	233,102		(565)		1,687,103		(117,055)		1,920,205		(117,620)

	As of December 31, 2024
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
Available for sale:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	1,468,478		(14,293)		2,757,421		(183,418)		4,225,899		(197,711)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			2,239		(16)		9,618		(195)		11,856		(211)
Other securities			717		—		26,691		(671)		27,409		(671)
		$	1,471,434		(14,309)		2,793,730		(184,284)		4,265,164		(198,593)

F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Gross unrealized losses on HTM investment securities were zero as of September 30, 2025. Gross unrealized losses on HTM investment securities and the fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2024 were as follows:

	As of December 31, 2024
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more				Total
Dollars in thousands	Fair value			Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses		Fair value		Unrealized losses
Held to maturity:
United States government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises		$	—		—		—		—		—		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			1,278		(15)		149		(1)		1,427		(16)
		$	1,278		(15)		149		(1)		1,427		(16)

The following table shows the amortized cost basis by credit rating of the Company’s HTM obligations of states and political subdivisions at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

Dollars in thousands	Amortized Cost Basis by Credit Rating–HTM Debt Securities
September 30, 2025	Non-Rated			A			AA			AAA			Total
State and political subdivisions		$	1,016		$	—		$	1,457		$	295		$	2,768

December 31, 2024	Amortized Cost Basis by Credit Rating–HTM Debt Securities
December 31, 2024	Non-Rated			A			AA			AAA			Total
State and political subdivisions		$	35		$	40		$	2,996		$	150		$	3,221

All HTM securities were current and not past due at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

(3)

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans consisted of the following at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

	2025			2024
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount
Construction and development		$	858,321		867,349
Commercial non-real estate			1,736,276		1,874,906
Multifamily residential real estate			833,081		825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,323,412		2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,583,150		1,572,955
Commercial real estate			4,739,643		4,770,720
Home equity lines of credit			390,777		349,011
All other residential real estate			2,927,262		2,791,087
Residential real estate			3,318,039		3,140,098
Consumer credit card			92,881		93,825

F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	2025			2024
Dollars in thousands	Amount			Amount
All other consumer			588,192		903,452
Consumer			681,073		997,277
Total unpaid principal balance			11,333,352		11,650,350
Add: Unearned income			(10,034)		(26,259)
Loans, held for investment			11,323,318		11,624,091
Loans held for sale			21,830		34,264
Total loans and leases		$	11,345,148		11,658,355

Accrued interest receivable totaled $46.9 million and $45.9 million at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, and is included within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

No loans were acquired by the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of September 30, 2025, loans made to related parties of the Company totaled $251.9 million and is included within loans held for investment on the consolidated balance sheet. These loans primarily consist of loans made by the Bank to related parties of the Company, which were made in the ordinary course of business of the Bank and otherwise on terms consistent with those available to all customers.

Dollars in thousands
Balance of loans to related parties, December 31, 2024	$	274,803
New loans		57,149
Repayments		(29,864)
Change in relationship		(50,140)
Balance of loans to related parties at end of period	$	251,948

The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. The Company’s banking markets are located throughout the states of Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, Iowa, Oklahoma, Colorado, North Carolina, Tennessee, Florida, and Arkansas and the Company’s loan portfolio has no unusual geographic concentrations of credit risk beyond its market areas.

Lease Portfolio Classified as Held for Sale

In June 2025, the Company engaged a third party to solicit bids for its consumer lease portfolio, primarily consisting of automobile leases, and received a non-binding offer at 86.1% of par. The decision to pursue a sale was driven by increased residual losses on leased vehicles, concerns over ongoing credit risk with the lessees, and servicing inefficiencies. The Company committed to a plan to sell the portfolio during the second quarter of 2025 and as of September 30, 2025, the portfolio met the held-for-sale criteria under ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. As of September 30, 2025, $99.1 million of assets held-for-sale were reclassified to Other Assets in the consolidated balance sheets. No significant liabilities were associated with the disposal group. The sale is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2025.

As a result of the Company committing to the plan of sale, the Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $13.6 million in the second quarter of 2025. The loss was recorded in Other Income in the consolidated statements of income.

The lease portfolio is reported within the Company’s community banking segment.

Allowance for Credit Losses

F-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key model assumptions in the Company’s allowance for credit loss model include the economic forecast, the reasonable and supportable forecast period, prepayment assumptions and qualitative factors applied for portfolio composition changes, underwriting practices, or significant unique events or conditions. The assumptions utilized in estimating the Company’s allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are discussed below.

F-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Assumption	September 30, 2025	December 31, 2024
Overall economic forecast	• Forecast provided by Oxford Economics • Expect the economy to continue to expand, with strong AI related investment with no sign of slowing down • The labor market is softening, affecting real disposable income growth. However, consumer spending is holding up with tariffs driving the cost of core goods.	• Forecast provided by Oxford Economics • Uncertainty around economic forecasts prior to the change in administration. • Forecasted GDP growth with expectations that imports will be front-loaded ahead of tariffs. • Path of monetary policy is uncertain with anticipation of rate cuts skewing towards fewer.
Reasonable and supportable period and related reversion period	• 4 quarter reasonable and supportable period • 4 quarter reversion to historical average loss rates using straight line method	• 4 quarter reasonable and supportable period • 4 quarter reversion to historical average loss rates using straight line method
Forecasted macro-economic variables	• Unemployment ranging from 4.1% to 4.4% • GDP growth forecast of 2.0% • Prime rate is 7.5%, declining to 6.25% at the end of the supportable forecast	• Unemployment between 4.2% and 4.3% • GDP of 2.6% • Prime rate is 7.5%, with a 25 basis point decline each quarter of the supportable forecast period
Prepayment assumptions	• Commercial loan prepayment speeds of 14.4% • Mortgage and HELOC prepayment speeds of 18.3% • Consumer loan and credit card prepayment speeds of 15%	• Commercial loan prepayment speeds of 14.4% • Mortgage and HELOC prepayment speeds of 18.3% • Consumer loan and credit card prepayment speeds of 15%
Qualitative factors	Qualitative adjustments for: • Impact of inflation, tariffs, and interest rates on borrower ability to repay • Economic, government policy, and geopolitical uncertainties • Changes in portfolio composition, concentrations, and underwriting standards	Qualitative adjustments for: • Economic uncertainty related to geopolitical risks and upcoming change in administration • Ongoing impact of inflation and increased rate environment on customer ability to repay • Changes in portfolio composition, concentrations, and underwriting standards

Sensitivity in the Allowance for Credit Loss Model

F-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following is a summary of the activity in the allowance for credit losses on loans and the liability for unfunded lending commitments during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Included within commercial loans are the following pools—real estate development & construction, commercial real estate (CRE), owner-occupied CRE, commercial & industrial (C&I), and multifamily residential loans. Included within residential real estate are 1-4 family residential and home equity loans. Included within individual loans are consumer and credit card loans.

						Commercial real estate						Residential real estate				Consumer
Dollars in thousands	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate		Multifamily residential real estate		Non-owner occupied commercial real estate		Owner occupied commercial real estate		Home equity lines of credit		All other residential real estate		Consumer credit card		All other consumer		Total
For the nine months ended September 30, 2025:
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of period		$	20,851		23,915		8,352		16,463		9,940		4,505		36,739		8,299		25,215		154,279
Provision for credit losses on loans			(808)		3,366		499		1,340		658		907		3,766		2,086		(5,415)		6,399
Loans charged off			(14)		(4,511)		—		(816)		—		(25)		(475)		(2,712)		(8,183)		(16,736)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			33		966		—		—		62		4		135		697		3,620		5,517
Balance at end of period			20,062		23,736		8,851		16,987		10,660		5,391		40,165		8,370		15,237		149,459
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of period			172		161		2		4		10		135		—		—		—		484
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			(40)		(25)		(1)		1		(3)		(32)		—		—		—		(100)
Balance at end of period			132		136		1		5		7		103		—		—		—		384
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	20,194		23,872		8,852		16,992		10,667		5,494		40,165		8,370		15,237		149,843

						Commercial real estate						Residential real estate				Consumer
Dollars in thousands	Construction & development			Commercial non-real estate		Multifamily residential real estate		Non-owner occupied commercial real estate		Owner occupied commercial real estate		Home equity lines of credit		All other residential real estate		Consumer credit card		All other consumer		Total
For the nine months ended September 30, 2024:
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Balance at beginning of period		$	24,505		21,180		8,983		14,481		9,626		4,885		32,280		8,071		30,798		154,809
Provision for credit losses on loans			(689)		3,235		(441)		3,715		123		(546)		2,626		2,284		1,751		12,058
Loans charged off			(950)		(4,800)		—		(1,821)		48		(1)		(321)		(2,788)		(8,255)		(18,888)
Recoveries on loans previously charged off			121		2,570		—		16		465		17		261		483		3,231		7,164
Balance at end of period			22,987		22,185		8,542		16,391		10,262		4,355		34,846		8,050		27,525		155,143
Liability for unfunded commitments
Balance at beginning of period			152		206		5		9		8		188		—		—		—		568
Provision for credit losses on unfunded lending commitments			68		(77)		(4)		(2)		3		(72)		—		—		—		(84)
Balance at end of period			220		129		1		7		11		116		—		—		—		484
Allowance for credit losses on loans and liability for unfunded lending commitments		$	23,207		22,314		8,543		16,398		10,273		4,471		34,846		8,050		27,525		155,627

F-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Age Analysis of Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

The Company considers loans past due on the day following the contractual repayment date if the contractual repayment was not received by the Company as of the end of the business day. The following table provides aging information on the Company’s past due and accruing loans, in addition to the balances of loans on non-accrual status, at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Balances in the tables below represent total unpaid principal balances gross of unearned and unamortized loan fees and costs.

Dollars in thousands	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due		90 Days past due and still accruing		Nonaccrual		Total
At September 30, 2025:
Construction and development		$	851,844		2,229		—		4,248		858,321
Commercial non-real estate			1,729,690		3,689		11		2,886		1,736,276
Multifamily residential real estate			833,081		—		—		—		833,081
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,311,995		—		—		11,416		2,323,411
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,577,790		1,492		—		3,868		1,583,150
Commercial real estate			4,722,866		1,492		—		15,284		4,739,642
Home equity lines of credit			388,260		1,160		55		1,303		390,778
All other residential real estate			2,897,394		5,346		1,021		23,501		2,927,262
Residential real estate			3,285,654		6,506		1,076		24,804		3,318,040
Consumer credit card			91,869		846		166		—		92,881
All other consumer			578,247		7,646		2		2,297		588,192
Consumer			670,116		8,492		168		2,297		681,073
Total		$	11,260,170		22,408		1,255		49,519		11,333,352

Dollars in thousands	Current or less than 30 days past due			30–89 Days past due		90 Days past due and still accruing		Nonaccrual		Total
At December 31, 2024:
Construction and development		$	863,163		1,850		—		2,336		867,349
Commercial non-real estate			1,856,053		15,636		256		2,961		1,874,906
Multifamily residential real estate			825,189		99		—		467		825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,358,045		7,543		—		6,422		2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,567,254		1,561		—		4,140		1,572,955
Commercial real estate			4,750,488		9,203		—		11,029		4,770,720
Home equity lines of credit			346,367		1,458		149		1,037		349,011
All other residential real estate			2,759,401		16,235		2,745		12,706		2,791,087
Residential real estate			3,105,768		17,693		2,894		13,743		3,140,098
Consumer credit card			91,539		1,957		329		—		93,825
All other consumer			883,940		13,587		—		5,925		903,452
Consumer			975,479		15,544		329		5,925		997,277
Total		$	11,550,951		59,926		3,479		35,994		11,650,350

F-78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had $20.0 million and $11.3 million, respectively, of non-accrual business loans that had no allowance for credit loss. The interest income recorded on nonaccrual loans was approximately $1.2 million and $1.0 million in the first nine months of 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Loans are analyzed for risk rating updates as part of the annual credit review process. For larger loans, rating assessments may be more frequent if relevant information is obtained earlier through debt covenant or overall relationship management. Smaller loans are monitored as identified by the loan officer based on the risk profile of the individual borrower or if the loan becomes past due related to credit issues. Loans rated Watch, Substandard or Non-accrual may be subject to more frequent review and monitoring processes. In addition to the regular monitoring performed by the market lending personnel and credit committees, loans are subject to review by the Loan Review Department which verifies the appropriateness of the risk ratings for the loans chosen as part of its risk-based review plan.

The risk category of loans in the portfolio as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are as follows:

Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	2025			2024		2023		2022		2021		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	240,112		299,057		80,332		102,982		40,378		18,640		61,044		842,545
Watch			—		911		1,417		986		—		—		—		3,314
Substandard			—		1,194		4,226		2,267		—		527		—		8,214
Non-accrual			—		1,010		1,395		1,300		459		84		—		4,248
Total Construction and development			240,112		302,172		87,370		107,535		40,837		19,251		61,044		858,321
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			—		—		—		—		—		14		—		14
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			280,941		275,487		168,712		170,322		102,012		233,037		469,170		1,699,681
Watch			1,017		1,315		1,035		1,038		7,965		224		1,135		13,729
Substandard			190		1,159		1,089		3,858		541		12,027		1,116		19,980
Non-accrual			—		—		1,231		432		457		607		159		2,886
Total Commercial non-real estate			282,148		277,961		172,067		175,650		110,975		245,895		471,580		1,736,276
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			1,197		340		1,112		746		70		458		—		3,923
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			136,590		65,005		22,811		172,070		158,156		226,350		4,248		785,230
Watch			—		—		493		6,166		1,297		13,081		—		21,037
Substandard			—		—		—		19,994		—		6,820		—		26,814
Non-accrual			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total Multifamily residential real estate			136,590		65,005		23,304		198,230		159,453		246,251		4,248		833,081

F-79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	2025		2024		2023		2022		2021		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		151,248		239,132		236,487		426,901		266,715		899,075		27,721		2,247,279
Watch		—		—		241		334		—		44,036		427		45,038
Substandard		—		—		—		3,517		9,643		6,518		—		19,678
Non-accrual		—		—		—		6,168		26		5,222		—		11,416
Total Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate		151,248		239,132		236,728		436,920		276,384		954,851		28,148		2,323,411
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025		—		—		—		—		—		816		—		816
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass		148,072		137,479		118,382		193,206		247,917		561,980		104,185		1,511,221
Watch		5,333		2,210		3,444		10,517		6,412		14,063		3,107		45,086
Substandard		587		1,689		322		7,822		1,428		9,291		1,836		22,975
Non-accrual		—		—		79		1,516		169		2,104		—		3,868
Total Owner-occupied commercial real estate		153,992		141,378		122,227		213,061		255,926		587,438		109,128		1,583,150
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual		776		147		600		102		—		2,730		385,120		389,475
Non-accrual		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,303		1,303
Total Home equity lines of credit		776		147		600		102		—		2,730		386,423		390,778
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025		25		—		—		—		—		—		—		25
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual		526,374		510,621		449,272		548,291		404,948		462,795		1,460		2,903,761
Non-accrual		—		3,249		8,126		3,704		3,529		4,893		—		23,501
Total All other residential real estate		526,374		513,870		457,398		551,995		408,477		467,688		1,460		2,927,262
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025		129		—		188		158		—		—		—		475
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current		—		—		—		—		—		—		91,869		91,869
30−89 days		—		—		—		—		—		—		846		846
90+ days		—		—		—		—		—		—		166		166
Total Consumer credit card		—		—		—		—		—		—		92,881		92,881
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,712		2,712
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current		94,460		117,188		123,477		110,791		55,635		42,382		34,314		578,247
30−89 days		280		1,158		1,930		2,608		1,033		637		—		7,646
90+ days		—		—		—		—		—		2		—		2
Non-accrual		55		285		669		660		314		314		—		2,297
Total All other consumer		94,795		118,631		126,076		114,059		56,982		43,335		34,314		588,192

F-80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	2025			2024		2023		2022		2021		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			2,414		856		1,579		1,942		1,146		834		—		8,771
Total loans		$	1,586,035		1,658,296		1,225,770		1,797,552		1,309,034		2,567,439		1,189,226		11,333,352
Gross write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2025			3,765		1,196		2,879		2,846		1,216		2,122		2,712		16,736

Dollars in thousands At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Dollars in thousands At December 31, 2024:	2025			2024		2023		2022		2021		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Construction and development
Risk Rating
Pass		$	320,004		176,393		164,289		104,744		10,987		13,752		55,897		846,066
Watch			248		3,824		11,509		—		—		—		2		15,583
Substandard			1,194		—		1,615		—		8		547		—		3,364
Non-accrual			—		1,632		142		459		89		14		—		2,336
Total Construction and development			321,446		181,849		177,555		105,203		11,084		14,313		55,900		867,349
Commercial non-real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			399,016		252,671		235,271		178,160		90,397		184,191		494,970		1,834,676
Watch			219		877		5,160		9,378		39		210		401		16,285
Substandard			1,137		1,989		4,036		1,035		522		12,110		157		20,986
Non-accrual			48		2,222		275		53		89		122		152		2,961
Total Commercial non-real estate			400,419		257,760		244,741		188,626		91,047		196,633		495,680		1,874,906
Multifamily residential real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			83,545		52,922		174,686		147,178		113,582		182,284		3,272		757,469
Watch			—		500		20,230		1,338		11,164		26,855		690		60,777
Substandard			—		—		—		—		3,524		3,518		—		7,042
Non-accrual			—		—		—		467		—		—		—		467
Total Multifamily residential real estate			83,545		53,422		194,916		148,984		128,269		212,657		3,962		825,755
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			245,902		217,321		474,737		312,812		206,200		823,284		24,262		2,304,517
Watch			—		—		8,016		12,405		—		26,879		226		47,526
Substandard			—		—		6,219		585		—		6,742		—		13,545
Non-accrual			—		—		—		26		—		6,395		—		6,422
Total Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			245,902		217,321		488,972		325,828		206,200		863,300		24,488		2,372,010
Owner-occupied commercial real estate
Risk Rating
Pass			135,833		121,103		212,907		270,841		127,911		552,786		100,158		1,521,540
Watch			638		6,155		5,673		2,854		5,867		4,477		1,390		27,054
Substandard			1,752		229		5,076		464		2,519		8,405		1,777		20,222
Non-accrual			—		329		568		281		688		2,256		18		4,140
Total Owner-occupied commercial real estate			138,223		127,817		224,225		274,440		136,984		567,923		103,343		1,572,955
Home equity lines of credit
Risk Rating
Accrual			1,176		692		207		—		—		2,929		342,970		347,974
Non-accrual			—		—		—		124		—		—		913		1,037
Total Home equity lines of credit			1,176		692		207		124		—		2,929		343,883		349,011

F-81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in thousands At December 31, 2024:	Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis by Origination Year													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
Dollars in thousands At December 31, 2024:	2025			2024		2023		2022		2021		Prior		Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total
All other residential real estate
Risk Rating
Accrual			640,678		525,271		621,285		455,146		192,331		342,663		1,006		2,778,381
Non-accrual			1,055		2,001		3,649		1,776		594		3,631		—		12,706
Total All other residential real estate			641,733		527,272		624,934		456,922		192,926		346,294		1,006		2,791,087
Consumer credit card
Risk Rating
Current			—		—		—		—		—		—		91,539		91,539
30–89 days			—		—		—		—		—		—		1,957		1,957
90+ days			—		—		—		—		—		—		329		329
Total Consumer credit card			—		—		—		—		—		—		93,825		93,825
All other consumer
Risk Rating
Current			328,142		175,298		169,605		91,594		48,299		20,552		50,451		883,941
30–89 days			1,305		3,608		4,220		2,639		1,141		674		—		13,587
90+ days			—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Non-accrual			291		1,206		2,055		1,147		651		575		—		5,925
Total All other consumer			329,739		180,111		175,880		95,380		50,091		21,801		50,451		903,452
Total loans		$	2,162,183		1,546,244		2,131,428		1,595,506		816,602		2,225,849		1,172,537		11,650,350

Collateral-dependent loans

The Company’s collateral-dependent loans are comprised of loans where repayment of the loan is dependent on the sale or operation of the collateral. The Company requires that collateral-dependent loans be either over-collateralized or carry collateral equal to the amortized cost of the loan. The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, by the expected source of repayment.

Dollars in thousands At September 30, 2025:	Real Estate			Business Assets		Total
Construction and development		$	2,864		—		2,864
Commercial non-real estate			—		1,627		1,627
Multifamily residential real estate			—		—		—
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			11,440		—		11,440
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			5,317		543		5,860
All other residential real estate			1,158		—		1,158
Total		$	20,779		2,170		22,949

Dollars in thousands At December 31, 2024:	Real Estate			Business Assets		Total
Construction and development		$	1,417		—		1,417
Commercial non-real estate			341		—		341
Multifamily residential real estate			467		—		467
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			6,772		—		6,772
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,800		—		3,800
All other residential real estate			2,777		47		2,824
Total		$	15,574		47		15,621

F-82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty

The following tables present the amortized cost at September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 of loans that were modified during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2025	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Construction and development		$	5,420		—		—		—		2,107		7,527		0.88%
Commercial non-real estate			5,101		143		194		210		4,226		9,874		0.57%
Multifamily residential real estate			2,618		—		—		—		—		2,618		0.31%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			12,810		434		—		—		5,663		18,907		0.81%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			9,520		420		—		1,659		—		11,599		0.73%
Commercial real estate			24,948		854		—		1,659		5,663		33,124		0.70%
Home equity lines of credit			758		—		—		—		—		758		0.19%
All other residential real estate			3,379		275		1,851		50		—		5,555		0.19%
Residential real estate			4,137		275		1,851		50		—		6,313		0.19%
All other consumer			673		—		354		—		—		1,027		0.15%
Total		$	40,279		1,272		2,399		1,919		11,996		57,865		0.51%

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2024	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Construction and development		$	1,883		—		—		—		—		1,883		0.21%
Commercial non-real estate			3,076		—		11		—		—		3,087		0.16%
Multifamily residential real estate			—		—		—		—		—		—		0.00%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,526		4,756		—		—		—		8,282		0.35%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,137		—		—		—		—		3,137		0.20%
Commercial real estate			6,663		4,756		—		—		—		11,419		0.24%
Home equity lines of credit			608		—		—		—		—		608		0.18%
All other residential real estate			2,489		—		384		—		—		2,873		0.11%

F-83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2024	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fees Forgiven		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Residential real estate			3,097		—		384		—		—		3,481		0.11%
All other consumer			866		—		307		—		—		1,173		0.11%
Total		$	15,585		4,756		702		—		—		21,043		0.18%

The following tables summarize the financial impact of loan modifications and payment deferrals during the year ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Interest/fees Forgiveness			Weighted-Average Months of Deferred Payments		Weighted-Average Months of Term Extensions		Weighted-Average Interest Rate Reduction
Construction and development		$	—		—		—		—%
Commercial non-real estate			2		—		13.7
Multifamily residential real estate			—		—		26.5		—
Non-owner-occupied commercia1 real estate			—		—		—		—
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			8		31.5		—		—
All other residential real estate			3						6.77
All other consumer			—		—		1.8		7.22
Total		$	13

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Interest/fees Forgiveness			Weighted-Average Months of Deferred Payments	Weighted-Average Months of Term Extensions		Weighted-Average Interest Rate Reduction
Construction and development		$	—			6.0		%
Commercial non-real estate			—			6.4
Multifamily residential real estate			—
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			—			16.5
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			—			13.3
All other residential real estate			—			19.7		6.50
All other consumer			—			3.2		7.32
Total		$	—

F-84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides the amortized cost basis of loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that had a payment default during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and were modified within the 12 months preceding the payment default. For purposes of this disclosure, the Company considers “default” to mean 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal.

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2025	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fee Forgiveness		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Construction and development		$	1,878		—		—		—		—		1,878		0.22%
Commercial non-real estate			700		—		5,873		—		245		6,818		0.39%
Multifamily residential real estate			—		—		—		—		—		—		0.00%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			2,544		71		—		139		—		2,754		0.12%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			1,629		—		—		—		—		1,629		0.10%
Commercial real estate			4,173		71		—		139		—		4,383		0.09%
Home equity lines of credit			—		—		—		—		—		—		0.00%
All other residential real estate			1,624		275		179		—		—		2,078		0.07%
Residential real estate			1,624		275		179		—		—		2,078		0.06%
All other consumer			257		—		71		—		—		328		0.05%
Total		$	8,632		346		6,123		139		245		15,485		0.14%

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2024	Term Extension			Payment Delay		Interest Rate Reduction		Interest/Fee Forgiveness		Other		Total		% of Total Loan Category
Construction and development		$	—		—		—		—		—		—		0.00%
Commercial non-real estate			—		—		11		—		—		11		0.00%
Multifamily residential real estate			—		—		—		—		—		—		0.00%
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,526		—		—		—		—		3,526		0.15%
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			821		—		—		—		—		821		0.05%
Commercial real estate			4,347		—		—		—		—		4,347		0.09%
Home equity lines of credit			—		—		78		—		—		78		0.02%
All other residential real estate			541		—		—		—		—		541		0.02%
Residential real estate			541		—		78		—		—		619		0.02%
All other consumer			162		—		71		—		—		233		0.02%
Total		$	5,050		—		160		—		—		5,210		0.04%

The following tables include the end of period balances by past due status and non-accrual performance for modifications to troubled borrowers modified in the previous twelve-month period by portfolio segment as of September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.

F-85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2025	Current			30–89 Days Past Due		90 Days Past Due		Non-accrual		Total
Construction and development		$	7,068		—		—		459		7,527
Commercial non-real estate			11,104		836		—		812		12,752
Multifamily residential real estate			3,380		—		—		—		3,380
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			10,035		—		—		9,388		19,423
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			12,975		—		—		747		13,722
Commercial real estate			26,390		—		—		10,135		36,525
Home equity lines of credit			540		—		—		—		540
All other residential real estate			1,828		265		—		5,772		7,865
Residential real estate			2,368		265		—		5,772		8,405
All other consumer			809		95		103		—		1,007
Total		$	47,739		1,196		103		17,178		66,216

Dollars in thousands September 30, 2024	Current			30–89 Days Past Due		90 Days Past Due		Non-accrual		Total
Construction and development		$	1,822		—		—		120		1,942
Commercial non-real estate			314		—		—		221		535
Multifamily residential real estate			806		—		—		—		806
Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate			7,204		—		—		6,460		13,664
Owner-occupied commercial real estate			3,661		4		—		1,128		4,793
Commercial real estate			11,671		4		—		7,588		19,263
Home equity lines of credit			—		—		—		—		—
All other residential real estate			3,784		—		—		328		4,112
Residential real estate			3,784		—		—		328		4,112
All other consumer			1,483		90		—		376		1,949
Total		$	19,074		94		—		8,633		27,801

The Company had commitments of $794 thousand and $975 thousand at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, to lend additional funds to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty and for whom the Company has modified the terms of loans.

(4) Mortgage Banking Activities

The Company originates mortgage loans and sells those loans to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), and private investors. Typically, these loans are sold with servicing retained by the Bank. Loans sold with servicing retained for the nine months ending September 30, 2025 and 2024 aggregated $294.7 million and $198.7 million, respectively. Loans serviced for investors aggregated $4.6 billion and $4.8 billion at September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024, respectively.

Included in mortgage banking revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for September 30, 2025 and 2024 are the following:

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024
Gains on sale of mortgage loans		$	21,065		19,995
Fees on real estate loans sold			1,411		2,503
(Losses)/Gains on interest rate lock commitments (IRLC) and associated hedging			(968)		86
Servicing fees			8,655		9,130
Mortgage banking revenues, net		$	30,163		31,714

F-86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following assumptions were used in determining the fair value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights:

	As of September 30,
	2025		2024
Discount Rate		9.16%		9.21%
Prepayment Speed		6.80%		8.00%
Delinquency Rate		0.83%		0.84%

A summary of the mortgage servicing rights is as follows:

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024
Balance at beginning of period		$	30,423		33,876
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights			3,521		2,123
Amortization			(4,456)		(4,778)
Change in valuation allowance			—		3
Balance at end of period			29,488		31,224

The valuation allowance at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $0.

(5) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and core deposit intangible assets are summarized in the following table:

	September 30, 2025							December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Gross carrying amount			Accumulated amortization		Net amount		Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization		Net amount
Amortizable intangible assets:
Core deposit intangible assets		$	20,498		(17,572)		2,926		26,052		(20,930)		5,122
Trust customer intangible asset			6,100		(4,793)		1,307		6,100		(4,569)		1,531
Total amortizable intangible assets			26,598		(22,365)		4,233		32,152		(25,499)		6,653
Goodwill:
Community Banking segment			336,426		—		336,426		336,426		—		336,426
Wealth segment			11,811		—		11,811		11,811		—		11,811
Total goodwill			348,237		—		348,237		348,237		—		348,237

(6) Customer Repurchase Agreements

Customer Repurchase Agreements are short-term borrowings that generally have one day maturities.

The table below shows the remaining contractual maturities of repurchase agreements outstanding at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, in addition to the various types of marketable securities that have been pledged as collateral for these borrowings.

	Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
Dollars in thousands September 30, 2025	Overnight and continuous			Up to 90 days		Greater than 90 days		Total
Repurchase agreements, secured by:
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$	30,641		—		—		30,641
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations			7,852		—		—		7,852
Mortgage-backed securities			842,641		—		—		842,641
Other			—		—		—		—
Total Repurchase agreements, gross amount recognized		$	881,134		—		—		881,134

F-87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
Dollars in thousands December 31, 2024:	Overnight and continuous			Up to 90 days		Greater than 90 days		Total
Repurchase agreements, secured by:
U.S. government and federal agency obligations		$	25,071		—		—		25,071
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations			6,578		—		—		6,578
Mortgage-backed securities			875,147		—		—		875,147
Other			—		—		—		—
Total Repurchase agreements, gross amount recognized		$	906,796		—		—		906,796

(7) Stock-Based Compensation

The following represents a summary of changes in the Company’s nonvested restricted stock shares as of September 30, 2025.

	Shares		Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2025		496,450		$	13.07
Granted		325,500			13.53
Vested		146,600			12.98
Forfeited		69,700			13.32
Nonvested at September 30, 2025		605,650		$	13.31

The stock-based compensation expense charged against income was $2.5 million and $2.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. This expense is calculated on the graded-vesting method and is included in salaries and employee benefits.

(8)

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period presented, excluding nonvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares determined for the basic earnings per share computation plus the dilutive effects of stock-based compensation.

The income per share attributable to common stock for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024 is shown in the following table.

F-88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)	2025			2024
Basic income per share:
Net income attributable to Central Bancompany, Inc.		$	283,261		243,925
Less: Dividends declared on forfeitable nonvested restricted stock			578		58
Net income allocated to common stock		$	282,683		243,867
Weighted average common shares outstanding			220,021		220,706
Basic income per common share		$	1.28		1.10
Diluted income per common share:
Net income attributable to Central Bancompany, Inc.		$	283,261		243,925
Less: Dividends declared on forfeitable nonvested restricted stock			578		58
Net income allocated to common stock		$	282,683		243,867
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding			220,021		220,706
Diluted income per common share:		$	1.28		1.10

(9) Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees

In addition, the Company may enter into interest rate swap risk participation agreements when certain clients are engaged in interest rate hedging activities in a syndicated loan or a loan in which we are a participant. This is represented as Credit Derivatives in the table below and is the only Credit Derivative activity in which the Company currently participates. Under these agreements, the Company assumes a portion of the counterparty credit risk associated with a client’s interest rate swap transaction with a third-party financial institution, for which the Company receives a fee. If the client fails to meet its payment obligations under the swap, the Company may be required to fulfill those obligations up to its participation level.

The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment, and income-producing commercial properties. The Company’s banking markets are located within the states of Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, Iowa, Oklahoma, Colorado, North Carolina, Tennessee, Florida, and Arkansas and the Company’s loan portfolio has no unusual geographic concentrations of credit risk beyond its market areas.

F-89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Such commitments and conditional obligations were as follows as of the dates presented.

Dollars in thousands Off-Balance Sheet Commitments	Contractual Amount
Dollars in thousands Off-Balance Sheet Commitments	9/30/2025			12/31/2024
Loan Commitments		$	2,983,773		$	2,910,550
Standby Letters of Credit			75,589			87,979
Commercial Letters of Credit			2,943			1,089
Credit Derivatives			19,307			14,720

(10) Fair Value Disclosures

Fair Value Hierarchy

•

Level 1—inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•

The valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis are described in Note 16, “Fair Value Disclosures” to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. There have been no significant changes to these methodologies since then.

Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (including items that are required to be measured at fair value) at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024. There were no transfers among levels during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 or the year ended December 31, 2024.

F-90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

				Fair value measurements at report date using
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value September 30, 2025			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Loans held for sale		$	21,830		—		21,830		—
Available-for-sale investment securities:
U.S. government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises			5,941,594		919,414		5,022,180		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			17,290		—		17,290		—
Other securities			7,872		1,212		6,660		—
Equity investments			48,208		—		36,698		11,510
Trading			—		—		—		—
Derivatives			8,412		—		8,412		—
Total assets		$	6,045,206		920,626		5,113,070		11,510
Liabilities:
Derivatives		$	7,159		—		7,159		—
Total liabilities		$	7,159		—		7,159		—

				Fair value measurements at report date using
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value December 31, 2024			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Loans held for sale		$	34,264		—		34,264		—
Available-for-sale investment securities:
U.S. government obligations and government-sponsored enterprises			5,553,593		1,269,553		4,284,040		—
Obligations of states and political subdivisions			21,141		—		21,141		—
Other securities			28,989		614		28,375		—
Equity investments			48,770		724		36,765		11,281
Trading			666		—		666		—
Derivatives			10,312		—		10,312		—
Total assets		$	5,697,735		1,270,891		4,415,563		11,281
Liabilities:
Derivatives		$	8,842		—		8,842		—
Total liabilities		$	8,842		—		8,842		—

F-91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides the assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the first nine months of 2025 and 2024, and still held as of September 30, 2025 and 2024.

				Fair value measurements at report date using
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value September 30, 2025			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Collateral dependent loans		$	22,950		—		—		22,950
Mortgage servicing rights			60,652		—		—		60,652
Total assets		$	83,602		—		—		83,602

				Fair value measurements at report date using
Dollars in thousands	Fair Value September 30, 2024			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Collateral dependent loans		$	14,301		—		—		14,301
Mortgage servicing rights			57,223		—		—		57,223
Total assets		$	71,524		—		—		71,524

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information. They do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for many of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, risk characteristics and economic conditions. These estimates are subjective, involve uncertainties, and cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and the classification of their fair value measurement within the valuation hierarchy are as follows at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

	September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Assets:
Cash and due from banks		$	217,621		217,621		—		—
Short-term interest-bearing deposits			810,571		810,571		—		—
Time deposits			1,090		—		—		1,090
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			788		788		—		—
Investment securities
Available for sale			5,966,756		920,626		5,046,130		—
Held to maturity			2,774		—		2,114		678
Equity			48,208		—		36,698		11,510
Net Loans held for investment			11,173,859		—		—		11,133,918

F-92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Loans held for sale			21,830		—		21,830		—
Derivatives			8,412		—		8,412		—
Total assets		$	18,251,909		1,949,606		5,115,184		11,147,196

	December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Assets:
Cash and due from banks		$	265,209		265,209		—		—
Short-term interest-bearing deposits			969,416		969,416		—		—
Time deposits			699		—		—		699
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell			7,183		7,183		—		—
Investment securities
Available for sale			5,603,723		1,270,167		4,333,556		—
Held to maturity			3,225		—		2,554		677
Equity			48,770		724		36,765		11,281
Trading			666		—		666		—
Net Loans held for investment			11,469,812						11,283,392
Loans held for sale			34,264		—		34,264		—
Derivatives			10,312		—		10,312		—
Total assets		$	18,413,279		2,512,699		4,418,117		11,296,049

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial liabilities and the classification of their fair value measurement within the valuation hierarchy are as follows at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

	September 30, 2025
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	5,317,961		5,317,961		—		—
Savings and interest-bearing demand			7,767,084		7,767,084		—		—
Time deposits			1,704,182		—		—		1,695,802
Total deposits		$	14,789,227		13,085,045		—		1,695,802
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements		$	958,766		958,766		—		—
Accrued interest payable			9,665		9,665		—		—
Derivatives			7,159		—		7,159		—

F-93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Estimated Fair Value
Dollars in thousands	Carrying amount			Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand		$	5,245,705		5,245,705		—		—
Savings and interest-bearing demand			8,043,244		8,043,244		—		—
Time deposits			1,696,899		—		—		1,685,000
Total deposits		$	14,985,848		13,288,949		—		1,685,000
Federal funds purchased and customer repurchase agreements		$	1,007,295		1,007,295		—		—
Accrued interest payable			10,291		10,291		—		—
Derivatives			8,842		—		8,842		—

(11) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The table below shows the activity and accumulated balances of components of other comprehensive loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.

Nine Months Ended September 30,	Unrealized Gains/Losses on AFS Securities			Pension Plan		Total
Balance December 31, 2023		$	(255,195)		(12,397)		(267,592)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications			153,753		—		153,753
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on AFS securities included in net income			12,009		—		12,009
Current period other comprehensive income, before tax			165,762		—		165,762
Income tax expense			(39,517)		—		(39,517)
Current period other comprehensive income, net of tax			126,245		—		126,245
Balance at September 30, 2024		$	(128,950)		(12,397)		(141,347)
Balance December 31, 2024		$	(145,589)		5,664		(139,925)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications			112,939		12,680		125,619
Reclassification adjustment for net losses on AFS securities included in net income			6,920		—		6,920
Current period other comprehensive income, before tax			119,859		12,680		132,539
Income tax expense			(28,575)		(3,023)		(31,598)
Current period other comprehensive income, net of tax			91,284		9,657		100,941
Balance at September 30, 2025		$	(54,305)		15,321		(38,984)

(12) Derivative Instruments

As of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the amounts reflected in the Company’s balance sheet in assets and liabilities for the value of the interest rate lock commitments, funded loans held for sale, and the corresponding commitments to sell the TBA securities were as follows:

	As of September 30, 2025					As of December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Notional Value			Market Value		Notional Value		Market Value
Interest Rate Lock Commitments		$	61,944		701		47,875		366
Loans Closed–Market Value Loans Held for Sale			27,509		858		34,791		946
TBA Derivative Value			77,250		(701)		61,000		245

F-94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The market value of the loan commitment pipeline is net of expenses.

The Company’s “Back-to-Back” swaps are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, and changes in their fair value are recorded in current earnings. These Back-to-Back swap contracts comprised a portion of the Company’s swap portfolio at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 with total notional amounts of $287.2 million and $226.2 million, respectively.

The Company includes the gain or loss on the hedged items in the same line item as the offsetting loss or gain on the related derivatives. These “critical terms” structures had a notional amount of $10.2 million, with a fair value of $504 thousand and a notional amount of $11.2 million, with a fair value of $860 thousand at September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.

	As of September 30, 2025					As of December 31, 2024
Dollars in thousands	Derivative Assets			Derivative Liabilities		Derivative Assets		Derivative Liabilities
Back to Back Swaps		$	7,207		7,207		9,086		9,086
Fair Value Hedges			504		—		860		—

(13) Revenue Recognition

Revenue should be recognized to reflect the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue from financial instruments, including revenue from loans and securities, is not included within this guidance. Noninterest revenue items that are subject to this guidance mainly include fees for bank card, trust, deposit account services, and consumer brokerage services and are summarized in the table that follows nine months ending September 30, 2025 and 2024.

	Nine Months Ended September 30,
Dollars in thousands	2025			2024
Service charges and commissions
Deposit account and other fees		$	40,162		38,921
Other non-ASC 606 revenue			2,916		2,918
		$	43,077		41,840
Payment services revenue
Bankcard transaction fees		$	50,507		50,467
Brokerage services
Consumer brokerage service fees		$	20,996		19,110
Fees for fiduciary services
Fiduciary service fees		$	37,741		33,598
Other income
(Loss)/Gain on sale of assets, OREO, bank premises, and equipment		$	(12,909)		4,032
Other non-ASC 606 revenue			3,161		2,988
		$	(9,748)		7,020

(14) Business Segment Reporting

F-95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To evaluate segment performance and make informed decisions regarding the allocation of resources to the segments, the CODM reviews each segment’s actual revenues, consisting of net interest income plus noninterest income, and net income against budgeted revenues and net income on a monthly basis. This process allows the Company to (1) assess the profitability of a specific business segment by aligning relevant costs with revenue, and (2) evaluate each business segment in a way that reflects its economic impact on consolidated earnings.

Segment Financial Information

Financial results by operating segment are detailed below:

Dollars in thousands	Wealth Management			Community Banking			Total
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2025
Net Interest Income		$	(60)		$	583,261		$	583,201
Provision for credit losses			(4)			6,299			6,295
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			(56)			576,962			576,906
Noninterest income			56,308			109,617			165,925
Noninterest expense			38,448			337,529			375,977
Income before income taxes			17,804			349,050			366,854
Income taxes			4,275			79,318			83,593
Net Income		$	13,529		$	269,732		$	283,261
Assets under management			15,412,327						15,412,327
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024
Net Interest Income		$	(245)		$	505,158		$	504,913
Provision for credit losses			—			11,968			11,968
Net interest income after provision for credit losses			(245)			493,190			492,945
Noninterest income			50,820			135,525			186,345
Noninterest expense			34,664			329,870			364,534
Income before income taxes			15,911			298,845			314,756
Income taxes			3,817			67,014			70,831
Net Income		$	12,094		$	231,831		$	243,925
Assets under management			13,725,564						13,725,564

Noninterest income for the Wealth Management segment above is primarily comprised of trust and estate advisory services, financial planning, business succession planning, and retirement plan services. Noninterest income for the Community Banking segment above is primarily comprised of service charges and commissions, payment services revenue, and mortgage banking revenues.

Noninterest expense for Wealth Management and Community Banking segments above is primarily comprised of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expense, computer software and maintenance, marketing and business development, FDIC and bank exam fees, legal and professional fees, bankcard processing, rewards and related costs, and other expenses which includes allocated technology, service, and overhead costs.

(15) Capital Structure and Share Reclassification

F-96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On April 16, 2025, the Company declared a one-time dividend of $0.80 per share payable to all common stockholders of record on April 27, 2025. The special dividend was paid on May 5, 2025, totaling $176.6 million.

(16) Stock Split Effected in the Form of a Stock Dividend

On October 9, 2025, the Company declared a 50-for-1 stock split of the Company’s common stock in the form of a stock dividend, entitling each shareholder of record to receive 49 additional shares of common stock for every one share owned. The record date for the stock dividend was October 20, 2025, with a distribution date for the new shares of October 24, 2025. The par value per share of our common stock remains $0.01 per share. All references made with respect to a number of shares or per share amounts throughout these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split.

F-97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Through and including, , 2025 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

17,778,000 Shares

Central Bancompany, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

Prospectus

Joint Lead Book-Running Managers

				MORGAN STANLEY
				KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS A Stifel Company

Joint Bookrunners

BOFA SECURITIES
PIPER SANDLER
STEPHENS INC.

, 2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of our Class A common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the Nasdaq.

Filing Fee–Securities and Exchange Commission	$	81,314
Fee–Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.		88,821
Listing Fee–Nasdaq		25,000
Fees of Transfer Agent		5,000
Fees and Expenses of Counsel		2,035,000
Fees and Expenses of Accountants		1,370,000
Printing Expenses		234,600
Miscellaneous Expenses		56,909
Total	$	3,896,644

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Under Section 351.555 of the GBCL, a Missouri corporation may indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to any legal proceeding, including any suit by or in the name of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in any such capacity with respect to another enterprise, against expenses and other amounts reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such legal proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification may be made in respect to any claim brought by or in the name of a Missouri corporation as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that a proper court determines that in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court deems proper. Unless its articles of incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, a Missouri corporation is required to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents to the extent that such persons have been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending an action, suit or proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

Our Articles provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the GBCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our Articles, our Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (i) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (ii) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Pursuant to our Articles, on April 28, 2025, each share of Class B common stock then outstanding was automatically reclassified, redesignated and changed into one validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

share of Class A common stock, without any further action by us or any shareholder. The issuance of Class A common stock upon automatic conversion of Class B common stock has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

In the past three years, we granted or issued to our directors, officers and employees:

•

863,000 shares of restricted stock awards; and

•

92,400 shares of performance-based stock bonuses.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described above were, or will be, deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, including in reliance of Section 3(a)(9) and Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. No underwriter or placement agent was involved in the issuance or sale of any of these securities, and no underwriting discounts or commissions were paid.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits: See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature pages hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules: All schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

(1)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(2)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(A)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(B)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

	Number			Description
	1.1			Form of Underwriting Agreement
	3.1			Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation*
	3.2			Amended and Restated Bylaws*
	4.1			Form of Registration Rights Agreement
	5.1			Opinion of Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP
	9.1			Amended and Restated Voting Trust Agreement*
	10.1			Central Bancompany, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan*†
	10.2			Amendment to Central Bancompany, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan*†
	10.3			Employment Agreement, dated as of February 2020, by and between Central Bancompany, Inc. and John Ross*†
	10.4			Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of October 2025, by and between Central Bancompany, Inc. and John Ross*†
	10.5			Employment Agreement, dated as of January 2021, by and between Central Bancompany, Inc. and Piyush Agarwal*†
	10.6			Central Bancompany, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan I, as amended and restated effective February 14, 2018*†
	10.7			Central Bancompany, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan II, as amended and restated effective February 14, 2018*†
	10.8			Central Bancompany Nonqualified Supplemental Retirement Plan C, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2013*†
	10.9			Amendment to Central Bancompany Nonqualified Supplemental Retirement Plan C, effective December 31, 2018*†
	10.10			Central Bancompany, Inc. 2025 Equity Incentive Plan*†
	10.11			Form of Central Bancompany, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement*†
	21.1			Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
	23.1			Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
	23.2			Consent of Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
	24.1			Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of the initial filing of the Registration Statement)*
	107.1			Filing Fee Table

Previously filed.

†

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Jefferson City, Missouri, on the 31st day of October, 2025.

CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC.

By:

/s/ John “JR” Ross

Name:

John “JR” Ross

Title:

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 31st day of October, 2025.

	Signature			Title
	/s/ John “JR” Ross John “JR” Ross			President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
	/s/ James K. Ciroli James K. Ciroli			Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
	* S. Bryan Cook			Executive Chairman
	* Robert M. Robuck			Vice Chairman
	* Charles W. Digges, Jr.			Director
	* Michael Kirk Farmer, Jr.			Director
	* Robert R. Hermann, Jr.			Director
	* E. Stanley Kroenke			Director
	* Charles E. Kruse			Director
	* Richard H. McClure			Director

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Signature			Title
	* Edward D. “Chip” Robertson, Jr.			Director
	* Bradley N. Sprong			Director

* By:

/s/ Jeremy W. Colbert

Jeremy W. Colbert
Attorney-in-Fact

II-5

	Very truly yours,

	Central Bancompany, Inc.

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

By:	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

By:
	Name:
	Title:

By:	Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

By:
	Name:
	Title:

Underwriter	Number of Firm Shares To Be Purchased
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC	$	[●]
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.	[●]
BofA Securities, Inc.	[●]
Piper Sandler & Co.	[●]
Stephens Inc.	[●]
Total:	$	[●]

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:		IF AN ENTITY:

		(please print complete name of entity)
By:
	(duly authorized signature)

Name:		By:
	(please print full name)		(duly authorized signature)

		Name:
			(please print full name)

		Title:
			(please print full title)

Address:		Address:

	Very truly yours,
	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

	Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

Section 1.	Certain Definitions	1

Section 2.	Demand Registrations	5

Section 3.	S-3 Registrations and Takedowns	7

Section 4.	Suspension Periods; Blackout Periods	8

Section 5.	Registration Procedures	9

Section 6.	Registration Expenses	13

Section 7.	Indemnification	13

Section 8.	Participation in Offerings	16

Section 9.	Miscellaneous	16

	TRUSTEES

	By:
	Name:

	By:
	Name:

	By:
	Name:

	CENTRAL BANCOMPANY, INC.

	By:
	Name:
	Title: